background image

The Art of the 

Trade

What I Learned (and Lost) 

Trading the Chicago 

Futures Markets

Jason Alan Jankovsky

John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

ffirs.indd   iii

ffirs.indd   iii

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

background image

ffirs.indd   ii

ffirs.indd   ii

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

background image

The Art of the Trade

ffirs.indd   i

ffirs.indd   i

8/7/08   5:15:44 PM

8/7/08   5:15:44 PM

background image

ffirs.indd   ii

ffirs.indd   ii

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

background image

The Art of the 

Trade

What I Learned (and Lost) 

Trading the Chicago 

Futures Markets

Jason Alan Jankovsky

John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

ffirs.indd   iii

ffirs.indd   iii

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

background image

Copyright © 2008 by Jason Alan Jankovsky. All rights reserved.

Published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey.

Published simultaneously in Canada.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form 
or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, scanning, or otherwise, except as 
permitted under Section 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act, without either the 
prior written permission of the Publisher, or authorization through payment of the appropriate per-
copy fee to the Copyright Clearance Center, Inc., 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, (978) 
750–8400, fax (978) 750–4470, or on the web at www.copyright.com. Requests to the Publisher for 
permission should be addressed to the Permissions Department, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 111 River 
Street, Hoboken, NJ 07030, (201) 748–6011, fax (201) 748–6008, or online at http://www.wiley.
com/go/permissions.

Limit of Liability/Disclaimer of Warranty: While the publisher and author have used their best efforts 
in preparing this book, they make no representations or warranties with respect to the accuracy 
or completeness of the contents of this book and specifi cally disclaim any implied warranties of 
merchantability or fi tness for a particular purpose. No warranty may be created or extended by sales 
representatives or written sales materials. The advice and strategies contained herein may not be 
suitable for your situation. You should consult with a professional where appropriate. Neither the 
publisher nor author shall be liable for any loss of profi t or any other commercial damages, including 
but not limited to special, incidental, consequential, or other damages.

For general information on our other products and services or for technical support, please contact 
our Customer Care Department within the United States at (800) 762–2974, outside the United 
States at (317) 572–3993, or fax (317) 572–4002.

Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats. Some content that appears in print 
may not be available in electronic books. For more information about Wiley products, visit our web 
site at www.wiley.com.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data:

Jankovsky, Jason Alan, 1961-
    The art of the trade: what I learned (and lost) trading the Chicago futures markets / Jason 
 Alan 

Jankovsky.

      p.  cm.
    Rev. ed. of: Dancing with lions / by Trader X. c1999.
    Includes bibliographical references and index.
  ISBN 

978–0–470–13899–1 

(cloth)

  1. 

Jankovsky, 

Jason 

Alan, 

1961- 2. 

Commodity 

exchanges—Illinois—Chicago—

 Biography. 3. 

Capitalists 

and 

fi nanciers—Illinois—Chicago—Biography.  4.  Businesspeople— Conduct

 of 

life. I. 

Trader X, 1961- Dancing with lions.  II. Title.

 HG172.J36A3 2008
 332.64'4092—dc22

2008014643

Printed in the United States of America

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ffirs.indd   iv

ffirs.indd   iv

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

background image

We do not see things as they are; we see things as we are.

—Anaïs Nin

ffirs.indd   v

ffirs.indd   v

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

background image

ffirs.indd   vi

ffirs.indd   vi

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

8/7/08   5:15:45 PM

background image

Contents

Read Me First 

ix

Foreword xiii
Introduction xix

Chapter 1 

The Early Years

 

1

Chapter 2 

The Day I Bought the Low

 13

Chapter 3 

Technical Analysis

 29

Chapter 4 

Adversity

 51

Chapter 5 

The Meaning of Life

 65

Chapter 6 

The Trading Police

 79

Chapter 7 

The Last Word

 103

Chapter 8 

In Conclusion

 109

Appendix A 

For Traders Only

 115

Appendix B  Insight into the Person of “ Trader X”

 133

More from the Author 

155

Postscript 159
Notes 167
Index 175

vii

ftoc.indd   vii

ftoc.indd   vii

8/7/08   5:16:00 PM

8/7/08   5:16:00 PM

background image

ftoc.indd   viii

ftoc.indd   viii

8/7/08   5:16:00 PM

8/7/08   5:16:00 PM

background image

ix

                       

  

   Read Me First       

 T

his is my second book for John Wiley  &  Sons. It was originally 
 published under the title  

Dancing with Lions  by Trader X. 

 Although it was received well by readers, it was not considered 

a mainstream book by the trading community. It was only after my fi rst 
book for Wiley,  Trading Rules That Work: The 28 Essential Lessons Every 
Trader Must Master,
  had established itself as a good seller that my editor 
Kevin Commins approached me with the idea of writing another book. 
I told him I already had written another book years ago, which had 
been published with a different publisher. The book had initially sold 
well, but it was now out of print. I told him that I thought this book 
could reach a new and wider audience with a new publisher. Kevin read 
it and felt it had good insights. However, it was, in his words,  “ a little 
rough. ”  He suggested that I update it and let him see what Wiley thought. 
The result is  The Art of the Trade.  

 As my career has grown and changed, I have had to let go of many 

of the original points of view that I held as a young trader.  Dancing 
with Lions
  was published at a time in my trading career when both the 
industry and I were going through changes that eventually would alter 
things signifi cantly. In the case of the markets, technology has given 

flast.indd   ix

flast.indd   ix

8/7/08   5:16:15 PM

8/7/08   5:16:15 PM

background image

r e a d   m e   f i r s t

birth to fully online market access, global market opportunity, and a 
host of innovative new trading products; something that had never hap-
pened before. During this time we also saw the tragedy of 9/11 and the 
inevitable fi nancial repercussions that a seminal world event like that 
can create. The markets went on to recover more quickly than I could. 
In my case, I was knocked - fl at for years. 

 My trading suffered dramatically during the months after 9/11. It 

would be unfair to the reader to suggest that all markets can be traded 
by all traders at all points in time. My emotional and mental state was 
devastated by 9/11; I was not capable of a strong market presence. The 
demons I thought I had exorcised to achieve the level of success that 
I once had had come back in greater force and numbers. I lost every-
thing and eventually quit the business for a period of time. My think-
ing was so convoluted that I honestly felt that I would never achieve 
my goals as a trader or even as a person. I went through the hell 
I describe in the fi rst chapter for a second time. I laugh about it now, 
but when someone asks me now about the experience I usually reply, 
 “ I went from being Trader X to being Waiter X.  . . . 

 ”  Yes, I actually 

waited tables for a few months. I was serving drinks to people I could 
have bought and sold a few months earlier. It was humiliating. 

 I think it is important for readers to know that now more than 

ever, I sincerely believe that trading is more an art form than a science. 
As an artist, there will be times when we are at our best, times when 
maybe we are just getting by, and times we are under extreme adver-
sity. As I mention throughout this book, a lot of what we perceive to 
be our unique adversity is sometimes self - created. If we are self - aware 
enough, we can see this relationship. If we are committed to our suc-
cess enough, we can learn to stop creating adversity for ourselves as 
well as resolve the adversities that we have created. Indeed, some of the 
best art ever created has come from an artist who has struggled through 
extreme personal tragedy and pain, only to fi nd his or her divine spark 
of excellence that now expresses itself on the canvas, in stone, or on the 
manuscript page. In my opinion, trading is no different and could be 
considered an equal expression for this spark of excellence. Some peo-
ple are familiar with Vincent Van Gogh ’ s issues; try learning about the 
life of Galileo or Jackson Pollack if you want to see how far adversity 
can take you. Those men amaze me with their tenacity and skill. They 
would have made great traders. 

flast.indd   x

flast.indd   x

8/7/08   5:16:15 PM

8/7/08   5:16:15 PM

background image

 

Read Me First  

xi

 In my case, I experienced a deeper and more purifying kind of 

adversity, and part of what made those years good for me (in the end) 
was the fi nal acceptance that no matter the circumstances that I fi nd 
myself in,   it is  always  my response to them that either moves me for-
ward or moves me back. Sometimes people get beat down so hard that 
they just lie there and quit. I came very close to that point for the 
 second time in my life. I remember the day and the hour. I remember 
the climb back in the darkness. Before you pass judgment, you might 
be there too one day.  . . .  

 I couldn ’ t control the events that happened to me any more than 

you could. Some group of fanatics (without using a harsher word) 
chose to do something horrifying and affect millions of people nega-
tively; and we all suffered to some degree. The fact that in my case it 
meant the potential to lose large sums of money, lose opportunity, and 
almost lose my sanity (again) had nothing to do with the actual events 
that transpired. That remained my choice in the end; even if I didn ’ t see 
that at fi rst or was unwilling to accept it at fi rst. Making the conscious 
choice to pick up and start over was entirely mine and even though 
I discuss this in the book, I know that truth at a deeper and much 
more complete level than ever before. The trader I am today is a dif-
ferent trader than I was then. To the outside observer that relationship 
may not be fully apparent, but inside me I know the difference. I think 
that in my years since the catastrophe I am better equipped. I have not 
recovered to the level I was prior to 9/11 and I don ’ t even need to. No 
matter what happens for me going forward, 100 percent of it will be 
mine and all of it is exactly what it should be. 

 Regardless, what you read from here forward was written at a 

different time in my life. Some of the material has been edited and 
amended to refl ect the changes. Wherever I think it is important, I note 
that for you. While you are reading, I hope that you take time to refl ect 
back on your own previous trading past and ask yourself some hard 
questions. Perhaps, in addition to the insights I share or the unique 
point of view I hold, you will personally be able to use the past years 
of your trading career in a new way. Much of what I found in the mar-
kets has not changed in spite of my personal experience during the 
last several years; mostly what has changed is my level of self - awareness 
and self - acceptance. No matter what happens in the markets, my trad-
ing account balance is my responsibility and no one else ’ s. Sometimes 

flast.indd   xi

flast.indd   xi

8/7/08   5:16:16 PM

8/7/08   5:16:16 PM

background image

xii 

r e a d   m e   f i r s t

that means I am positioned on the wrong side of a world event; some-
times that means I did something stupid to myself. But in all cases, the 
responsibility lies with me and it can never be lip service. I must  own  
that level of responsibility. 

 Lastly, before we get started, in fairness to the reader, most of what 

you see here is as close to the original text as my new publisher would 
allow. Much of my more colorful language has been edited to a  “ PG ”  
level, but most of the content is as I wrote it for the fi rst edition. My 
intention was to preserve the original purpose of the book without a 
lot of change. I say that because, if you are one of the traders who sin-
cerely want to get as far as you can go, some things won ’ t change while 
others things get better/worse. The trading environment evolves just 
like you do. For example, in today ’ s electronic marketplace, the risk of 
your account balance being affected due to a brokerage house internal 
issue (as described in Chapter  4 ) is a lot smaller. On the other hand, the 
regulators are another issue (as described in Chapter  6 ). In my opinion, 
I think that they have gotten worse during the last few years. I think 
the U.S. markets will lose market share and skilled people as the regula-
tors overregulate, increase costs, and waste time and resources. 

 Anyway, rather than take up space with a whole new book, let me 

let you get to reading  The Art of the Trade.  I hope you fi nd value in my 
experience and wish you the best in your trading. 

 

 J ason  A lan  J ankovsky  

 

 

  Formerly  “ Trader X ”    

   Chicago, 

Illinois 

 

 

  Spring 2008           

flast.indd   xii

flast.indd   xii

8/7/08   5:16:16 PM

8/7/08   5:16:16 PM

background image

xiii

                               

  

   Foreword to the 

First Edition       

   

 I

t is the author ’ s intention to write this book only as a journal of his 
personal experience through being in the business of futures and 
options trading and how he discovered the true nature of reality as 

he sees it. Therefore, he could exploit the apparent function of the mar-
kets by discovering their real function, as well as how to exploit every-
thing else. He did not intend to write a how - to book. He has made this 
narrative as brief as possible and that holds at least two real benefi ts for 
readers. First, because the author believes he has nothing new to add to 
the business of trading per se, the reader will not have his (or her) valua-
ble time wasted looking for something that really does not exist. Second, 
the author will force the reader to wonder what he is really getting at by 
a consistent reference to the fact that the author knows what some  over-
riding
  principle or reality related to the markets is and the reader does 
not. The reader will then form only one of two conclusions: Either (1) 
the author is nuts and this book was a waste of time, or (2) the author is 
on to something. The reader will then really start the process of getting 
what the markets actually represent for him. 

flast.indd   xiii

flast.indd   xiii

8/7/08   5:16:16 PM

8/7/08   5:16:16 PM

background image

 Trader X  

1

   receives two benefi ts from this hypothesis as well. First, if 

the reader believes this book was a total waste of time, Trader X knows 
that particular reader will probably remain enough of a losing trader to 
provide a constant fl ow of money that becomes available to him and 
those that fall into the second group, although he knows that will con-
tinue anyway. Second, Trader X can draw new distinctions about the 
nature of reality from those traders who read this, and believe he is 
on to something, should he meet them personally  without them know-
ing it was he who wrote this book.
  He believes their thinking would be 
infl uenced somehow by meeting a  “ famous trader ”  and, therefore, they 
would never really share the true nature of what they see, but some-
thing else of little value. Because a very large group of traders who 
could be potential readers live and work side - by - side with him, Trader 
X believes he would lose these benefi ts. He would become a  

direct  

target of criticism or congratulation that would infl uence his trading 
because they could  “ fi nd ”  him and, therefore, infl uence his clients to 
whom he feels a high degree of personal responsibility. The author 
believes this could only lead to losses. Trader X believes this would be 
the case if only one copy was sold and he only met one individual. 
Since he cannot predict what would happen  

“ positively ”  or  

“ nega-

tively ”  in either case, he decided not to take that risk, or reduce it as 
much as possible, especially if the book sold well within the industry. 
This is why the book is anonymous.  

2

   

 The author assumes the reader will already have a basic knowledge 

about the trading business. For those who know little about the mar-
kets, or are not in this industry, outlined next are some of the basics he 
refers to.  

  The Arena 

 The futures and options exchanges are a central meeting place for the 
purpose of trading in some necessary element that affects everyone. This 
includes consumable commodities such as corn, crude oil, orange juice, 
and the like. It also includes fi nancial instruments such as Treasury bonds, 
currencies, stock indexes, and so on. Exchanges do not set prices; they 
provide a place for price competition from all participants who choose 

xiv 

f o r e w o r d   t o   t h e   f i r s t   e d i t i o n

flast.indd   xiv

flast.indd   xiv

8/7/08   5:16:16 PM

8/7/08   5:16:16 PM

background image

to trade. Those who do not trade receive a benefi t intangibly by keep-
ing prices as fair to them in their daily life as possible. Membership to 
the exchange is not a requirement to trade through the exchange. This 
provides a way for anyone to exploit price competition for their personal 
benefi t or to earn profi t from some perceived opportunity. There are two 
kinds of market participants who are in direct competition with each 
other. It is this competition that will create prices or cause them to move.

One participant is the  speculator  and the other is the  hedger.  The  spec-

ulator is attempting to take advantage of price movement solely for per-
sonal profi t. He (or she) is taking the risk of price action, either for or 
against him. The hedger is attempting to take advantage of price move-
ment for the purpose of reducing his production costs or to improve his 
profi t margin when he markets his fi nal product. He is transferring his 
risk to the speculator and assumes little or no risk of price action against 
him. Should prices move in a direction that further reduces his beginning 
cost of business (or further improves his profi t margin), he cannot take 
advantage of that from the point he transferred his risk to the speculator. 
The hedgers benefi t from the markets is a  “ known ”  permanent cost of 
business. The speculators benefi t from the markets is an attempt to profi t. 

 A futures contract is a standardized agreement between two par-

ties to either  make  or  take  delivery of a specifi ed amount of a particular 
something at a specifi ed future point in time. This agreement can be 
created or liquidated at any time prior to that date. As long as any mar-
ket is  “ open ”  for trading this agreement can be created or liquidated for 
any length of time either side wishes to participate. This time frame can 
be months or years and also as short as just a minute or two. Any indi-
vidual, whether a speculator or a hedger, is obligated for the total value 
of that futures contract for the time he holds it. On a specifi ed date he 
must either pay for it completely if he is a buyer in the market, or actu-
ally produce the product traded to the buyer if he has been a seller in 
the market. That is called  taking  or  making  delivery. Until that point the 
exchange requires a fi nancial commitment bond to secure this relation-
ship and to protect both parties against default from this contractual 
agreement. This is called  margin.  The exchange typically requires that 
each party wishing to enter into this agreement from either side deposit 
2 percent to 5 percent of the face value of the contract. In some cases, 
the hedger does not have to make this commitment. He only needs to 

 

Foreword to the First Edition  

xv

flast.indd   xv

flast.indd   xv

8/7/08   5:16:17 PM

8/7/08   5:16:17 PM

background image

prove to the exchange that he actually owns or controls the product 
to be traded in suffi cient quantity. In either case, this can be in cash 
or something that is considered liquid enough to be converted into 
cash within a reasonable time frame. Once this has been done, you 
may trade. When you choose to participate as either party to the trans-
action, you are  opening  or  taking  a position. Because of the relation-
ship between entering the agreement, and not having to fully accept 
fi nancial obligation until a future date, a futures contract is considered 
a leveraged instrument for the period of time leading up to the deliv-
ery date. Typically, about 98 percent of all futures contracts are liqui-
dated before that time. This is called  closing a position.  The time between 
opening a position and closing the position is called  holding a position.  

 If you open a position in a futures contract by buying the price 

currently being traded, you are  going long.  If you open a position in 
a futures contract by selling the price currently being traded you are 
 going short.  When you do either, it is called an  execution.  To close any 
futures position, you must make another execution. If you are  holding 
a long,
  and you wish to close your position, you must execute by sell-
ing into the market at the price currently being traded at that time. If 
you are  holding a short,  you must execute by buying the price currently 
being traded at that time. You will be assigned the difference between 
the two prices executed against the margin in your account as it relates 
to the full value of the position. 

 In other words, if you buy one futures contract of corn for  $ 2.75 

per bushel and sell it for  $ 2.77 per bushel you would have a profi t  of 
2 cents per bushel. The corn contract size at the Chicago Board of Trade 
(CBOT) is 5,000 bushels. Therefore, you would have a profi t equal to 
 $ 100 (2 cents  

⫻  5,000 ⫽  $ 100). If the opposite has occurred you would 

have lost  $ 100. The amount of cash in your margin account would have 
gone up (or down) by  $ 100 if you would have bought and sold corn for a 
gain (or loss) of 2 cents a bushel, aside from any fees. 

 If you complete a transaction as described, you will have either 

a profi t or a loss against your margin at that point until you decide 
to execute another transaction or close your relationship with the 
exchange and ask for payment to be made to you. If you went long 
by beginning this process on the buy side, and you closed your posi-
tion with a sell execution higher than your buy execution, you would 
have a profi t. If the opposite occurred, you would have a loss. If you 

xvi 

f o r e w o r d   t o   t h e   f i r s t   e d i t i o n

flast.indd   xvi

flast.indd   xvi

8/7/08   5:16:17 PM

8/7/08   5:16:17 PM

background image

went short by beginning this process on the sell side, and you closed 
your position with a buy execution lower than your sell execution, you 
would have a profi t. If the opposite occurred, you would have a loss. 
Because you may begin this process in either fashion, you can attempt 
to profi t as prices are rising or falling. The hedger is not obligated to 
both sides of this process unless he chooses to. He may close his posi-
tion by making or taking delivery, depending on which side of the 
market he is hedging from. 

 Hedgers use both sides of the market depending on their business 

needs. For example, if you make candy bars you might want to buy 
sugar ahead of time if sugar is at an important low price relative to your 
cost of production. If you grow cocoa and sell it to candy bar makers, 
you might want to sell cocoa in the market ahead of time if cocoa is at 
a higher price than you normally could get from a candy bar maker. In 
either case, the buying or selling hedger is not obligated to liquidate his 
transaction. He may make or take delivery. 

 The entire process must occur under the authority of the exchange. 

This is the  

clearing corporation,  which must ensure that both parties 

to the transactions have been assigned their positions and that suffi -
cient margins for every transaction are available and on deposit with 
the exchange. This is done to make absolutely certain that those who 
have traded for profi ts receive them and that those who have traded for 
losses will pay them. 

 An option on futures is slightly different. It is the  right  but  not the 

obligation  to enter the futures contract until a specifi ed date. If you 
choose to  exercise this right  you are now in the futures contract itself 
and subject to the obligations as described above. There are two par-
ties to an options transaction as well; the  grantor,  or  writer,  and the  owner,  
or  buyer.  The grantor is obligating himself to take the other side of a 
futures contract, which he will provide to the owner at a specifi ed price 
called the  

strike price.  He is under this obligation until the specifi ed 

date called the  expiration date.  The owner of the option may exercise 
his option, or sell it to someone else, at any time prior to the expi-
ration date. The grantor may also close his position at any time prior 
to the expiration date by buying it back from anyone who owns the 
option, or another grantor, prior to the expiration date. This is called 
 offsetting.  The grantor does not have to own any futures contracts at any 
price when he writes an option, but will be assigned his obligation if 

 

Foreword to the First Edition  

xvii

flast.indd   xvii

flast.indd   xvii

8/7/08   5:16:17 PM

8/7/08   5:16:17 PM

background image

the option is ever exercised against him. This is called  uncovered option 
 writing.
  If the grantor enters a futures contract at the time he writes an 
option, or at any time prior to it being exercised, this is called  covered 
option writing.
  The price paid for any option is called a  premium.  The 
grantor keeps the premium paid by the owner if the option is exer-
cised, or a portion of the premium if he offsets it prior to expiration. 

 There are two kinds of options. A  call  is the right to buy futures at 

the strike price specifi ed. A   put  is the right to sell futures at the strike 
price specifi ed. If you  write a call,  you are giving someone else the right 
to go long. If you  write a put,  you are giving someone else the right to 
go short. Approximately 98 percent of all options written are offset or 
expire with no value that can be exploited from further price action in 
futures. If they do have some value, this is called an  in - the - money  option. 
An option can go  “ in ”  or  “ out ”  of the money any time prior to expira-
tion. If the owner of an option does not liquidate or exercise an in - the -
 money option at the time of expiration the exchange will do it for him. 
Conversely, an option that has not gone in the money is called  out of the 
money.
  At the time of expiration, all out - of - the - money options, whether 
calls or puts, are worthless. The grantor will keep 100 percent of the 
premium, or the portion that he had before that date. The owner of 
the option receives nothing. 

 Whether you are participating in futures, options, or both, the rela-

tionship both parties function under is a  zero - sum transaction.  This  means 
that all the participants who hope to profi t will be paid those profi ts 
from the other participants who have losses. The money paid to a win-
ning transaction is paid from the money in the losing transaction. This also 
means that anyone who executes any position will be at risk that price 
action could move for him or against him at anytime. It is not possible to 
participate in futures, options, or both without accepting this risk. All the 
infi nite possible combinations of futures and options and the price action 
between the two are an attempt by every participant to take as little of 
this risk as possible while attempting to maximize the potential for profi ts. 
In any case,  the losers will always have to pay the winners.  The clearing cor-
poration will deduct the money from the losing positions and deposit the 
exact same money to the holders of the winning positions. 

 G hostwriter  X  

3

   

 

  Fall 1998           

xviii 

f o r e w o r d   t o   t h e   f i r s t   e d i t i o n

flast.indd   xviii

flast.indd   xviii

8/7/08   5:16:18 PM

8/7/08   5:16:18 PM

background image

xix

     

  

   Introduction       

 E

very trader has a story. This is my story. When I sat down to put 
my story on paper, I asked myself some hard questions. After 
giving some deep thought to those questions, I came to some 

conclusions. First, as far as the markets themselves are concerned, I really 
have nothing new to say. It is my belief that everything that could be 
written (or said) about the markets has already been done. All of it. 
I think the people who write books about the markets basically do 
a tremendous disservice to the true student of trading by simply reiter-
ating what has been said already. Or worse yet, publish a lot of worthless 
psychobabble. They make it harder to uncover the real truth. 

 I didn ’ t want to write a book that would slow down anyone ’ s quest 

to become the best trader he or she could become. Nor is it my inten-
tion to  “ teach ”  anything. I tried that. Most people who teach trading, 
with few exceptions, never walked the road I did. Not even close. In 
fact, there is at least one person who I think should be in jail for what 
he sells the public under the guise of a  “ trading course. ”  After what I ’ ve 
been through, I would never, as God is my witness, attempt to cheapen 
the price of admission to this business and sell it to Joe Public for  $ 195 
knowing full well that his equity is cannon - fodder for men like me. It ’ s 

flast.indd   xix

flast.indd   xix

8/7/08   5:16:18 PM

8/7/08   5:16:18 PM

background image

a disgrace. I don ’ t know what ’ s worse, someone who palms himself off 
as an  “ expert, ”  or the fact that the public is so willing to believe him 
and others like him. I guess they deserve what they get. As you will 
learn, I deserved what I got, but for different reasons. 

 Second, trading is an intensely personal and subjective endeavor. 

There is nothing else like it on Earth. I thank God I was born at a time 
in history when this kind of trading exploded onto the world fi nancial 
stage and I got to be a part of it. It truly is an art form. And like all art 
forms the result is clearly observable, but the hidden part of the artist is 
never fully revealed. What I wish to communicate in some way is my 
personal  “ behind the scenes ”  view of my experience. I wish there were 
some way to really do that. I ’ ve had the best and worst part of all of it; 
I wish someone could have been there to share it with me. But I know 
that because no one was there, that too is part of the story. 

 For the individual who is looking for some  

“ secret knowledge 

”  

regarding the nature of price movements, I think you will be disap-
pointed. I used to think that way and probably read every book ever 
written on price action. If there were a Ph.D. in markets and trading 
I would have it. But I think we all know how much most Ph.D.s are 
worth. As I said, I think it has already been done. What I think about 
price action can be said in the phrase  “ Buy low, sell high. ”  When  any-
one asks me today,  “ How do you know when it ’ s high or low? ”  My 
answer is,  “ Read what I have to say very carefully. ”  That ’ s it. There is no 
easy way. Don ’ t waste your time looking for it. As you might discover, 
trading is really not about price action anyway. Don ’ t rip yourself off by 
trying to reinvent the wheel. 

 Lastly, I hope you experience everything that I have — all the pain, the 

glory, the money, the broken dreams, the unexpected joy, all of it. I don ’ t 
think you will ever become a lasting success at anything, certainly not 
trading, until you do. The markets are the absolute best place to fi nd what 
you are looking for. If you truly and completely desire to become what you 
could be, very few places will give you such a perfect and  lasting oppor-
tunity to do so. It took me a long time to accept the lessons you could 
learn in these pages. But, I suspect most people won ’ t learn anything and 
will continue to do it the hard way. That is the razor ’ s edge. It takes a lot of 
effort to swing a dull axe. Be wise and sharpen the blade. 

xx 

i n t r o d u c t i o n

flast.indd   xx

flast.indd   xx

8/7/08   5:16:18 PM

8/7/08   5:16:18 PM

background image

 Like a canvas or a piece of music, the whole is based on the sum of 

its parts. Each part contributes, some more than others, and they must 
be understood in the context of the whole. This book is not in any 
chronological order; it all relates to the whole picture. While reading it, 
feel free to skip around and take the material in any order you like. 

 When I was younger I would sometimes skip to the last chapter 

of a story to see how it ends and then go back to discover how it got 
that way. That is certainly one way to look at life. You might learn more 
that way. The raw material of your trading art is the unique part of you 
found within the context of the whole. No one can fully see things 
the same way you do. You will never see things exactly as I do. No one 
can take from you or me what we have paid the price to know. It ’ s my 
opinion that the reason so many people never become a lasting success 
at trading is because they have never paid the price to really know. The 
only reason I have achieved what I have from the markets is because I 
discovered the right questions to ask and eventually had the courage to 
answer them. What are those questions for  you ? 

 Let me say this before getting started. Some who are close to me 

asked me why I wrote this book under a pseudonym. Most who know 
me won ’ t even know I wrote this. I think the answer to that will also shed 
some light on my experience. I didn ’ t want to make enemies in this busi-
ness. Some of those who are on pleasant terms might recognize them-
selves in these pages. I didn ’ t want to make it easy for lawsuits to fi nd 
me or lose friends by sharing my experience. Some clients might even 
recognize themselves. The worst part is that everything here is completely 
factual; I tell it like it is and how it really happened to me. Parts are dirty. 
Many people won ’ t believe it ’ s like this. Some will be angry. Some will 
think I stretched the truth. Some will say its outright fabrication. 

 Some of the people I ’ ve known in this business are so completely 

lost to any form of common sense that they would do God knows 
what to profi t or cause pain to me for no other reason than their super -
 sensitive egos are offended somehow just because they  think  they rec-
ognize themselves in here. I hate to say it, but trading is a brutal world. 
You don ’ t win unless someone else loses. That ’ s their journey and their 
story. If it ’ s such a big deal, write your own book and  “ slander ”  me. I ’ ll 
put it on the shelf with the rest of the stuff that doesn ’ t matter.  . . .  

 Introduction 

xxi

flast.indd   xxi

flast.indd   xxi

8/7/08   5:16:18 PM

8/7/08   5:16:18 PM

background image

 Finally, if you the reader doubt the authentic nature of the contents 

here, I will give you the acid test. Open a trading account. Become a 
broker.   

 J ason  A lan  J ankovsky  

 

 

  Formerly  “ Trader X ”        

 

 

Chicago, Illinois

 

 

  Fall 1998        

xxii 

i n t r o d u c t i o n

flast.indd   xxii

flast.indd   xxii

8/7/08   5:16:18 PM

8/7/08   5:16:18 PM

background image

1

Chapter 

                                       

 1

 

   The Early Years 

 Illusion in the midst of Reality       

   

 

  No minute lost comes ever back again. Take heed and see ye do 
 nothing in vain. 

  — London Clock Tower Motto   

 W

hen I decided to become a commodity broker, I had no 
idea what I was eventually getting into. It began in the 
spring of 1987. I answered an ad in the  Chicago Tribune  

and interviewed with the sales manager  

1

   of a commodity - trading fi rm. 

I was very impressed. They had a beautiful offi ce in Oak Brook, Illinois, 
a very affl uent Chicago suburb. Everyone there wore expensive suits, the 
parking lot was full of German and Italian cars, the whole scene reeked 
of high fi nance. 

c01.indd   1

c01.indd   1

8/6/08   9:05:31 PM

8/6/08   9:05:31 PM

background image

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 After some discussion of my background and what I thought I could 

do in the brokerage business, I was hired. The interview was brief. They 
didn ’ t ask me for a r é sum é . They just wanted bodies. I was given a big 
book to study so I could pass my Series III commodities broker ’ s test. I 
was given a start date with the rest of the new hires. I really believed 
I had scored the job of my life. I was 26 and thought that in no time I 
would be earning $100K a year, driving a Ferrari, and fl ying the Concord 
to spend the weekends in Paris. 

 It was largely from my initial experience with this brokerage house 

that I chose to keep trading as a career no matter how it turned 
out. That fi rst commitment had a lot to due with how my success was 
measured over the years. If I hadn ’ t made up my mind that come hell 
or high water I was going to be a commodity broker, who knows 
where I would have ended up? Over time, the pressures of the trad-
ing world gave me every opportunity to quit and do something else. In 
fact, my family tried everything to convince me that I was out of my 
mind for sticking with it during the rough years. No one saw what I 
saw except for my mother. Moms are like this, aren ’ t they? One immu-
table thing was her absolute support of what I wanted to do. Suffi ce 
it to say, at that time when I fi rst started, the lure of money was so 
strong that you could have promised me a ride on the Space Shuttle 
to quit and I would have turned you down. I wanted it that bad. 

 To put this in perspective, as an Air Force ROTC student with a 

good academic history, I earned an Air Force Academy appointment 
with a good shot at the space program (according to my recruiter). As 
a side note, there is a commercial space tourism company selling rides 
right now aboard a privately built spacecraft just for people who want 
that thrill.  

2

   I was surprised to learn after missing what seemed to me 

a once - in - a - lifetime shot at the time (I turned the Air Force down), I 
was able to do it anyway. The concept of  “ regrets ”  and  “ missed oppor-
tunity ”   fi gures high in this story. Sometimes life gives you a second 
chance at something. The markets will always give you another chance. 

 I was totally unprepared for what would become the  

“  normal ”  

 process of working in this industry. My fi rst day on the job at a 
Midwest brokerage offi ce went something like this: 

 I walk in. The  “ sales manager ”  brings me to an empty desk, points 

to the phone and says,  “ Here is a phone. ”  He drops a stack of papers 

c01.indd   2

c01.indd   2

8/6/08   9:05:32 PM

8/6/08   9:05:32 PM

background image

 

  The Early Years   

3

on my desk and says,  “ Here are some sales leads. Your job is to con-
vince people to send money for trading. Once you have opened a few 
accounts, we ’ ll show you what to do with the money. ”  He then said, 
 “ Good luck ,”  and walked away without saying another word. 

 Okay, no problem. I was so excited about what I was doing I really 

thought everyone I called would talk to me. I didn ’ t see it as telemar-
keting. I believed that everyone wanted to make big money. I thought 
everyone would see the wisdom and  “ common sense ”  of the particular 
market opportunity that we were selling. I just watched the  “ seasoned 
professionals ”  sell and did what they did. What made this whole expe-
rience intoxicating was that what we were selling actually happened. 

 We were suggesting that the public buy silver. At the time I started 

on the phone in 1987, silver was selling for about $5.10 an ounce. The 
company I worked for was marketing call options. I had scored 100 
percent on the part of the Series III that covered option hedging and 
speculating. I had basically succeeded at everything I had done before; 
why should this be any different? There was  no way  you could convince 
me that I had anything to learn. Besides, the company was making the 
recommendations; they were telling me what to do. I fi gured between 
me and them,  “ we ”  knew exactly what  “ we ”  were doing. Needless to 
say, as long as silver kept moving higher, the money rolled in. I ate the 
phone. I was the top  “ rookie ”  in the offi ce. Silver soared to almost $12 
an ounce in less than 120 days. I thought it was always that way in this 
business. I was making more money in a month than some people I 
knew made in a whole year. I felt like I had arrived in a big way. 

 Then I got fi red. 
 The company stole my clients (of course). In this business there is 

a curious concept that companies  “ own ”  clients. How can you  “ own ”  a 
client? Aren ’ t you supposed to be working for him or her? Doesn ’ t 
a client have the right to do business with anyone he or she chooses? 
I was told that if I contacted any of my clients I would be sued. They 
refused to pay me my remaining commissions — something about being 
covered in case of potential lawsuits. They never told me when to 
expect payment if there weren ’ t any lawsuits. Maybe they just expected 
them. As you will see, this happens every day. They basically didn ’ t like 
me, I guess. As I found out later, the egos of people in this business are 
beyond belief. Never will you meet people, as a group, with absolutely 

c01.indd   3

c01.indd   3

8/6/08   9:05:32 PM

8/6/08   9:05:32 PM

background image

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

no justifi cation for what they think they are. Still, I never found out 
what happened or why I was let go. I certainly wasn ’ t sleeping with the 
boss ’ s wife. (Or his girlfriend for that matter. That ’ s another thing that 
happens every day around there.) All I knew was that I no longer had a 
job and I really wanted to be in this business. 

 Believe it or not, it never occurred to me that maybe every other 

commodity company could be this poorly run as well. As any Series III 
broker can tell you,  every  retail commodity house is run like an accident 
waiting to happen. You would be absolutely amazed at the sheer chaos 
and complete lack of even the most basic business sense. The people 
working in the markets every day, as a group, I don ’ t think could run a 
newsstand without help. 

 Here ’ s just one story: At the time of this writing a personal friend 

of mine just left one brokerage house to go to another. The reason? 
The owner ’ s cousin, fresh out of rehab, wanted to get in the business. 
My friend simply told the owner,  “ It might not be a good idea to have 
a recovering heroin addict trading someone ’ s money and exposing the 
company to risk. ”  The owner called him a  “ Jew bastard ”  and fi red him 
on the spot. My friend had been there for years and was a top producer. 
In a split second, my friend ’ s whole life was turned upside down and 
his income dropped to zero because some psycho - egomaniac thought 
a convicted felon with a drug problem would be a good addition to 
the staff and completely capable of servicing clients. If the boss was that 
stupid, how well could he manage clients in the fi rst place? How long 
would a guy like that last as a manager at Microsoft? How long would 
that guy last in any business? The Equal Opportunity people would have 
a fi eld day with a racial slur like that. In the case of my friend it really 
was easier and more cost   effective to just fi nd another brokerage house, 
forget the whole thing, and move on. Not to mention that the  “ sales 
manager ”  at the offending brokerage house told all of my friend 

’ s 

 clients that he was drinking on the job anyway and  “ we ’ ll take care of 
you. ”  It was an outright lie. But, of course, they  “ own the client. ”  

 This happens every day in this business. Retail brokerage houses 

are run without any common sense at all. They come and go faster 
than GI ’ s at a nickel whorehouse. The sad thing is that people don ’ t 
care since there is so much money in it they can afford to be that reck-
less. It ’ s like this: If a thief kills another thief and you are a witness and 

c01.indd   4

c01.indd   4

8/6/08   9:05:32 PM

8/6/08   9:05:32 PM

background image

 

  The Early Years   

5

a thief yourself, what do you do? Tell the cops? Forget it. You ’ re in a 
whole other world. The constant lack of integrity really got to me over 
the years, as you will see. I really believed that people in  “ high fi nance ”  
were supposed to be a personally responsible lot. Boy was I wrong. 

 So I went to work for a new fi rm, which at the time was a real 

trading house, but of course it wasn ’ t what I  thought  a trading house 
should be like. My idea of a  

“ professional house 

”  was nothing like 

this place. They had a tiny offi ce, with steel desks, quote systems eve-
rywhere, and they let you do whatever you wanted to do. There was 
no organized market research, selling effort, nothing. You came and 
left when you wanted. No sales hype or $2,000 suits. Just a bunch of 
whackos taking $500 a day out of the markets trading one - lots.  

3

   No 

one talked about the markets. They didn ’ t need to. Some of the guys, 
who were real traders, only had one or two clients and had had them 
for years. What was wrong with these people? Didn ’ t they know what 
kind of money was out there? Looking back, I would give my right 
arm to be working at a place like that today, but at the time I was so 
disgusted with that environment, which I perceived as apathetic to real 
opportunity, that I started looking for a new house. I should mention 
that that owner was one of the most respected men in the business 
at that time and had a reputation for fair and equitable treatment of 
his staff, customers, and support people. But back then, I didn ’ t know 
how rare honest and equitable business practices were. I really thought 
I could fi nd the best of both worlds. I found a new brokerage house 
about April. My timing to reinforce this misconception was perfect. 

 Right about then the drought of 1988 hit. My new fi rm was sell-

ing call options on corn and soybeans. Corn went to almost $6/bushel. 
Everyone was talking  

“ Beans in the teens! 

”  My book of customer 

equity went to almost a million dollars. A  book  of equity is the slang 
term used for the customer list a broker has that includes the current 
cash balance of each customer. A book can be any size number of cus-
tomers or account deposits. This is also called  money under management  
or an  equity run.  

 So after my book of equity went to almost a million dollars, I took 

a few days off. I was in bed fl ipping through the TV channels when I 
saw a fi nancial broadcast telling the world that Chicago soybeans had 
traded to a near - record high of $10.97 that day before closing lower. 

c01.indd   5

c01.indd   5

8/6/08   9:05:33 PM

8/6/08   9:05:33 PM

background image

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

I think it was around $9.50/bushel. Of course, that was the top. As I 
had no idea what I was really doing, I was only mildly concerned that 
the market was below the previous day 

’ s close. I didn 

’ t know what 

 “ volume ”  and  “ open interest ”  were, or  “ reversals. ”  Nothing. I absolutely 
believed that commodity trading was huge moves, high profi ts, lots of 
sales hype, all that Gordon Gecko stuff.  

4

   

 I kept selling clients and buying calls until September of that year. 

Not an easy thing to do when the market is lower every week. As the 
market kept moving lower, I started asking the boss what was happen-
ing. When would the market turn up again? He told me to keep  selling. 
 “ But it looks like it ’ s over. What about the clients who are going to 
lose? ”  I asked.  “ They don ’ t know that. You don ’ t know that. You want 
to get paid don 

’ t you? 

”  was his answer. At that time, I just agreed 

because these guys knew what they were doing, right? One of the bozos 
working there drove a red Porsche 928. He also brought in a 500 - gallon 
 saltwater aquarium into the offi ce. He wore big rings. He didn ’ t talk 
much, but he was defi nitely into the  “ look at me ”  type of thinking. He 
really thought he was  the thing.  I remember him being called into  “ the 
boss ’ s ”  offi ce to discuss his lawsuits. No Porsche, no rings, the fi sh tank 
sold at auction along with the rest of the company ’ s stuff. You guessed it; 
the company went out of business. 

 There was a huge National Futures Association (NFA) investi-

gation. The NFA is the self 

- regulatory body authorized to sanction 

 people to work in the industry, mediate arbitrations, and generally har-
ass or intimidate those responsible for providing access to the markets. 
By the way, the fi rst fi rm I had worked for was also shut down by the 
NFA. I had no idea how any of this would later come back to haunt 
me. Simply put, because I had worked at these two companies, I was 
on the “watch list” at the NFA (yes — they have a watch list; ask them 
about the  “ tainted broker ”  program if you want to see the constitution 
completely ignored). It never occurred to me that guilt by association 
was a real thing that would make it harder to work in the business. My 
thought was that since I hadn ’ t done anything wrong, even if there was 
a problem, I would be cleared. I had this problem more than once. So did 
many others, honest and crooked alike. The funny thing was, most of the 
guys who worked at these companies moved on to other fi rms like rats 
from a sinking ship. And all the other houses wanted the  “ big  broker ”  type 

c01.indd   6

c01.indd   6

8/6/08   9:05:33 PM

8/6/08   9:05:33 PM

background image

 

  The Early Years   

7

to work there. They offered these brokers huge deals to play the same 
show in a  different town. Did it ever occur to any of them that if this 
technique generated lots of lawsuits, it might not be a good idea to 
hire these brokers? Maybe they all just wanted the money so bad they 
didn ’ t care. I found out later why that didn ’ t matter, but I made the 
same mistake. I was on the sinking ship too. 

 So now I was broke, having spent my huge income like a drunken 

sailor. After all, just get on the phone and wait for the next big haul, 
right? I went through a succession of companies and repeated this 
entire scenario  

over and over again  for the next several years. I even 

 “ started ”  a company with a partner. That ’ s a story in itself; I ’ ll cover 
that later. During this time I met some  “ professional ”  traders. Because 
I was beginning to consider that this boom - and - bust cycle might be 
avoidable, I actually listened to a wheat pit trader explain the concept 
of  overbought  to me. I picked up a book or two on market analysis. 
 “ Maybe there is something to this, ”  I said to myself. Over the years I 
kept buying books, attending seminars, listening to tapes, and subscrib-
ing to newsletters. I spent thousands and thousands of dollars doing 
this. I routinely listened to what pit traders thought and what they read. 
It never occurred to me that pit traders might be some of the least 
educated people in the business. This whole process of  “ analyzing and 
studying ”  the markets was another roadblock. I think you will be sur-
prised at how little that whole process can help a trader. 

 This period became a huge emotional struggle for me. I couldn ’ t 

accept that I wanted to do things  “ right ”  and yet no one else wanted to. 
Believe it or not, I never lied to any client about anything. I never mis-
led them or promised they would make money. I sold clean and really 
wanted them to win. I genuinely liked my clients. I returned phone 
calls promptly and never asked for more than a reasonable amount of 
money for my services. I always did what I believed a true professional 
should do when he has a fi duciary responsibility — and still do to this 
day. However, the fact was, I was grossly misinformed about the true 
nature of the markets and the industry. I honestly thought the solution 
to this problem was more market study and fi nding the right broker-
age house. Although that wheat pit trader and the others all meant 
well, I actually lost years  “ studying the markets. ”  I found that there is 
no  “ right ”  brokerage house and that no book can ever tell you about 

c01.indd   7

c01.indd   7

8/6/08   9:05:33 PM

8/6/08   9:05:33 PM

background image

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

how to become a trader. You have to live it to understand. Let me 
fi nish setting the stage for where and how I fi nally became the winner. 

 Someone once told me that all progress in the world depends on 

the unreasonable man. The reasonable man persists in adapting himself 
to the world; the unreasonable man persists in adapting the world to 
himself. Therefore, all progress depends on the unreasonable man. At 
this point, my career in the commodities markets had been less than 
spectacular. I had worked at many companies and all of them had gone 
out of business. All the money (literally  millions  of dollars) I had raised 
was also gone. I had spent all my income and was once again without 
a place to work or a client base of any kind. What was wrong with this 
picture? Was it me? Was it the industry? I wanted to be  reasonable  about 
it, but what was the true answer? I was spending a lot of time dealing 
with this same problem. I was working for people who couldn ’ t get a 
job cleaning toilets in the  “ real ”  world, but were operating companies 
that made tons of money (on commissions — never in market profi ts). 
I was attempting to learn the markets to reduce the loss factor but still 
losing all the time. I got really angry with myself, the markets, and the 
 companies — everyone and everything. What was wrong? Why wasn ’ t 
this working? Why wasn ’ t I a success at this like everything else? 

 The year was now 1993. I won 

’ t talk about the catastrophe that 

I  created for myself during the fi rst Persian Gulf War except to say this: 
When it was all over it took from 1991 until 1996 to pay all the debits, 
unpaid taxes, unpaid debts, and recover from the emotional trauma that 
an unregenerate mind is capable of infl icting on its owner. But during 
these previous years, all the raw material for ultimate success were given 
to me. At the time I saw it as complete and unmitigated adversity. Even 
fi ling bankruptcy, and all the embarrassment that goes with it, was a huge 
stepping - stone to prosperity. When the Department of Justice subpoe-
naed me while I was working for a company that was doing a Ponzi scam 
through the legitimate markets; even  that  was important. By the way, I was 
never charged due to my phone records showing I wasn ’ t involved in any 
way. But at the time, my point of view was:  “ What is going on? What is 
wrong? I ’ m trying to do this right . . . ”  and so on. The years of frustration, 
bitterness, and disappointment were beginning to boil over. 

 Let me draw all this together for you. I ’ m in my early 30s. I ’ ve 

made and lost a million dollars twice. I 

’ m broke, almost homeless, 

c01.indd   8

c01.indd   8

8/6/08   9:05:33 PM

8/6/08   9:05:33 PM

background image

 

  The Early Years   

9

without any income, behind in my bills, and no longer have any credit. 
I ’ m too confused to work at my best, angry at life. Feeling like I ’ ve 
hurt people. Feeling like I ’ ve let people down. Embarrassed in front of 
my family and friends; earning an undeserved bad reputation. To make 
matters worse, watching everyone I know get on with their lives; get-
ting rich, being in love. The women in my life lost interest in me. And 
let ’ s not forget drinking too much; even a brief fl ing with cocaine. I 
could go on with all the rage, hatred, and blame. For the sake of mak-
ing the point, here is the bottom line to all this: 

 At no time during the whole experience did it once occur to me 

that everything I ’ ve been through was completely and utterly of my 
own doing. It was not the fault of anybody but me

 If you read between the lines of this short description of my early 

years, you can see how easy it might be to say things like:  “ It is the 
 market ’ s fault. ”     “ It is the company ’ s fault. ”     “ It is my stupid clients who 
won ’ t listen. 

”      “ This research sucks. 

”      “ If only I had done  

_______   __ 

(fi ll in the blank). ”     “ If only so and   so hadn ’ t done  _______  __  (fi ll  in 
the blank). ”     “ What a rotten fi ll ”  or  “ The market ’ s gonna come back. ”   
  “ Markets don ’ t do this. ”     “ My girlfriend left me, that bitch! It ’ s her fault I 
can ’ t think. ”  And on and on, ad nauseum. If you are in the business, and 
honest, you know you have said or thought the same things. Or at least 
heard it from someone you work with. 

 In my state of mind, I was doing everything I thought was right, 

expecting the whole world to see things as I saw them, holding others 
to a standard of behavior they weren ’ t capable of or didn ’ t see the need 
for; and all the while not considering the possibility that the world I 
was in was nothing like the world I was certain it was. I was com-
pletely amazed during my period of recovery to learn that somewhere 
around 80 to 90 percent of people who trade lose. The average length 
of a commodity broker ’ s career was less than seven years, and they are 
broke when they quit. The average company goes out of business in less 
than fi ve years. All this despite the fact that the industry as a whole was 
growing faster than ever. How can these seemingly contradictory posi-
tions be true? Whose  “ fault ”  was it? Where was all that money going? 
And to whom? 

 Now before you assume that I never experienced these deep con-

fl icts, or I had some kind of detached concept of what was happening 

c01.indd   9

c01.indd   9

8/6/08   9:05:34 PM

8/6/08   9:05:34 PM

background image

10 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

inside of me, let me set you straight. I felt completely trapped. I could 
not fi nd an answer to what seemed like a huge injustice being per-
petrated and worse yet, against me personally. I couldn ’ t see the true 
nature of what was really happening. I actually thought that God him-
self was out to get me. I was  “ insane ”  to a certain point. This entire 
confl ict was more than a war inside of me. It was literally a personal 
struggle between life and death. There is no doubt that if I had lost 
control of the last part of myself that I still controlled, I would have 
committed suicide. I know how those poor souls who actually kill 
themselves feel. That ’ s how deep of a confl ict I was in over why noth-
ing was working like I thought it  should.  It is almost impossible, even in 
a thousand books, to adequately communicate the emotions I was feel-
ing. Feelings that were so real I could taste them. Despair really tastes 
like burning copper and gin. 

 No one reading this will be able to appreciate the intensity of that 

experience unless he has been through at least some of it. To those 
 people who say,  “ I would never get that far gone over money. That 
could never happen to me. ”  Let me say at that time I believed the same 
thing. I never thought I could get so upside down in every part of my 
life. I literally found myself at the end of a rope that I didn ’ t even know 
could exist; certainly not for me personally. I actually believed it was 
all about money and how money works. Remember, I have a higher 
I.Q. than most and had succeeded at everything I had done up to that 
point. Women loved me. My family loved me. I had friends. I made 
money. I was young and ambitious, respected by strangers. Then I got 
into the markets. Why should it be any different? I began to experi-
ence a world without the same  “ base ”  of reality.  This thought never went 
through my mind.
  

 In fact, at one point early on my little brother bumped into me 

on LaSalle Street and asked me how it was going. I started to shake 
and told him,  “ I ’ m losing over $100,000 so far today alone and I can ’ t 
handle it. ”  My brother took me by the hand like a fi ve - year - old and 
walked me over to St. Peter ’ s Cathedral on Madison Street and sat with 
me. He prayed while I cried. My world was unraveling and I couldn ’ t 
stop it. My entire concept of success and what it meant to be a suc-
cess was turned upside down and blew out with the wind. I felt like 
I was detached from the rest of the human race. I felt as if everything I 

c01.indd   10

c01.indd   10

8/6/08   9:05:34 PM

8/6/08   9:05:34 PM

background image

 

  The Early Years   

11

had ever been taught or learned on my own was either a lie or wasn ’ t 
meant for me personally. I resented the success others had and felt pow-
erless to create it for myself. I can ’ t really tell you how abandoned I felt. 
I didn ’ t understand that what I was going through was actually creating 
within me the potential for a truly glorious thing. Something priceless. 
I wouldn ’ t wish it on anyone, yet now I would never trade those years 
for anything. I was literally only hours from the  “ low of the move. ”  

 Up until this point I was using every tool in my toolbox I could 

fi nd or invent to make sense of what was happening in my life. Still, 
nothing was working. I knew there was an answer. I knew I could fi nd 
it. I didn ’ t know where or what it was but I was committed to fi nding it. I 
didn ’ t care what I had to do. I wanted to win. I believe it was this resolve 
that fi nally made the difference. 

 Then I had the turning point. 
 The rest of the book is about all the pieces that were there and 

how they came to fi t together. As I stated in the introduction, this book 
isn ’ t written in any chronological order. All of the chapters and sec-
tions fi t as part of the whole. The end result is that I ’ ve learned what 
the markets are really about. I ’ ve also learned that anyone can be a net 
profi table trader and do it anyway he wants. It is my  “ baptism by lava. ”  
It ’ s all here and the  “ secrets ”  too. 

 Now don ’ t misunderstand me, I still made a lot of stupid mistakes 

and repeat some of my previous errors, but something had changed. 
When that change became clear, the emotional difference is what peo-
ple call an  “ epiphany. ”  And the markets, of course, had no idea this had 
happened to me .            

c01.indd   11

c01.indd   11

8/6/08   9:05:34 PM

8/6/08   9:05:34 PM

background image

c01.indd   12

c01.indd   12

8/6/08   9:05:34 PM

8/6/08   9:05:34 PM

background image

13

Chapter                                         2

 

   The Day I Bought 

the Low 

 Clarity of Observation       

   

 

  Unless there be correct thought, there cannot be correct action, and 
when there is correct thought, right action will follow. 

  — Henry George   

 S

ometime in the fall of 1993, I began referring to myself as a 
 “ trader ”  instead of a  “ broker. ”  To most people, the surface differ-
ence is that basically one guy is upstairs on the phone (the broker), 

and the other guy is in the pit doing trades (the trader). The truth is the 
line isn ’ t really that clear. Some  “ brokers ”  trade and some  “ traders ”   simply 
broker their transactions. If you are in the business you know what 
I mean. For those who don ’ t, let me take a minute to clarify these 

c02.indd   13

c02.indd   13

8/6/08   9:06:01 PM

8/6/08   9:06:01 PM

background image

14 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 relationships. The side of the business I was fi rst exposed to was retail 
brokerage. I worked from an offi ce and solicited accounts from the 
 public — typically with a market concept easy for the novice to grasp —
 trades such as soybeans during a drought, cattle during the barbeque 
season, that kind of thing. 

 The interesting part is that even though the markets can be traded 

from the long or short side any time, and often represent more profi t 
potential from shorts, it is very diffi cult to communicate this to a public 
client who has never traded before. Consequently, most brokers prefer 
to open accounts by marketing a trading opportunity from the long 
side. The most popular one I ever did was the  “ heating oil during the 
winter ”  play. It didn ’ t seem to matter that no one uses heating oil in 
enough quantity anymore to make a real energy difference. I believe 
the New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX) still trades heating 
oil only because it has so much public interest from all the broker-
age houses selling it each fall. Maybe they view it as  “ free money ”  for 
their members. I ’ m ashamed to admit that I too did the  “ heating oil 
play ”  for many years like everyone else. So, when I say  “ broker, ”  I mean 
 “ somebody who provides access to the markets. ”  A lot of brokers help 
the client trade. They suggest when to enter or exit the trade, when to 
add to the trade, how to protect equity, and the like. During the time 
I was a broker, I did all of this. By doing so, I acted in the capacity of a 
trader. I had little knowledge of how that really worked, though, which 
is one reason why I created so much pain for myself. 

 A trader, on the other hand, is entering and exiting the market (under 

any time frame you choose) with the intention of making a consistent 
profi t. His perspective on price action has more to do with where he 
feels the market is at, where it might be going, how long it will take to 
get there, what to do if he is wrong, how much to put on, when to add 
to the position, whether to add at all, when to lighten up, and what to 
do if something changes; basically, how to profi t without his head being 
handed to him. This all seems very understandable until you consider that 
to broker an investment (a trade) is a completely different skill, and is no 
way even in the same universe as trying to profi t from that trade. 

 Let me show you what I mean: In the typical retail broker ’ s offi ce 

there is a group of brokers on the phone selling, sometimes 12 to 14 
hours a day. Stop to consider that selling a fi nancial intangible over 

c02.indd   14

c02.indd   14

8/6/08   9:06:01 PM

8/6/08   9:06:01 PM

background image

 

The Day I Bought the Low  

15

the telephone is one of the hardest things to do, period. Some rookies 
work for months and quit before ever opening an account. This often 
happens after a fi nancial trauma hits them, such as getting their car 
repossessed. At one company, every rookie who started got the same 
desk. After a while an ex - fi ghter pilot in the offi ce started calling it the 
 “ ejector - desk. ”  Statistically, fi nancial sales over the telephone are one of 
the hardest things to consistently do because both the state of mind 
and the skills needed to remain successful are very hard to develop and 
maintain. In addition, remember that commodity trading represents less 
than about 5 percent of the public investor ’ s interest in the fi rst place. 
Add to this the fact that all brokers are paid only a percentage of com-
missions generated and you have a very volatile income situation at its 
best. The bottom line is that even with a superior, never - ending - sales -
 lead fl ow, the average broker has to bust his rump to bring in accounts 
 and  hope that the commissions generated becomes a decent income 
before he goes broke. This is why there is such a high temptation to do 
trades just to create a commission, which is also known as  churning.  

  “ Churning ”  is a term to describe a certain behavior brokers do to 

generate their income. It is considered unethical and is, in fact, illegal. 
If a trade is done without the client ’ s knowledge, that is a  “ churn. ”  The 
idea being that if your relationship is strong enough with the client, he 
won ’ t mind. Since those trades are always losers, some clients do mind. 
Now the broker has to do a  “ dog and pony ”  show around it. Some 
clients buy this — but the ones who don ’ t, the broker knows that client 
will complain if he does it again. Therefore, if any trades are performed 
that include this client, the broker will make the phone call to get the 
client ’ s approval. The broker does run the risk that the client will say 
 “ no. ”  This client will probably be closed out at some point because the 
broker can ’ t earn an income from him. Or the income is  “ too small. ”  If 
a client doesn ’ t mind, that broker knows he can now trade that client 
with impunity and will make a good income from that client until all 
his money is gone. This whole show will happen until the regulators 
 “ catch ”  this broker and then either a fi ne will happen or he is expelled. 
If a client who allows this to happen changes his mind (usually at the 
point of total loss), then the broker might get sued. So he settles. 

 This whole problem would not exist at all if brokers would call 

their clients on every trade; but since most trades are  “ thought of  ”  at 

c02.indd   15

c02.indd   15

8/6/08   9:06:02 PM

8/6/08   9:06:02 PM

background image

16 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

the moment the broker turns his screen on, there isn ’ t enough time 
to call all his clients before the  “ market gets away from him. ”  If bro-
kers would plan their trades out, then there would be lots of time to 
call everybody and get approval. This problem also wouldn ’ t happen if 
owners would pay their brokers a base salary and train them on how 
to trade. Or fi nd someone who knows how to trade. But that is too 
much work. Additionally, if a broker would take power of attorney on 
his accounts, then he could trade anyway he wants; but then the regu-
lators assume if you do that you intend to churn them anyway. So the 
NFA immediately asks this broker to  “ prove ”  he wasn ’ t churning. How 
do you do that? If you tell the regulators,  “ I have power of attorney, ”  
they say,  “ Why do you need it? ”  Sooner or later any broker who has 
power of attorney will give it up because he says,  “ How can I prove I 
wasn ’ t churning?   If I like a market, but I have a loss, the NFA thinks 
I did that trade just to get paid. I can ’ t win. ”  The end result is that if 
you want to trade for your clients, and stay out of trouble, you can ’ t 
have more than a handful of them because you can ’ t call them all — all 
day long — while the markets are moving. If you plan out a trade and 
call everybody, what happens when something changes? Do you put 
the client in anyway, knowing he would lose or do you make all the 
calls all over again? Suppose you couldn ’ t reach someone and he sues 
you because you  “ missed ”  the trade for him and he just assumed you 
would take care of him because you  “ know what you are doing. ”  This 
happens. 

 The bottom line is that if you try to run your business  effi ciently 

by using all the tools that you have a right to use, the  

regulators 

assume that is  “ churning, ”  no matter what your intention is. Therefore, 
most guys just do it anyway and hope for the best. You can make 
$100,000 a year for years before someone says:  “ Hey, you can ’ t do 
that. ”  Now you can afford the right attorneys. So who cares? Also, 
many owners simply ask the broker  

“ Did you call your clients? 

”  

Unless the owner has brains enough to hire a  “ sales manager ”  smart 
enough to require the brokers to hand in the tapes of every con-
versation regularly, the broker just says  “ yes ”  and that ’ s the end of it. 
Often, the broker has only one tape, and he just keeps recording over 
the old conversations. If the  client doesn ’ t say something today about 
what was done yesterday then it is  “ old business .”  Personally, I think 

c02.indd   16

c02.indd   16

8/6/08   9:06:02 PM

8/6/08   9:06:02 PM

background image

 

The Day I Bought the Low  

17

the issue of  “ churning ”  is total B.S. The purpose of the markets is to 
provide unlimited  opportunity. Sometimes that means fi ve executions 
in one day, sometimes it means nothing for a week. If all those trades 
are done during the last day of the month, the regulators say:  “ You 
were trying to pad your commissions before the end of the month. ”  
What do you do? If I saw an opportunity, and the markets gave it 
to me on that particular day, now I ’ m  “ churning ”  instead of provid-
ing an opportunity to the client and myself. If I ’ m a day trader, that 
means I ’ m looking for something every day. If those commissions 
add up to some number the regulators arbitrarily conclude is  “ churn-
ing, ”  then someone else decides how much opportunity my clients 
can have from the unlimited opportunity the markets provide. Why 
don ’ t they just pass some law that says,  “ No one can be as successful 
at this as possible because we have to protect  people from churning ” ? 

 Regardless of what anyone tells you, many brokerage houses actu-

ally encourage churning, although they pay lip service to regulators and 
customers by saying,  “ We have every control in place to prevent that. ”  
The fact is, when a broker churns, they just hope he makes enough 
to pay for whatever lawsuit might come in. Now consider that most 
 clients are losing anyway. So the broker is doing two things with most 
of his time: trying to replace the losing clients with fresh equity AND 
trying to convince the loser that he should stick around a bit longer. 
The average commodity broker is not able to handle both on a consist-
ent basis to keep his book of tradable equity growing every month. 

 This is exactly what I went through. I would raise a group of  clients, 

put them in a trade, hold their hand as they lost, and do it all over again 
next month. If I was good enough, I could make $10,000, $20,000, 
$30,000 (my end) each month. Then my head would explode from the 
pressure. I would take a break for a week or two. More often than not 
this would coincide with the next  “ sell an up market ”  recommendation 
from the company. Sometimes I would come back to fi nd the company 
shut down without anyone thinking to call me or mail me my pay-
check. This was often around the same time my personal income was 
gone. Add to this the pressure of looking for work once or twice a year. 
Is it any wonder that friends or family think you are crazy? Or that 
brokers drop like fl ies? To this day I question the sanity of some of the 
wives of the brokers I worked with. Why put your family through that? 

c02.indd   17

c02.indd   17

8/6/08   9:06:02 PM

8/6/08   9:06:02 PM

background image

18 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

True, there is a certain romance with  “ being on the edge, ”  the thrill of 
doing something that would turn most people into lawn furniture; but 
the fact is that kind of life will kill you. I saw it happen. 

 In August 1990 the fi rst Persian Gulf War began, which eventu-

ally created the amazing move in the crude oil markets. At that time 
the markets literally went wild with euphoria. It was something truly 
amazing to witness. We were on the phone 18 hours a day raising 
equity. No one had time to spend the money we were making. There 
was no end to the people willing to invest to get rich. The guy at the 
desk next to me opened a $1 million account in less than two min-
utes on the phone, the fi rst time he ever talked to the client. The  “ sales 
manager ”  was actually charging the brokers more money for leads so 
that he could pocket more for himself. The brokers, myself included, 
were paying it gladly. It was insane. It was without a doubt one of the 
most unique experiences of my whole life. 

 One day a buddy and I went to lunch for about an hour and when 

we returned there were paramedics taking one of the brokers out on 
a gurney. Apparently, this broker actually had a fatal heart attack right 
there in the offi ce and died while on the phone talking to a prospec-
tive client. The buddy I went to lunch with didn ’ t miss a beat and said, 
 “ Who gets his leads? ”  Such was the greed factor in play at that time. 
Where could I fi nd time to become  “ expert ”  enough at market price 
action to make winners of my clients? 

 Now let ’ s talk about traders. I know some people won ’ t like this, 

but as a group, traders are some of the least knowledgeable and least 
skilled people involved in something that is considered a  “ professional ”  
occupation. There is no formal process to get ready for trading. It is 
basically on - the - job - training. Most pit traders net out less than $75,000 
a year. In other professions, such as doctor or attorney, that kind of 
money is a given. To become a  “ professional ”  trader, you have to put 
up a reasonable amount of money as your starting capital, pass a test 
to trade on the fl oor, and buy a seat or fi nd a clearing house to lease 
you a seat.  

1

   That ’ s it. Most of these traders blow all their equity in a 

short time and go back to being doctors and attorneys. Some traders 
start by being a fl oor runner, work up to clerk, and then fi nd  some-
one to stake their entry into the pit. This is done through the  “ buddy 
 system ”  on the fl oor and is a highly political, good ol ’ boy network. 

c02.indd   18

c02.indd   18

8/6/08   9:06:02 PM

8/6/08   9:06:02 PM

background image

 

The Day I Bought the Low  

19

You would be amazed at how many people end up trading in the 
pits for no other reason than they were drinking pals with a local 
who wanted to retire.  

2

   No real training just  cojones  — and believe me, 

the  cojones  factor is responsible for more losing traders, fi nancial catas-
trophes, and general market mayhem than you would like to believe. 
Consider that about half of fl oor traders are undercapitalized in the fi rst 
place, and you can begin to see why trading is not an easy thing to do 
well. Suppose this guy is supporting a family? What do you tell your 
spouse when you blow out and you have to sell the house? 

 For the typical, off 

- the - fl oor trader (an upstairs trader), getting 

started is even easier. All he has to do is fi ll out an application with a 
clearing fi rm and give them a check. Then he simply calls the fl oor and 
gives his order to a trader in the pit who executes it for him. Upstairs 
traders, or people who trade their own account, are no different than 
pit traders. 

 They are all attempting to profi t from price action. Most of the 

time they have done nothing more than the most basic research or 
understanding of what is going on. The fact is, of these two groups of 
traders plus the public client, about 80 to 90 percent close out their 
account (or have it closed for them) at a loss. The average account 
lasts about four to six months. Where does all that money go? I ’ ll talk 
more about that later. 

 Now in fairness to the good traders out there, and the ones who 

have net winning years most of the time, I 

’ m not trying to dispar-

age the whole group. Some trading groups take a very professional 
approach to their market presence. Many large fi rms require university 
degrees, certain market knowledge, and require their traders to work 
under very close scrutiny. But this approach is not as common as you 
might think. My point is only to illustrate that the world of trading and 
the world of brokerage are not easily integrated. 

 To their credit, some people realize this problem is real. Some bro-

kers never advise their clients of anything; they simply charge a fee for 
doing what the client wants. Many traders do the same thing and never 
trade for themselves, they just stand in the pit and wait for someone to 
hand them a piece of paper and simply execute the order. 

 I have a close friend who is always the number one or two pro-

ducer in commission income to his brokerage house. He makes about 

c02.indd   19

c02.indd   19

8/6/08   9:06:03 PM

8/6/08   9:06:03 PM

background image

20 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

$250K every year, year in and year out. He never went to school, never 
did anything else. He doesn ’ t care at all about his client ’ s gains or losses. 
He expects them all to lose and he really considers himself a  “ white 
collar bookie. ”  Over a few beers he has told me more than once he 
can ’ t believe this business is legal. If a client happens to call a winner 
for himself, he just expects that money to be converted to more com-
missions over time. He is never wrong. He is truly a  “ broker. ”  

 As a side note, I actually worked with him side - by - side for a while 

because I fi gured, since his customers were such consistent losers, 
I would clean up if I listened to what they did and did the exact oppo-
site in the markets.  “ Fade them, ”  so to speak, which actually happened 
for a short time until I couldn ’ t stand working there from all the other 
stuff that went on. To continue, I have another friend in the pits at the 
Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME). He trades a very complicated 
stock index spread. He has made over $1 million in some years. He is 
a true student of himself and the markets. He would never consider 
looking for a client or trading for clients. 

 To show you how wide these two thinking patterns are, let me 

illustrate: Guy #2 thinks Guy #1 is sort of a commodity clown — a 
source of entertainment. He will roar with laughter when Guy #1 tells 
him about his latest blowout and some of the things his clients will say. 
I remember Guy #2 asking Guy #1 what he thought of the current 
price of S & P 500 Futures. Guy #1 actually replied,  “ That ’ s the stock 
index one, right? ”  Guy #2 calls Guy #1,  “ The common man ’ s million-
aire  ‘ cause it ’ s all  his  money! ”  

 Remember that bridging this gap is an entire business in itself. 

That ’ s why the world of Commodity Trading Advisors (CTA) 
exists.  

3

   That ’ s where the whole support industry of books, tapes, semi-

nars, trading systems, and the like comes into play. These people under-
stand that to attempt doing both is VERY DIFFICULT at best and the 
failure rate is high. Even if you had unlimited capital and unlimited 
access to knowledge as a trading advisor, a self - directed trader working 
for the public, or the public itself; based on the statistics you probably 
will still be a net loser. Having learned what I have, what still amazes 
me is that every year the business of commodity trading gets bigger and 
bigger. There is always someone who fancies himself a trader, a  broker, 
or both, and is willing to dance into a lion ’ s den to prove it. There is 

c02.indd   20

c02.indd   20

8/6/08   9:06:03 PM

8/6/08   9:06:03 PM

background image

 

The Day I Bought the Low  

21

always someone willing to invest their money with these people. The 
common thread behind all of this is that everyone thinks they can 
make money, it is easy to do, and they already know what they need to 
know; however they decided that. Very few people realize doing one or 
the other is hard enough. 

 This is what happened to me. I was told what I was told, and 

through my own ignorance accepted it. I fi gured I knew what I needed 
to know even if the company didn ’ t. I thought doing it all was easy 
enough. Where my problem developed is now very simple. It never 
occurred to me that I might be in a game whose real rules I didn ’ t 
know. Throughout my life everything I ever attempted was met with 
enough success to somehow convince me that success only worked a 
certain way. So naturally, this business must not be any different. I was 
not equipped to see when it didn ’ t work that way. In fact, I was so 
entrenched in this thinking that I never knew to even consider look-
ing at it any differently. I was a  “ commodities broker. ”  The  markets 
 “ should work like this. ”  And the people in the business  “ should be 
like this. ”  As time went on and the real rules were in play, my  natural 
assumption was that something was wrong. Since I could always 
 control my environment before, I was sure that I could fi nd a way 
to  control this one too. As the markets more and more tried to com-
municate to me that this game was somehow different than others, 
I continued to interpret that information as only a set of circumstances 
that didn ’ t fi t with my established picture of reality. I was  convinced  
that the problem was an external thing and therefore subject to forces 
I could exert upon it. In every other fi nancial arena, I would work 
long hours if I needed to, study what I needed to, do what I needed 
to, and I would make money in droves. My clients would benefi t from 
our effort together. It was only a matter of time. When I would do 
these things as a broker/trader and get my clock cleaned the problem 
couldn ’ t be  me  because I  knew  what worked. I have to repeat this:  It 
never crossed my mind that I didn ’ t really know this game.
  

 By now you may begin to see how confused anyone can become. 

If there is nothing wrong with me, it must be bad luck, or a pro-
grammed attempt to make me suffer, or any number of things. I just 
wasn ’ t capable of seeing it any other way. Stop and add the fi nancial 
pressure, or the government breathing down your back, or people you 

c02.indd   21

c02.indd   21

8/6/08   9:06:03 PM

8/6/08   9:06:03 PM

background image

22 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

trusted screwing you, and you can begin to see how your mind would 
convince you of the worst. Then drive the last nail in the coffi n with 
the use of alcohol and drugs. Reality takes on a completely different 
and horrifying perspective. 

 Back to 1993. On the verge of losing my sanity, I came to my 

senses. Up to this point my concept of reality was based on a set of 
personal experiences. Since everyone ’ s experiences are different, then 
it follows that everyone ’ s concept of reality also must differ. This hit me 
like a ton of bricks. Until that point I really believed that  “ reality ”  was 
basically the same for everyone. What would lead anyone to accept this? 
For starters, have you ever stopped to think that you surround yourself 
with people who basically agree with you and your train of thinking? 
If you are a sports fan, how much time do you spend hanging out at 
the local chess club? If you are a Democrat, how many Republicans do 
you play chess with? 

 At the most basic part of our thinking, we tend to defi ne reality as 

we personally choose to defi ne it. If someone else ’ s reality is in confl ict 
with our own, we tend to think someone is  “ wrong ”  and the other is 
 “ right. ”  I had spent my whole life up to this point dealing with people 
who thought like I thought. They saw business and success in a simi-
lar fashion. We all had similar results. The fact is the markets are made 
up of people who all think differently for their own reasons. The only 
thing we have in common is that we all participate together. In this 
respect, it ’ s like riding the subway or standing on a street corner. The 
guy next to you could just as easily be an axe murderer or the  president 
of General Motors. Each has a different perspective of reality and what 
is happening around him. In trading the only thing we have in com-
mon is that we are buying and selling in the same place — each of us 
choosing to look at the markets in our own unique way. 

 This was new to me. This was not the world I was used to being in. 

At that point my thinking practically went faster than I could handle. 
I had been defi ning myself as a successful person who was now a com-
modity broker; when in fact, I was a commodity broker who wasn ’ t a 
success. My profession began to expose me to a new reality, which in 
turn began to open up a completely different set of variables. It might 
be possible that all my life experience up to this point meant noth-
ing in this new world, this new paradigm. Until that moment, I saw 

c02.indd   22

c02.indd   22

8/6/08   9:06:03 PM

8/6/08   9:06:03 PM

background image

 

The Day I Bought the Low  

23

the markets and the business of trading as nothing separate or unique 
from everything else I had ever done, only different. As I accepted the 
 possibility  that the markets and trading might have a completely distinc-
tive reality all its own, a fl ood of questions ran through my mind. What 
would this reality consist of? How is it created? Who creates it? How 
does it differ from what I already know? How can I understand it if I 
have no basis to compare it to? 

 I could go on but here ’ s the point: What became astonishingly clear 

was how absolutely narrow my personal method of defi ning  reality 
really was. There was no room in my head at that time for anything that 
didn ’ t immediately and neatly fi t with the established set of perspec-
tives I currently held to (the implications of this are truly staggering if 
you let yourself run through the whole gamut of possible life experi-
ences). If the markets have a reality all their own, then the reason so 
many people fail is because they refuse to fi nd out what that substance 
truly is and adapt to it. Market reality must be something so completely 
unpalatable or unacceptable to most people that they would rather fail 
at trading than embrace it. Of course, that is exactly the case. 

 The true reality of trading and the markets as a whole is something 

that most people would rather die than accept. Market reality only 
functions one way, but we bring a personal defi nition to the table when 
we trade. We are trying to make sense of what we perceive, and the 
only basis we have to do that with is our previous world and life view, 
perspectives, and belief structures. The end result is that we as traders 
 “ see ”  the market differently than everyone else, but the market  itself  is 
only functioning one way and will never be any other way. So the true 
state of trading reality is in confl ict with what we personally think it 
is. We can choose to defi ne it any way we want. It ’ s the  defi nition that 
creates our gains or losses. 

 If you ask me what that reality is, my answer is  “ absolutely noth-

ing. ”  The market you trade is  nothing  more than a mirror. What do you 
see in any mirror? That which is put in front of it. Only what you want 
to see by what you put in front of it. The mirror itself is nothing. The 
market is only what you bring to it. It really is  “ no thing. ”  

 Before you throw this book down as being overly simplistic, eso-

teric, or philosophical with no trading value, I want to remind you that 
this is my personal story of my journey through the markets and what 

c02.indd   23

c02.indd   23

8/6/08   9:06:04 PM

8/6/08   9:06:04 PM

background image

24 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

I came to learn. It is not a how - to book on trading. Before you throw 
this out, I would encourage you to consider this basic and very deep 
concept and let it roll around in your head:  What is everyone else looking 
at in the mirror?
  

 When I came to understand that the market 

’ s reality is only a 

refl ection of my own, I began to consider myself a true trader. At its 
most basic level the desire for profi t in any fi nancial endeavor is based 
on the ability to observe some kind of inequality somewhere and feed 
that inequality with some kind of effort designed to push that inequal-
ity in your favor. We call this a  profi t.  But what really is the market? 
A constant inequality that we, all of us who participate, wish to see 
push in our favor. What is our effort? Executing a trade. What is our 
profi t? Buying low and selling high.  What is the true nature of the market ’ s 
inequality?
  

 Discovering that, my friend, is the dance, the art of trading. 

The price I paid for that knowledge is my unique experience and the 
nature of my reality. There was no other way for me to discover that 
except the way I did. No other way was possible given the state of 
mind that I had brought to the table. How could it be? Until I was  able 
to understand
  it was impossible  to  understand. Until all the mitigating 
factors in my life positioned me to ask myself the right questions, it 
was completely impossible for me to observe my thinking and perspec-
tives for what they were: Closed to the true nature of the reality I was 
immersed in. Please think this through: Can you see that your personal 
concept of reality may not be the actual reality the markets really func-
tion under? 

 Looking back, all the pain I endured was completely self - created, 

as was my ability to get through it.  Your trading and your results are created 
only by you and you alone.
  There is nothing else involved in any trad-
ing of any kind. My understanding came once I was willing to accept 
that the entire market and all price action are a perfect refl ection  of 
my own thoughts. The true study of the markets is the study of your 
own thoughts. That ’ s not to say technical or fundamental analysis of the 
markets doesn ’ t have its place. It ’ s just that people who trade greatly 
overestimate their true usefulness. 

 So, in the fall of 1993, after  “ ruining ”  my life by accepted standards, 

I affi rmed the possibility that my view of reality was nowhere close to 

c02.indd   24

c02.indd   24

8/6/08   9:06:04 PM

8/6/08   9:06:04 PM

background image

 

The Day I Bought the Low  

25

the truth that I needed to discover in order to profi t from all that the 
markets were capable and more than willing to pay someone. By some-
one, I mean anyone. No one is better equipped than anyone else is. 

 I chose to accept that my personal choices were responsible for 

every one of the agonizing disappointments, all the pain, all the losses, 
all the bad business partners, the bankruptcy, and all the mistakes. It 
was all the result of my personal choices — made through the lens of 
my personal perspective of reality — and nothing else. I put myself here 
through ignorance. Thank God I wasn ’ t dead, on drugs, or worse. There 
are worse things. That ’ s why people kill themselves, because from their 
point of view, death is better than the reality they have created for 
themselves. 

 I decided to discover the truth about the markets at any cost. What 

happened was an ongoing process of self - disclosure that remains to this 
day the most diffi cult thing I ’ ve ever done, but has yielded the high-
est rewards I could ever ask for. Without any doubt I can stake all I am 
or could ever hope to be on this one fact: The only way to consist-
ent trading profi ts is through self - study. By that I mean real self - study. 
The kind that brings you face - to - face with what you don ’ t want to 
see. The kind that confronts the deepest part of who you are or think 
you are. The kind that causes you to change your behavior, how you 
spend your time, the ones you associate with; even those you love and 
why. That kind of self - study I wasn ’ t prepared for any more than any-
one else would be. That takes guts. Courage. Blood, sweat, and tears (if 
you have any pride in yourself). I chose to go to the wall with this. This 
process continues every day, through every minute of every trade. Even 
when I am not currently in a position, this process continues. Every part 
of my life contributes to this process. Every thought, action, motive, or 
activity contributes and, at the same time, has the potential to detract 
from my results. This takes a level of commitment, not lip service. This 
is the hard edge. Dividing between the individual parts of yourself and 
constantly re 

- integrating what you fi nd.  It ’ s saying goodbye to some 

things and owning other things in a way that cannot be compromised. 
It ’ s lifting outside of yourself and considering what you really see. It 
means a constant change knowing that the change is the only perma-
nent part of you. It is the journey and not the destination. The destina-
tion is always someplace new, yet always the same:  To take out money. 

c02.indd   25

c02.indd   25

8/6/08   9:06:04 PM

8/6/08   9:06:04 PM

background image

26 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 When I chose to uncover what the real market realities were and 

the true nature of my own personal reality, I realized it was impossible 
for me to act in the capacity of a  “ broker. ”  I could no longer continue 
to sell an investment to someone who knew nothing about the mar-
kets, and do it in such a way that he or she would be exposed to a 
needless loss just so I could get paid. I couldn ’ t sell someone on heating 
oil going higher if I really thought the market was more likely to move 
lower. If a client opened an account hoping to make a gain, I needed 
to be in a position to give him a fair shot. Only a true trader could do 
this. I was absolutely convinced that you could profi t from price action. 
I became a student of how, in the deepest sense, the markets actually 
worked and what created them. Only by doing so could I ever hope 
to give a client the best possible opportunity for a gain. Even though 
I would continue to raise equity for the purpose of trading I could no 
longer see the business of commodities as only that. As time went on, 
the amount of time I spent raising funds became less and less and the 
time invested in understanding the real nature of price action (and 
myself) became more and more. 

 This new attitude created all kinds of confl ict with brokerage 

houses. They want brokers on the phone selling, not trading. Trading 
is simply the messy little necessary evil that generates commissions. 
They view every minute you aren 

’ t on the phone selling as  

“ lost 

time. ”  They only tolerate the 30 seconds of each day allotted to exe-
cuting trades because that is the only way to get the commissions. 
They want brokers to spend those 30 seconds writing a ticket for a 
50 lot (meaning 50 commissions) instead of a fi ve lot. The  conversation 
goes something like,  “ Oh, you ’ re in? Great, how many round - turns  

4

  ? 

That ’ s all? Well, get back on the phone. ”  

 This creates tremendous pressure if you are really trying to trade 

well. There ’ s more to this next story, but let me describe how one rela-
tionship ended. Here was this owner ’ s reason for fi ring me: My com-
missions were so small compared to himself and others at the company. 
I had the smallest book of equity as well. He also had this suspicion 
that I was  “ stealing ”  leads that he provided, which wasn ’ t true. (What 
was I going to do with them, line my bird cage?) I had taken a small 
offi ce downtown to concentrate my efforts. He assumed all this was 
leading up to me leaving to start my own company, and it was his 
blood that was going to get me there. He fi gured he would beat me 

c02.indd   26

c02.indd   26

8/6/08   9:06:05 PM

8/6/08   9:06:05 PM

background image

 

The Day I Bought the Low  

27

to the punch. When I asked him to look at my trading equity, my sales, 
and  commission history from the time we began working together, he 
refused. I implored him to use his common sense and realize I had no 
intention of hurting him in any way. He absolutely refused to listen or 
change his mind, but I was on to something. 

 Here ’ s what he missed: I had raised only about $25,000 in new cash 

in 90 days (compared to what I had previously done this was peanuts). 
Every client of mine on the books had nice gains,  after  fees and com-
missions during that time. Every other client on the books at the same 
company was losing. The ratio of fees generated as a percent of total 
equity was only average, but the average size of my positions never com-
mitted more than 30 percent of total equity on deposit. In other words, 
I was trading smaller but more often and realizing consistent commis-
sions while making gains for the client. In addition, every trade was dis-
cussed with the client and the client gave permission to do each trade. 
I followed every NFA rule. Many at the company didn ’ t. No client was 
ever in a position to wake up one morning with all his equity gone. 

 If this stupid @#%$ 

   would have thought this through, he 

would have realized that within six months the commission income 
would have been exponentially bigger than it was. Furthermore, trade 
size would have also geometrically increased, and the clients would 
all be profi table, or at least still in the game. All this would be accom-
plished while taking on less risk to do it. Not to mention that those 
clients might all send referrals and continue to invest more free cash. If 
this idiot really had thought it through, he could have had every client 
under  management at the company in the same position. Instead he 
killed the golden goose. 

 In this business this happens every day. Shortsighted owners screw-

ing themselves and everyone who trusted them because they think 
this business is only about commissions. This is one of the realities that 
I had to accept. Brokerage houses just want commissions. They don ’ t 
want you messing up the process of converting client equity into com-
missions as fast as possible with the ridiculous idea of trying to make 
money for your clients. To continue being a broker would only con-
tinue the problem. That ’ s why I chose to go completely on my own. 
I would become a trader. This was really the beginning of my career. 
Everything had lead up to this point. 

 In the process I became bulletproof.          

c02.indd   27

c02.indd   27

8/6/08   9:06:05 PM

8/6/08   9:06:05 PM

background image

c02.indd   28

c02.indd   28

8/6/08   9:06:05 PM

8/6/08   9:06:05 PM

background image

29

Chapter 3

                                               

  

   Technical Analysis 

 Clairvoyance for Profi t       

   

 

  When a true genius appears in the world you may know him by this 
sign: that all the dunces are in confederation against him. 

  — Jonathan Swift   

 T

he year was 1992. During my odyssey to discover my success as 
a commodities trader, I had opened an account with a very 
well - known discount brokerage fi rm in Chicago. If I told you 

who it was, you would instantly recognize the name. At the time, they 
had a small room on the ground fl oor of their offi ces that was available 
for local customers. The room was full of quote screens, tables, and tele-
phones wired directly to the trading desks of this company. The idea was 
that if you were a customer, you could come into the offi ce and trade 
your own account right there, every day if you wanted to. It was similar 

c03.indd   29

c03.indd   29

8/6/08   9:08:40 PM

8/6/08   9:08:40 PM

background image

30 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

to the old - fashioned bucket shops that used to be so popular at the turn 
of the 20th century, except this one was completely legitimate. The 
whole idea was a really good one for business. After all, if you lived in 
town and you didn ’ t want the expense of setting up your own trading 
facility in your home, or you couldn ’ t afford to trade in the pits, this was 
the next best thing. You had good access to the markets at a reasonable 
discount rate. The rest was up to you. 

 Bear in mind, I was still the kind of person who relied heavily on 

charts, graphs, statistics, and the like to determine  

“ where the market 

would go. ”  I still hadn ’ t had my catharsis in thinking, so I was really just 
following the herd to trading oblivion. The room was always full of people 
who were trading. There were the usual fi ghts over who had the screen 
fi rst, people who always felt they owned the phone that you wanted to 
use, the name calling over who was  “ nuts for going long (or short) ”  on 
whatever market was being discussed. There were constant practical jokes, 
things like unplugging a screen when someone was trying to execute a 
trade, someone urinating in the coffeepot; that kind of thing. 

 What I found interesting was that the conversations and the gen-

eral interactions between everyone were nearly identical to what goes 
on all the time in a  “ real ”  brokerage offi ce. It was sort of like an adult 
 Romper Room.   

1

   I was constantly amazed at how ridiculously childish 

people would be both in their thinking and their actions. It still blows 
my mind that these people have money or are entrusted with it. What 
I didn ’ t know was that every one of these psychos knew less than I 
did. I actually thought that the guys who traded knew what they were 
doing, both in the  “ playpen ”  (as I called it), or in a brokerage offi ce 
wearing a shirt and tie. 

 Once I became accustomed to the whole scene and began trad-

ing there every day, I began to feel more comfortable about what I was 
doing. I would let people see my charts with all the lines drawn on them. 
I would explain what I thought and listen to what they said. After some 
time I began to realize these people had no idea what they were really 
doing. In fact, the real shock came when I began working at a broker-
age company shortly after losing my stake in the   playpen.   One of the 
brokers in that offi ce was someone I had originally met in the   playpen.  

 After blowing out all his own money, this nut - bag went into the business 

as a broker. He was doing the exact same thing he had done before, but 

c03.indd   30

c03.indd   30

8/6/08   9:08:41 PM

8/6/08   9:08:41 PM

background image

 Technical 

Analysis 

 

31

this time with client money. He had absolutely no clue. Believe it or 
not, this kind of thing happens regularly. Not only do most people have 
no idea what they are doing, they don ’ t even believe they  need  to know. 

 The guys in the  “ playpen ”  and the guys in the broker ’ s offi ce  are 

virtually identical; their constant point of view is that they all believe 
you can fi nd some reason for doing a trade by looking at a chart of 
the market with little lines drawn on it or reading an incomprehensible 
table of numbers some computer spits out. So does the public. Neither 
group of traders would ever think to ask,  “ Who programmed the com-
puter? ”  or  “ What is this attempt to analyze  really  based on? ”  I have 
yet to fi nd any broker or trader who could tell me that the Fibonacci 
retracement study is named after a 13th-century Italian mathematician 
who was looking for two things: 1) order in the universe and 2) the 
philosopher ’ s stone.  

2

   Fibonacci actually believed you could turn lead 

into gold. (I ’ ll show you the irony in a minute.) Would you want that 
guy trading your money? Both groups of people look at the same stuff 
and decide to buy or sell simply by interpreting what they think they 
see on it. It reminded me of having your palm read. 

 Another amazing thing I noticed in both places was how many peo-

ple would stand around watching a screen of some market and constantly 
talk. After the market would move to a certain point all the discussion 
would go quiet and then someone would break the silence by announc-
ing to everyone that he intends to buy or sell if the market moves to 
(such and such) price. A spirited discussion would follow, and then like 
lemmings, everyone, or at least those with enough courage, would also 
execute a similar trade at or around the same point. Another lively dis-
cussion would follow about  “ what point to take our profi ts ”  or  “ where 
to run our stops, ”  all of this with no prior thought or planning until that 
moment. Then the market would reverse and go the other way, resulting 
in yet another lively discussion about  “ how it will come back ”  or  “ if it 
trades to (whatever price), I ’ m out, ”  and any number of things. Some guys 
would take a small loss; some guys bigger losses. Some guys just held on. 
Some guys would wait to execute at that price.  Some would add to the 
losing position and hope for the best. Then the market  would reverse 
and trade back to where it started. Some guys would get out there to 
 “ cut their losses. 

”  Some guys would say:  

“ I ’ m reversing. 

”  All sorts of 

things. Eventually, the market would close. 

c03.indd   31

c03.indd   31

8/6/08   9:08:42 PM

8/6/08   9:08:42 PM

background image

32 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 Then both rooms of  “ children ”  would have the same results: some 

winners, some losers, but always more losers than winners. The losers 
would go back to the pictures with lines on them (or the numbers in 
rows), to  “ fi nd out what went wrong. ”  The winners would all point to 
the  same  pictures with lines on them (or the  same  numbers in rows), and 
show them  “ where they went wrong. ”  This would set off yet another 
spirited discussion, followed by pontifi cating by the winners, philoso-
phizing by the losers. Then it was time to hit the bar. This same pattern 
happened day after day, over and over again. In the end, the group in 
either place kept changing as one by one the losers eventually were 
replaced by new potential losers. Subsequently, the winners turned into 
losers and were replaced by new potential losers. Then all joined the 
party of losers in transition and winners in training to become losers. 
Looking back I wish somebody would have slapped me. I  was  that guy 
for years. What a complete waste of time. I ’ ll never get those years back. 

 While I was in the phase of lunacy — called  studying the markets —  an 

amazing thing happened that started me down the road to true under-
standing. I share it with you in as much detail as I can remember. I swear 
to God this actually happened. To the best of my knowledge, the shabby 
guy in this story still trades in the   playpen.   For all I know he was an 
alien making a pit stop on earth and had a little extra time to kill. 

 It was a Monday morning around 10 

:00  a.m . I remember it was 

Monday because the discussions after the weekend in both the   playpen   
and the brokerage offi ce were always the same: Who got laid? Who got 
trashed? Who got arrested? Who saw some great movie? and so on. In 
the middle of enduring a conversation about someone who hadn ’ t gone 
home the whole weekend, a man walked in whom I had never seen 
before. The    playpen   got real quiet. I thought that maybe he was the 
owner or something. A regular, whom I called   the Fly   because he was 
always hovering around behind me and looking over my shoulder at 
what I was doing, leaned over, whispered real low, and said, “  Stay away 
from that guy, he ’ s  nuts.”    He said it in such a way that made you think 
everyone else in the room must be an Einstein.  “ Why? ”  I whispered 
back.  “ Just watch, ”  said the Fly. So I did. 

 Now remember; in order to be in that room you had to have a 

 trading account open at the fi rm. This guy was dressed in a baggy old 
winter coat, worn tennis shoes, and hadn ’ t shaved for a few days. He almost 

c03.indd   32

c03.indd   32

8/6/08   9:08:42 PM

8/6/08   9:08:42 PM

background image

 Technical 

Analysis 

 

33

looked like a street person, but there he was. He calmly sat down in 
front of a screen and everyone gave him a wide berth. He just sat there 
for a moment with his eyes closed, collecting his thoughts. He let out a 
long sigh and went to work on the keyboard. He would stop, think 
a little, and tap away  some more. He must have done this for a while 
because eventually everyone else went back to what they were doing. 
I kept watching. He picked up the phone and asked for the back offi ce. 
He very calmly asked what the balance was in his trading account. He 
pulled a pencil and notepad from his pocket and wrote that down, then 
put the pencil and notepad back in his pocket. Then he did what at 
the time didn ’ t seem all that strange. He pulled an empty, green glass 
Coke bottle from his other pocket and put it on the desk next to him. 
I thought he was just getting rid of his trash. I had no idea that act was 
so signifi cant. Meanwhile, the Fly buzzed over and said,  “ Now watch 
this, ”  and so I did. 

 The shabby guy sat for awhile, and then his eyes got real wide. 

He grabbed the Coke bottle and put it to his ear exactly the way you 
would put a telephone to your ear. He said,  “ Hello. ”  Then he jumped 
out of his chair, and yelled around the room,  “ You gotta buy! You gotta! 
They ’ re saying it ’ s time to buy! Hurry before it ’ s too late! ”  He then 
dropped the Coke bottle, grabbed the real phone, and yelled,  “ Buy a 
hundred  May  at the market. Be quick about it. This is account number 
XXXXX! ”  He proceeded to wait a few moments and then started 
writing furiously on his old notepad.  “ Okay, 30 at even, 30 at a quarter, 
40 at one - half. Right, got it; new order. Sell my 100 at (whatever the 
price was) stop. Thanks. ”  Then he hung up and sat back down looking 
once again calm as can be. 

 I wasn 

’ t sure what to think. This shabby guy walked in, traded a 

 hundred - lot of something, did it while yelling at everybody in the room, 
and did it all, by my assessment, because someone called him on the Coke 
bottle.  “ See what I mean, ”  said the Fly. I didn ’ t know what to think. 

 Twenty minutes or so later the shabby guy did the same thing. 

His eyes darted to the Coke bottle. Then he grabbed the Coke bot-
tle and said,  “ Hello. ”  Again he jumped up and yelled  “ It ’ s time to sell! ”  
this time, called the desk to liquidate his position, canceled his stop, 
and then sat back down. He then proceeded to calculate something 
on the notepad for a moment. Then the shabby guy very calmly got 

c03.indd   33

c03.indd   33

8/6/08   9:08:42 PM

8/6/08   9:08:42 PM

background image

34 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

up, walked around the room, and said,  “ It ’ s been nice trading with you 
boys today, ”  and walked out. Everyone basically ignored him and once 
he left the conversation started about what a whacko this guy was. 
While they are all talking, I walked over to the screen that he was using 
to look at the market he was trading. 

 There on the screen is the fi ve - minute May pork belly chart. Ask 

anyone what trading pork bellies is all about, on a fi ve - minute time 
frame no less. I saw his entry point and his exit point. I then converted 
to the daily chart and saw this guy had captured about 75 percent of the 
day ’ s range. I then fi gured what that meant if you had a hundred - lot on. 

 The Fly told me this guy comes in every now and then with no set 

pattern. He does the same thing every time; talks to the Coke bottle, 
trades, and then leaves. When I told the Fly that trade was worth about 
$32,000, you know what he said?  “ Look, he ’ s just some nut. Maybe the 
guys at the desk feel sorry for him. He probably doesn ’ t even have an 
account. They probably held his orders. They never placed them.  No one 
trades like that.
  ”  I asked the Fly,  “ How did he get in here? ”     “ Who knows? ”  
was his answer. I asked the Fly if anyone looked at his other trades.  “ Of 
course not, he ’ s crazy, ”  he said. And that was the end of the discussion. 

 The Fly was not the fi rst person I met in this business who would 

ignore reality when it stared him in the face. What made such an 
impression on me was this: If it was a real trade (and I believe it was), 
this guy, crazy or not, had executed both sides of his trade at precisely 
the right time, however he chose to do it, and he took the  most amount 
of money in the least amount of time
  that particular market had to offer 
on that particular trading day. It was simply amazing to me. All of the 
people in that room were attempting to do the very same thing every 
day. All the people in that room  had every tool the industry could provide 
you to do it with
  except the magic Coke bottle. As time went on and my 
losses eventually put me back on the phone at a brokerage offi ce, 
my thoughts were constantly on how to improve my trading for my 
clients and myself. But that whole experience kept coming to the front 
of my mind. Was that guy just lucky? Did he have some secret? Then 
the big question: How do I learn to do that? 

 If you stop to look at the real implications of what had happened 

and start thinking it through, the conclusions are simply beyond the 
acceptance of nearly everyone in the business. 

c03.indd   34

c03.indd   34

8/6/08   9:08:43 PM

8/6/08   9:08:43 PM

background image

 Technical 

Analysis 

 

35

 This is important, follow me on this: There exists unlimited  market 

information that can be compiled in an infi nite number of ways, which, 
in turn, can be interpreted in an infi nite number of ways. This takes its 
form as the huge business of technical analysis. Add to it the additional 
information such as books, tapes, seminars, and so on, that also is a huge 
business designed to help you make sense of the voluminous amount of 
market information. The business of commodity trading grows larger 
every year, and the fact still remains that about 80 to 90 percent of the 
people who execute both sides of at least one trade during their life-
time will remain net losers.  Every one of these losers has access to the same 
information as everybody else.
  It is true that many of these losers don ’ t 
know they need to learn the business of trading. But the people who 
 do  know, and buy this stuff, are still in this losing group. So if the mar-
ket information is all the same for everybody, then the problem must 
be in how it is used — or it ’ s something else. 

 What is still striking is that the shabby guy in this story apparently 

never uses any of the technical analysis information. Also consider that 
many of the people who write the books, hold the seminars, sell the 
courses, sell the trading programs, and the like, don ’ t even trade. One 
so - called expert, the guy I mentioned in the introduction, fi lls his mar-
keting material with scores of testimonials. People just lauding over 
how incredibly reliable his technique is, like he ’ s the only one with the 
Holy Grail of trading. You can have this amazing secret for only $69! 
(We ’ re having a sale this week.) 

 I personally have met one individual who writes a new book 

every two years or so, is highly regarded by the public, has sold lots of 
seminars, is highly sought after to lecture at industry functions, and it ’ s 
rumored that he hasn ’ t traded for almost 15 years. He is the consum-
mate professional opinion gabber. I ’ ve met this guy more than once. 
You would be amazed at the crowds that draw around him. He owns a 
discount brokerage house. He even does television commercials. People 
really believe this guy has some secret. When I was going through my 
period of delusion, I bought his books too. When I started coming out 
of the fog, the last time I met this guy, I asked him a question,  “ Can 
you show me your personal trading results by using this information? ”  
It was an honest question. I assumed that he traded. I didn ’ t mean to 
put him on the spot. I just assumed if he was selling it, there must be 

c03.indd   35

c03.indd   35

8/6/08   9:08:43 PM

8/6/08   9:08:43 PM

background image

36 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

some truth to it. Or at least something that would make the price fair, 
even if it only helped me make one additional winning trade. You 
know what he said?  “ Well, I ’ m retired now. I want to help others learn 
how to profi t. ”  Read:  “ I won ’ t take the risk you are willing to. I ’ d rather 
sell you what you want to hear. ”  

 You can make a lot of money in commissions helping losers exe-

cute their trades. You can make a lot of money selling  “ loser training 
manuals. ”  You can make a lot of money selling dreams. I fi nally under-
stood what was happening through all this when my girlfriend at the 
time asked me:  “ How much money have you spent over the years on 
all these books and charts and stuff? ”  I added it up one day and told 
her.  “ There are thousands of guys like you out there, right? ”  was the 
next question.  “ Have you made more money? ”  was the fi nal question. 
When I answered,  “ No ”  (which was the truth at that point), you know 
what she said?  “ You should be in the racket around the racket. They 
don ’ t know any more than you do. ”  It was a revelation. 

 I fi nally decided to test this hypothesis by selling my own  “ techni-

cal analysis. ”  During the summer of 1994 or 1995 (I would have to 
look), I started a 900 number line giving out price action opinions in 
fi ve different markets. In the process, I discovered that the 900 number 
line business is even sleazier than this one, but that is another story. 
Since the provider is gone, the records are gone, and it was a long time 
ago (by this industry ’ s standards), I ’ ll tell you the name of the business. 
It was the Pro - Traders Hotline. I charged $1.99 a minute and the aver-
age message was three minutes long. I even offered a free newsletter if 
you left your name and number. I hoped to make new clients out of 
the ones who left their phone number. I updated the line ’ s recorded 
message at about 6:00  a.m.  every trading day and again around 4:00 
 p.m.  I placed a small ad in a trading newspaper and took my chances. 
I had no idea that anyone was calling until I got my results every week. 
Within four weeks I was being paid a net profi t on this. Within 90 days 
it was a few thousand dollars a month. It really was a neat little busi-
ness. Then the provider of the service disappeared and I never got any 
money. All in all it was an interesting experience. Here ’ s the kicker: 
I made the whole thing up. 

 All the daily recommendations I took from the previous day ’ s high 

or low. I invented some hyperbole and hype about support or  resistance 
and said,  “ Make sure to run your stops. ”  A few times I just fl ipped  a 

c03.indd   36

c03.indd   36

8/6/08   9:08:44 PM

8/6/08   9:08:44 PM

background image

 Technical 

Analysis 

 

37

coin and said,  “ Go long (or short) on the open. ”  Sometimes I would say, 
 “ Stay out until the market defi nes  itself. ”  What the hell was that sup-
posed to mean? The bottom line is people ate this stuff up. If I really 
wanted to be in this  just for the money,  I could have fi gured out a way to 
pump that phone line for all it was worth. I really believe that is what 
most of the support industry to commodity trading is really doing. 
I bet most of them are doing it ignorantly and really believe in the B.S. 
they sell. I ’ m sure a few know exactly what they are doing is selling B.S. 

 This whole thing can be summed up in the following wire service 

opening comments. This was actually on the CQG network, seen by 
thousands of traders every day, all of them using it to help them trade:   

 N.Y. World Sugar Futures Called to Open Unchanged 
 

 08:36:41 CST 04/03/95 KEYWORDS: FOOD, 

COMMENT 
 

 New York - April 3 

- FWN — N.Y. World Sugar futures are 

called to open unchanged, based on overseas trading. At the 
London Commodity Exchange, May sugar is currently down 
10 cents at $374.20 after trading between $375.00 and $373.40. 
The physical market remains quiet with no news of any sales, 
several sources said. As a result, traders expect May sugar to con-
tinue trading back and forth between 14.00 and 14.50 cents. 
The only known tender at this time is on April 19, when Egypt 
will be in the market for 50,000 tons of raw sugar for delivery 
in July.  “ Technically, the market looks fl at and is in a triangle 
consolidation due to an ABC correction, ”  one technical ana-
lyst said.  “ At this point the 40 - day moving average has fl attened 
out, ”  this source said.  “ And open interest over the last month 
has done little. As a result, this source said,  “ THE MARKET 
COULD GO EITHER WAY. ”    

 The caps are mine. You need some analyst to tell you that? 
 Therein ends our object lesson on the validity of technical analysis. 

It is important to remember a few things. The real business of techni-
cal analysis is an important part of trading. It does have its place to the 
successful trader. It can be an indispensable part of lasting trade success. 
The entire key is how it is used and understanding what it is really say-
ing. That ’ s what I want to talk about for a minute. 

c03.indd   37

c03.indd   37

8/6/08   9:08:44 PM

8/6/08   9:08:44 PM

background image

38 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 Let ’ s review what we have learned so far: 

  The entire world has access to the same information in the form 
of price action.  All the markets have all the traded prices in the same 
format.
   
  There is an entire industry that takes those trade tics and compiles 
them into many different formats. They then interpret what those 
little price changes  mean  based on some  reason.   
  Some stop there and some add additional interpretation as to what 
 you  should do in that market.  
  Some want you to  “ do it on your own ”  and provide all sorts of 
personal opinions on how you should learn to read this stuff.  
  Some will even do all this for you and sell you a complete set of 
trade rules to follow to make your fortune; including  “ high-tech ”  
software.    

 With all this information the fact is, in an ever - growing business, 

almost everyone is a net loser. So how can technical analysis or market 
education be of any value? 

 The value is in the fact that 100 percent of the losers are using it. 

Suppose you could fi nd out where they are trading and take your posi-
tion against them? In a small way that is what the pit trader does every 
day. That ’ s why the membership to the  “ club ”  is so expensive. If you, 
as a student of the market, were to stop right now, put this book down 
and every other book down, and ask yourself,  “ Where is the loser? ”   You 
would begin the process of learning what technical analysis is all about 
and why it has its place. 

 The real value of technical analysis is that everyone using some 

form of it or buying some interpretation of that analysis  really believes  
he will profi t by using it. By knowing where that person is and trad-
ing against him, when he liquidates his loser, he must pay the winner. 
That person should be you. But he  thinks it will be him.  Because his 
belief is so strong in  “ what the chart is saying, ”  he is willing to execute 
a trade, putting his capital at risk for the eventual winner to take. It can 
never be any other way. If using the information results in a winning 
trade, he will be so convinced that it is accurate that he will never trade 
any other way. He won ’ t ever consider evaluating the market any other 

c03.indd   38

c03.indd   38

8/6/08   9:08:44 PM

8/6/08   9:08:44 PM

background image

 Technical 

Analysis 

 

39

way because  “ this way works. ”  Therefore, he will eventually make more 
 losers. The reason is because  all interpretation of all price action  is nothing 
more than someone ’ s point of view. Every technical  “ system ”  has its 
share of winning trades. Once it works  one time  for someone, his point 
of view becomes  all the time.  At the very least he is willing to do a few 
more trades to fi nd out. This is called  “ testing. ”  

 Some true idiots do something called  “ paper trading. ”   The idea behind 

this form of mental masturbation is this:  “ If I  pretend  to trade long enough 
I will learn how. ”  By that reasoning, if you play enough video games, you 
would become qualifi ed to fl y an F - 16 into combat against someone who 
is trained to kill you, and do it equally as well as Chuck Yeager.  

3

   It ’ s mad-

ness. It really should be,  “ If I  pretend to be a loser,  eventually I can become 
one. ”  Some very sophisticated paper traders will come up with some small 
something that they  believe  is a pattern (from their point of view) and  “ back 
test it ”  through 10 years or more of price action, thereby  “ confi rming ”  its 
viability. They then begin using it with the same results as everyone else —
 or selling it to you. Remember,  none of those hypothetical trades were ever done 
by anyone.
  How easy is it to say,  “ Well, I would have done such and such 
here because  looking back  the market would have done such and such any-
way ” ? That ’ s all these people are really doing. They are saying,  “ Since the 
market was eventually moving lower, I would have found a way to be short ”  
or vice   versa. 

 If you doubt my hypothesis, here is some homework. Peruse the  “ for 

sale ”  section of any industry magazine or paper. Count the number of 
 “ trading systems ”  available as the next  “ for sure ”  approach. Do this for a few 
months. Watch how fast these systems come and go. Call up the authors 
and listen to them justify what they are doing. Ask them how much money 
they personally have taken from the markets. If you want a real eye - opener, 
ask these fruitcakes to fax you the latest monthly statement from their bro-
kers showing gains. Listen to all the reasons why they can ’ t. Then go read 
the classifi ed ads section for people selling these same systems after hav-
ing tried them. Call those people and ask them why they are selling them. 
Without fail the answers will be along these lines:  “ Well, it ’ s just not what 
I had wanted. Oh sure, it works (which is a lie), but I ’ m looking for some-
thing more aggressive or that takes less risk (that is, I want to get my money 
back). I ’ m not satisfi ed with my results (I ’ m looking for a new system to 
recoup my losses). ”  

c03.indd   39

c03.indd   39

8/6/08   9:08:45 PM

8/6/08   9:08:45 PM

background image

40 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 Let me make this really clear: If there were a system you could buy 

that worked, that ’ s what people would use. There would only be one of 
them. The rest of the people are trying to fi nd a system or create one 
by doing their own research and charting, or God only knows what. 
The only way to see if it really works is to trade with it. When they do, 
they lose, and fi nd out it doesn ’ t work. Then they try something else 
until they run out of money. This happens every day. 

 Can you see why I wrote this anonymously for the fi rst  edition? 

Someone could become furious. All the people in the business of sell-
ing all these different colored crystal balls could be out of a job if the 
majority of people putting their confi dence in all this insanity were to 
wake up and say,  

“ Hey, this is a rip 

- off. ”  For some reason everyone 

believes in this hocus - pocus. That will never change; at least for right 
now. But none of these  “ purveyors of profi ts ”  like their  “ profession ”  or 
 “ science ”  to be called on the carpet. There ’ s too much  “ evidence ”  that 
this sort of thing works. They will be happy to show it to you. Do you 
want the acid test of the evidence? Ask whoever is trying to sell 
you whatever it is they are trying to sell you to let you pay for that sys-
tem, research, tools, opinion, or analysis out of the profi ts that it gener-
ates. It boils down to getting past illusions. The kind you tell yourself, 
others tell you, or the kind you let yourself believe. I think I ’ ve learned 
how to do that. I ’ ve been able to discover what the real secret to using 
analysis is really all about and what analysis is really trying to do. 

 It ’ s like this: How many people take the  “ science ”  of alchemy seri-

ously today? The hypothesis that you can turn lead into gold doesn ’ t 
fi t anymore with the facts of particle physics and chemistry. We have 
come to know the true nature of gold and lead — they are separate ele-
ments. Did you know that, at the height of the belief in alchemy, there 
was a school in Amsterdam that offered a degree in alchemy? That is 
an historical fact. You could receive a degree from a center of learning 
respected by the known world at the time  without anyone ever in his-
tory before or since ever being able to transmute any elements into something 
else. It ’ s never been done. It is physically impossible.
  For some reason people 
thought you could do this. Somebody must have said,  “ Wouldn ’ t it be 
neat to turn lead into gold? We would all be rich. ”  It doesn ’ t matter 
 why  they thought that or how much the basis of that idea was rooted in 
the  known  reality of the time, it couldn ’ t be done then and no one will 

c03.indd   40

c03.indd   40

8/6/08   9:08:45 PM

8/6/08   9:08:45 PM

background image

 Technical 

Analysis 

 

41

ever succeed at it because the actual  unknown  reality (the higher reality 
if you will) won ’ t allow for it. That didn ’ t change the fact that people 
 believed it could be done.  This belief existed for almost a thousand years. 
You could study it until you were an  “ expert ”  in it. All of what there 
was to know about turning lead into gold — great halls full of hundreds 
of people all discussing exactly how to do it. If you could convince 
someone you had done it, people would listen to you and value what 
you said very highly. If you claimed you had done it only once, and 
simply wanted to share with others your knowledge (for a small hono-
rarium) you could do so. Let me repeat:  This is a historical fact. 

 Others would be so convinced that you knew what you were 

doing that they would follow in your footsteps. They would buy your 
books. They would attend your traveling seminars. People would hire 
you personally to perform this miracle and teach them how to do it. If 
it didn ’ t work, there was always some reason. With enough time,  “ We 
could fi x  that. ”  Others would take what you knew and add to it to 
 “ improve ”  it. Others would try to refute your ideas with ideas of their 
own. Still others would keep some parts of the whole concept but 
ignore other parts not to their liking. Some would combine parts of 
the entire theory with other parts into incomprehensible combinations 
that only they understood but claimed worked.  “ I ’ ve found it, but I ’ m 
not going to tell you, not just yet. I ’ m going to  test  it some more. ”  The 
whole world of alchemy might shower all kinds of awards on them 
and laud how far they have  “ advanced ”  the  “ science. ”  Sometimes they 
would  “ teach ”  those secrets to only 23 people or so. These were all 
fakes, frauds, charlatans, cheats, liars, and very deluded honest people 
all seeking something that couldn ’ t possibly be done.  Either they were 
trying to exploit this belief to steal money or honestly believed they could make 
money.
  Some people spent their whole lives in this pursuit and died 
penniless still believing it could be done. 

 Does any of this sound familiar? 
 Remember when I said in Chapter  2  that everyone ’ s reality is dif-

ferent? All of the charting, systems, and analysis are simply someone ’ s 
point of view on what is happening. They then use all this stuff to 
somehow convince themselves that a winning trade is right in front 
of them (which it is, but for different reasons). This gives them enough 
courage (meaning  hope ) to place their capital at risk. This whole  process 

c03.indd   41

c03.indd   41

8/6/08   9:08:45 PM

8/6/08   9:08:45 PM

background image

42 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

is formulated on the assumption that analyzing prices will somehow 
provide the answer to where prices are going next. If that really were 
the case then everyone would be a winner. There would be no losers 
to pay them. Because the business of trading is a zero - sum game, the 
entire environment cannot function that way. It is against the laws of 
thermodynamics. Since we are playing in a world where only the loser 
can pay the winner, it must follow that the winner needs to do some-
thing different than the loser. Since the loser  is absolutely convinced  he 
can make a loser out of  someone else  by reading a chart, and every other 
loser is thinking the same thing, it follows that the winner must be 
thinking something  entirely different  in order to take their money with 
any consistency. 

 The sum total of the loser ’ s trading is the inequality of the markets. 

Nothing else. The winner exploits this with as much certainty as the 
loser becomes the loser. There are 100 percent winning traders. I know 
one or two of them. They don ’ t talk much. Why?  They don ’ t have to. 
They don ’ t need to convince you or anyone else they know what they know.
  
I personally only win about 70 percent of the time, but it doesn ’ t take 
a rocket scientist to see that is more than enough, even when I get 
 “ spanked ”  by the markets. 

 Let me give you the basics on doing real  “ technical analysis. ”  I ’ ll 

start with a few premises that you must accept at face value. Don ’ t read 
between the lines. Leave that for the next loser.   

    1. 

  A price chart (in any time frame) is simply a pictorial representa-
tion of the sum total of all the market participant ’ s belief structures. 
In order to execute for an entry (hoping to profi t), your belief 
must have been strong enough to do something, otherwise you 
wouldn ’ t be in. Since in order for a price to print, both a buyer and 
a  seller must execute, then both believe they will profi t. Therefore, 
they must believe completely opposite of each other. Since both 
traders have access to the same market information (the price), they 
must have concluded two completely different things from that 
information. (What that prices means.)  

    2. 

  Because every potential trader in every market is seeing it dif-
ferently, every printed price will mean something different to 
 everyone. The price, which you must be concerned about, is the 

c03.indd   42

c03.indd   42

8/6/08   9:08:46 PM

8/6/08   9:08:46 PM

background image

 Technical 

Analysis 

 

43

price the guy who is already in the market (long or short) is in 
at, and where he needs to execute to get out at. He must do this 
sooner or later. He cannot  “ lose ”  forever and cannot  “ win ”  forever. 
He must execute for either to happen. His prices are the ones you 
are looking for. These two prices are the only two that matter. It 
doesn ’ t matter what the end result to him is with those two prices; 
it only matters to you.  

    3. 

  When every potential trader has executed for an entry, in any 
time frame, the market is vulnerable. When no one is doing 
 anything, and what ’ s  been  done is done, prices must stop. They will 
start moving when the loser decides to get out. The winner can 
afford to wait. The loser must execute on the same side that the 
winner is already on. It cannot be any other way. If the winner 
chooses to liquidate against the loser, both are now out. Therefore, 
there are less people in the market with unrealized gains or losses.

 4. 

Every  “ technical indicator ”  designed is based solely on combining 
or dividing prices in some way. They are all  “ moving averages ”  in 
varying degrees of complexity EXCEPT ONE. That is volume 
and open interest (V/OI). 

 

4

   V/OI is the only  

“ technical indica-

tor ”  that chronicles the true state of what is happening inside the 
minds of the market participants. Nothing else can tell you what 
is happening  behind  prices. Only V/OI can tell you when people 
are coming into or leaving the market. That ’ s why it was the orig-
inal one used by traders in the fi rst place and it is the only one 
that really matters.    

 Let this soak in a bit. What I am really saying is that the true trader, 

the consistent winner, is not concerned with any price or where prices 
 “ started ”  from. He or she is concerned with what it takes for people to 
believe strong enough, and with enough commitment, that they will 
place their capital at risk. The true trader is looking for the place where 
they must change their minds enough to give up their position and 
leave the market. Since he knows that the loser is  always  basing this 
decision on price, he is only looking at which price they are changing 
their minds. He is only concerned with when they are in the market 
and when they are leaving the market. The true trader doesn ’ t care at 
what price that happens, how far apart those prices are, or how much 

c03.indd   43

c03.indd   43

8/6/08   9:08:46 PM

8/6/08   9:08:46 PM

background image

44 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

time it takes for it to happen. He is just watching for it. The true trader 
is thinking something like this: 

  What did people believe in order for prices to get  here ?  
  What will make them change their minds?  
  What price action will cause the loser to quit?  
  What price action will cause people to more fi rmly believe?  
  How long has the loser been losing and when will he quit?  
  How long has the winner been winning and where will he think 
enough is enough?    

 The bottom line is that a price chart cannot  

“ tell ”  you what is 

likely to happen next until you begin to interpret it from the  losers ’  
point of view.
  Any chart, or any analysis, can only be useful when you 
start asking it to help you fi nd the loser and uncover how he is think-
ing. You should look at any chart and ask questions of this sort: 

  Who is winning, who is losing, and why?  
  At what point are they likely to switch sides on each other?  
  Who is confused?  
  What will cause them to change their minds?  
  When will they quit?    

 If you choose to continue using indicators to assist you in deter-

mining these places, always remember they were based on prices fi rst 
and solely. What will make this whole thing more diffi cult — it ’ s not 
easy in the fi rst place — is that the traders in question are always com-
ing and going. Sometimes they use different time frames. Sometimes 
they rely on different information from one week to the next, trad-
ing in different sizes than last time. When the market opens and closes, 
they initiate on the buy side at one point, and then they might initiate 
on the sell side, and so on. There are any number of things. The dance 
is developing an understanding of what the sum total of everyone is 
doing from a net perspective and positioning yourself accordingly. The 
one thing that is always a constant is that the loser  really thinks  that 
he will be the winner and  really expects  his analysis, however it was done, 
to make all the difference. But the  real  reason a market has  “ support ”  or 
 “ resistance ”  is because it was at that  exact moment  everybody who was 
capable of doing something had done so. Who cares why they did it? 










c03.indd   44

c03.indd   44

8/6/08   9:08:46 PM

8/6/08   9:08:46 PM

background image

 Technical 

Analysis 

 

45

Now they are all waiting for the other side to quit fi rst. Of course, 
that ’ s always the loser because the winner has a lead before he has to do 
anything, unless he wants to. That ’ s where all the money goes. Except 
for the small part that becomes commissions. 

 Before I forget, the same applies to the concept of fundamental 

analysis. People take what they read and assimilate from the fundamen-
tal sources and act on it by executing. The fundamentals have to con-
vince someone to do something. In this respect its net result is the same 
as the technical and, therefore, of no more value. The fundamentals see 
their fi nal result as part of V/OI; and you can study that fundamental 
crap until you head caves in and it won ’ t help one bit. You still have to 
 do  something to profi t and you will still be in the same market with 
the same losers — or become that loser. That ’ s all I have to say about 
fundamentals. 

 When I sat down to write this book, I intended it to be my trad-

ing story. It wouldn ’ t be complete if I didn ’ t tell that part of the story 
that drove this thinking home. There were many trading lessons to 
be learned from my experience of trading crude oil during the fi rst 
Persian Gulf War. Lots of life lessons, too. I talk about some of them 
throughout the book, but this is the main one. 

 In the fall of 1990, Saddam Hussein ’ s tanks rolled into Kuwait (it 

was in all the papers). To any student of Middle East politics, that had 
all the ramifi cations of leading up to World War III. Crude oil was 
trading about $16.50/BBL. Something was going to happen and in a 
big way. Even in my ignorant trading state at the time, I had the pres-
ence of mind to buy crude. The market continued a steady climb with 
only modest retracements until the bombing of Baghdad on January 
15, 1991. It then sank like a rock back to roughly $16.50/BBL shortly 
thereafter. In other words, by trading it wisely you could have been 
long up to roughly $37 and short back down. In less than a year, you 
could have gotten disgustingly rich. As my pit trader friend says, that 
was  “ screw you ”  money. 

 I was buying all the way up and pyramiding with open trade prof-

its. The issue of money management was a lesson in itself. No one who 
is a successful trader pyramids like that. I was net long almost 200 cars 
car  is market slang for one futures contract) from about $27/BBL on 
the average somewhere around Christmas. As before, I thought that was 

c03.indd   45

c03.indd   45

8/6/08   9:08:47 PM

8/6/08   9:08:47 PM

background image

46 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

always how it was in futures. What I didn ’ t know was that  open interest  
had been dropping among the large speculators. In other words, the 
pros were getting out before the bombing, which most believed was 
certain, and in fact did occur. Open interest from the small speculator 
(read: the public and those who work for them) had risen to a record 
high. I had at least learned the lesson to run stops, so I knew I could 
keep some of it. But I really believed that the market would go to $40/
BBL or more. With what I know now, it was ridiculous to assume that 
any market would go to any price. It just goes where it goes. You can ’ t 
 “ predict ”  prices — only watch them and use them to your advantage; 
which was what the pros were doing. 

 Because I knew that the bombing would do something to the mar-

ket, and having assumed it would mean higher prices, I was going to 
liquidate into the highs that I thought were coming. Sometimes that ’ s 
how tops happen and sometimes that is the right thing to do. I would 
have made about $2.5 million at $40/BBL. I even went shopping for 
Ferraris after New Year ’ s Day. I picked out a black one. I fi gured I had 
fi nally made it — in a big way. 

 So here 

’ s how it played out. The U.N. coalition forces begin the 

attack on Baghdad before dawn local Iraqi time. That was late at night 
New York time and the markets were closed. The overnight electronic 
system wasn ’ t trading yet so I had to wait for the New York Mercantile 
Exchange to open in about 12 hours. What could possibly happen in 
those hours? Well, everything. The market ran to about $41/BBL in the 
Far East, which was open at the time, then started to slide off. In London 
it actually opened lower from the previous day. By the time New York 
opened it was  $10 lower.  The panic that hit the open caused the mar-
ket to slide another $3 in less than a minute or two. Of course with 
the huge volume and knowing the rules of the game, all my stops were 
elected near the low, far below my intended prices. It was enough of a 
low below my average to make me debit about $200,000. I was shell -
 shocked. It couldn ’ t have been worse if I was  in  Baghdad! If I had bought 
puts against my futures ANY TIME after Christmas I would have been 
nicely ahead, even with the huge premiums that I would have had to pay. 

 To make matters worse, the trade played out exactly as I had 

planned, but because the brokerage house had no clearing relation-
ship with the Singapore Mercantile Exchange (SIMEX) or the  overseas 

c03.indd   46

c03.indd   46

8/6/08   9:08:47 PM

8/6/08   9:08:47 PM

background image

 Technical 

Analysis 

 

47

markets, I lost. The owners of this company knew my position and 
 everyone else ’ s there, but like I ’ ve said before, very few brokerage own-
ers have even the slightest idea of how to really do this business. They 
care even less for the guys who work for them. They don ’ t care at all 
about clients, except as potential commissions. 

 With the magnitude of the world event, the leverage we had, the 

size of our total position, along with the potential for violent price 
action, you would think  someone  would have thought to protect our 
exposure. I had done what I knew how to do, but there was more 
that could have been done. At the time, I didn ’ t even  know  exchanges 
could have reciprocal arrangements with each other. At the very least 
we could have had the offi ce open all night at that critical time and 
had some kind of hedge account somewhere overseas. Knowing what 
I know today, the whole thing was completely avoidable. I lost every-
thing I had and spent years paying off the debt. That almost killed me. 
If ever I had a reason to quit, there it was. 

 But here ’ s the lesson: Who was long? Who had to become a seller 

to get out?  Me ; the guy reading the charts and forming opinions about 
prices.  Since everybody had already gotten in on the long side, the only way 
out was to sell.
  But there was no one else left to buy against that sell 
order! No wonder the pros were out. They all knew that after study-
ing what was going on  behind  the prices, the message was obvious for 
anyone who could see it:  Time to liquidate.  The best thing to do was 
go short against that last group of buyers. I ’ m sure a few did. I would 
have. Knowing what I know today I would have done that in a New 
York minute and never lost a second of sleep. There is no doubt in my 
mind there is some crude oil trader, sitting on his yacht, somewhere in 
the Caribbean, that I and all my clients paid for. If I ever fi nd that guy, 
he owes me a  “ thank you. ”  Come to think of it, he doesn ’ t. Nobody 
twisted my arm to do that trade. 

 Now, here ’ s the thing I want to make absolutely clear. I was dev-

astated at the time; but the entire experience was crucial to my devel-
opment as a trader and as a person. If it had not happened exactly as 
it had, I may have never learned the importance of being concerned 
about who the loser is and to avoid being that guy no matter what. 
A very sharp card player once told me,  “ If you are in a card game and 
can ’ t tell who the patsy is, you are the patsy. ”  If I had made that money, 

c03.indd   47

c03.indd   47

8/6/08   9:08:47 PM

8/6/08   9:08:47 PM

background image

48 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

I would have eventually lost it all anyway. The experience of the win 
would have fi rmly convinced me that I knew what I was doing. The 
charts told me how to do it, they were  “ right. ”  I could trust them and 
not have to think for myself.  That is what the whole business of technical 
analysis is all about.
  It would have only been a matter of time before this 
sort of illusionary thinking would lead to loser after loser in any mar-
ket I was trading. If I had made that money I might have never learned 
that. It forced me to reevaluate how I saw the structure of the markets. 
It taught me that trading isn ’ t about prices or buying and selling some-
thing; it ’ s about outthinking someone who does very little thinking in 
the fi rst place. 

  The Art of the Trade  is about knowing how people think and how 

they act from their thinking. First, you need to know them as indi-
viduals, then what their thinking must be like when it ’ s formed into 
a crowd, and how crowds behave. Then you need to know what will 
infl uence that thinking or behavior and realizing when that thinking 
or behavior isn ’ t justifi ed, when it ’ s likely to change, and at what point 
that will probably happen. Also, at what point will every individual 
within the group have no choice in the matter, their fate being deter-
mined in advance, without them even knowing it, at the exact moment 
they put themselves into play, however long ago that was. In addition 
to all the concerns about individuals and groups, it is essential that you 
know enough about your own method of thinking and know yourself 
well enough to ascertain when you are thinking no different than the 
crowd in question, or in some other unique manner. 

 This type of knowledge will never be a number on a screen, some 

line between two numbers on a screen, or some combination of those 
numbers. It can only be a factor of how well you understand the  exact  
nature of the reality those numbers really represent and how well you 
know your own ability to determine that. 

 Where can you buy that for $195? How out of touch with reality 

would someone have to be to think they could fi nd it for you? Not to 
mention sell the exact same thing to someone else just as easily. How 
self - deluded does someone have to become to think he can reduce that 
process of critical thinking, intuition, and deduction down to curly -
 cues, dots, ratios, lines, and numbers on a piece of paper for himself? 
How far beyond reason would someone have to be to now expose his 

c03.indd   48

c03.indd   48

8/6/08   9:08:48 PM

8/6/08   9:08:48 PM

background image

 Technical 

Analysis 

 

49

money or his client ’ s money to a winner - take - all battlefi eld  thinking 
that this was all there was to it? 

 This happens every day. In fact, you do it now, don ’ t you? 
 So, to close out this chapter, let me return to the  “ playpen. ”  I really 

believe that shabby guy knew exactly what he was doing. Maybe the 
magic Coke bottle was some kind of personal amusement. Maybe he really 
understood the nature of the markets and those who participate very 
well. I bet the clothes, the beard, everything was just his way of saying 
 “ F ’  you ”  to all those losers. Maybe he just didn ’ t want the Fly wasting his 
time. I bet he already knew what I came to discover on my own: Find 
the loser and take his money. Take all his money. Don ’ t even leave him 
cab fare. Take his house, his car, his boat, his airplane, whatever. Don ’ t 
take his self - respect or his belief he can win because then he will stop 
trading before you can take all his money. Don ’ t let him know he is the 
loser. Keep telling him he can win. Once he realizes he is the loser, 
the  game is over for you. That is all you can get from him. Now you 
will have to share all the money with him because he found out how 
to be the winner like you are. 

 But don ’ t worry, all his friends think they are smarter than he is 

and smarter than you are. Just be patient and reel them in, one by one, 
until you own the whole block. There is a batch after them, too. How 
much money do you want? 

 I wanted to become the type of man the shabby guy was, and 

indeed I did become that man.            

c03.indd   49

c03.indd   49

8/6/08   9:08:48 PM

8/6/08   9:08:48 PM

background image

c03.indd   50

c03.indd   50

8/6/08   9:08:48 PM

8/6/08   9:08:48 PM

background image

51

Chapter 4

                          Adversity 

 The Trial of Principal       

   

 

  A smooth sea never made a skilled mariner. 

  — English proverb   

 W

ebster ’ s dictionary defi nes  adversity  as a  “ state of hardship 
or affl iction; misfortune. ”  It implies that what is happening 
is unexpected or from outside your own doing. As most 

people know, part of what we endure through life is self - created. This 
falls under the concept of the unexpected because what right thinking 
individual would do something to hurt himself if he really knew better? 
Most adversity we suddenly fi nd ourselves in; whether we have created 
it for ourselves or not. 

 When I chose to become a commodities broker, and later a true 

commodities trader, I wasn ’ t prepared for adversity. Certainly not the 

c04.indd   51

c04.indd   51

8/6/08   9:09:10 PM

8/6/08   9:09:10 PM

background image

52 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

kind I had to go through. In fact, I considered adversity as a minor 
and temporary thing that you could get through by exerting enough 
effort and then would not have to deal with it again. I really thought 
that adversity was a state that  “ losers ”  frequently found themselves in, 
but not me for very long. What I came to discover is that adversity is 
a constant state of existence for anyone who is connected to the mar-
kets. The very nature of executing a trade puts you in a state of confl ict. 
The people in the business itself are the type who naturally gravitates 
toward confl ict. They create adversity for themselves and those around 
them as a normal course of action in both their thinking and interac-
tion with one another. Adversity is constant in the business of trading 
because the most common mode of thinking is  “ every man for him-
self. ”  Even though it doesn ’ t have to be this way, those involved seem 
to prefer it. The bottom line is that people really are functioning like 
 “ I ’ m gonna screw you before you can screw me. I ’ m going to do that 
even if I don ’ t have to. Everyone could be a threat to me or stop me 
from getting what I want. ”  The worst kind of adversity, of course, is the 
self - created kind; sometimes that means our own trading. All the rest is 
just kind of a  “ bonus. ”  

 I honestly wasn 

’ t prepared for this type of harsh reality. Until I 

got into the markets, I had defi ned adversity a whole other way. This 
business of something constantly working against you was totally new 
to me. I suppose I was naive. Regardless, as the whole experience 
unfolded I wasn ’ t prepared for some of the blows that would come my 
way, or the daily tension that would exist in addition to what the mar-
kets are capable of infl icting on you. But, as you will see, I found a 
way to transform it to become a source of power. Ultimately, it helped 
contribute to my trading success. While you are reading all this, I want 
you to try and remember that through all of this the public was, and 
still is, entrusting brokers with their hard - earned cash.  They really believe 
they are working with the brightest and most professional people in the world 
of fi nance.
  We can make it look that way. After all, we know how to 
double or triple money every month, right? I really wanted to be that 
kind of professional and work with people who thought the same, but 
that didn ’ t happen. No matter what I wanted to believe about myself, 
I was still in the environment that was far from my perceived ideal. What 
did happen was a period of years full of constant adversity. Here are a 

c04.indd   52

c04.indd   52

8/6/08   9:09:11 PM

8/6/08   9:09:11 PM

background image

 Adversity 

 

53

few examples of things that went on around me on almost a daily basis. 
This is the short list, by the way. 

 Things would disappear off my desk. By  “ things ”  I mean: a brand 

new lap - top computer (with all my records in it); my Mont Blanc pens; 
countless numbers of staplers, notepads, rolls of tape, or any kind of 
basic offi ce supplies; plane tickets; calculators; books, newspapers, and 
magazines — all with information I wanted to keep or use; equity runs  

1

  ; 

sales leads, sales material; charts, research, business cards of market con-
tacts; sometimes my lunch (or parts of it);  even brand new clients whose 
paperwork and check were waiting to be processed.
  It got so bad I eventually 
began carrying around every possible item I needed to run my busi-
ness in a bulging briefcase I never let out of my sight. I did this because 
I never knew when something that I needed wouldn ’ t be there. I ’ m 
sure a lot of it was done for no other reason than to watch me blow 
my stack, which would elicit shrieks of laughter from the children that 
worked there. 

 This buffoonery wasn ’ t limited to just the offi ce. One brokerage 

house I was at decided to throw a huge party to celebrate a big month. 
They rented a charter boat to cruise around Lake Michigan for a few 
hours in a Bacchanalian fi t of revelry. One of the guys in the offi ce was 
a little different. The other children enjoyed picking on him like kids 
do in a schoolyard, you know the type. When his back was turned the 
 “ brokerage - yard bully ”  threw his suit jacket overboard. He lost his keys, 
wallet, and lots of cash. He was pissed. 

  “ The boss ”  said,  “ Gee, that ’ s too bad, you should be more careful, ”  

and roared with laughter along with the other six - year - olds. The  poor 
guy spent a week or two sorting out the mess of getting keys, credit 
cards, driver ’ s license, and so on. This type of moronic behavior is a 
given in this business. Apparently, everything you own or use to run 
your business is raw material for private or public amusement. 

 I frequently saw people doing cocaine at 7:00  a.m.  at the company 

trading desk while processing orders — this after being out all night long 
drinking and more. Imagine trying to place orders, check on orders, 
or move orders when the guy you are talking to can barely see straight or 
won ’ t stop talking. Worse yet, he does a line while you are talking to 
him. This  wasn ’ t one or two isolated incidents, this happened every-
where. Sometimes they would even get the coke from the owners. 

c04.indd   53

c04.indd   53

8/6/08   9:09:11 PM

8/6/08   9:09:11 PM

background image

54 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 Paychecks would bounce. I ’ m not talking a few hundred bucks — 

I mean checks for $10,000 or $15,000. Imagine the headache that could 
cause. On payday some guys would leave the offi ce as soon as they got 
their check, go down to the bank it was drawn on and cash it, even 
drive out to the suburbs in some cases. They knew that if they waited 
too long it would be no good. On any given day, between the 10th and 
15th of the month, there are scores of brokers walking around down-
town Chicago with literally tens of thousands of dollars in cash in their 
pockets. I shudder to think of the crime wave that could cause if an 
enterprising mugger read this. I guess the owners fi gured that if you 
didn ’ t take your money the moment they gave it to you, you must not 
really want it, or something equally stupid. 

 I would go to lunch, come back, and fi nd the offi ce door locked, 

the lights shut off, and everybody gone. I would fi nd out later that the 
owner wanted to take everyone out to the ballgame or something. 
 “ Sorry, we couldn ’ t fi nd you, so we just left. ”  Imagine the needless anx-
iety if I had positions on and I had to spend the rest of the day hanging 
out by a pay phone. Thank God I had quarters. Imagine the problems 
clients have when they expect to reach you when the markets are open 
and they can ’ t. I remember one time this happened and I went down 
to the pay phone in the building lobby. There was only one phone. 
Standing next to it was a rather well - dressed man. When I went to pick 
up the receiver, this guy actually said,  “ You can ’ t do that, I ’ m expect-
ing a call from my broker. ”  If I wouldn ’ t have seen the humor in that 
I would have cried. You have to remember that in the late 1980s cel-
lular telephones were not cheap or common. Because I was tied to the 
offi ce 12 hours a day at this point in my career, I never needed a cell 
phone even if I could afford it. If the offi ce was locked — I was out of 
business. 

 Guys would start a brokerage house knowing full well that it 

would be gone in a few months. They would hire a bunch of hun-
gry brokers and turn them loose on the phones. The money would 
roll in. Absolutely none of the bills would be paid. Once the quotes 
went down, or the phones were turned off, or the landlord started 
the eviction process, the owners would pack up and go somewhere 
else. Maybe one or two of the brokers were in on it. Everyone who 
worked so hard to build a business for themselves would literally have 

c04.indd   54

c04.indd   54

8/6/08   9:09:11 PM

8/6/08   9:09:11 PM

background image

 Adversity 

 

55

the rug pulled out from under them. Who knows what happened 
to the clients? I ’ ll tell you how fast this can happen. At one place it 
was just another normal day, a few of us worked until about 8:00  p.m.  
As we were all leaving, the owner, who was working late, stopped us 
to mention what a great job we were all doing and how he would 
see us all tomorrow. I came in at 7:00  a.m.  the next day,  only 11 hours 
later,
  and the entire offi ce was empty. No desks, no phones, no com-
puters, nothing; it was all gone — moved out. It was probably all sold 
to a liquidator days before. The owner was simply waiting for us to 
leave before calling the movers in and didn ’ t want us knowing the jig 
was up. I never saw him again. Within a few minutes one or two of 
the other guys started showing up. One broker, who didn ’ t want to 
believe what had happened had actually happened, volunteered this 
comment for the rest of us:  “ Maybe we just moved and they ’ ll be here 
any minute to take us over to the new offi ce. . . . 

”  For all I know he 

showed up every day for a week waiting for that to happen.  “ Thank 
you, and good night. You ’ ve been a great crowd. ”  

 The constant practical jokes in the offi ce were simply beyond 

belief. Guys would fi nd dead animals in their desk drawers, phone 
handsets crazy - glued to the cradle, Tabasco sauce or worse in the cof-
feepot, fake client inquiries for million dollar accounts made to a 
rookie from a phone in another part of the offi ce. People were told that 
their parents were just in a car crash and they needed to call the hos-
pital. The owner would pay commissions to someone who he thought 
wasn ’ t working hard enough in rolls of pennies. Someone would come 
back from lunch and fi nd his entire desk and his telephone locked 
in the storage closet; listening to the phone ring until he could fi nd 
the building engineer with the key. Sometimes whoever did it gave the 
engineer $20 to say,  “ I don ’ t have the key, try tomorrow. ”  Until caller 
ID came out, one of the favorite things to do if a client pissed someone 
off was to call the local pizza place in the client ’ s hometown. The bro-
ker would order a dozen pizzas for delivery to the client. Everyone in 
the offi ce would whoop it up in the background while someone else 
yelled into the phone,  “ Hurry up, can ’ t you tell we ’ re having a party?! ”  

 A lot of this nonsense was really cruel. I remember one incident 

in particular. In one offi ce, there was a black guy who was a rookie. 
It was his fi rst time ever in the business. He was from the South Side 

c04.indd   55

c04.indd   55

8/6/08   9:09:12 PM

8/6/08   9:09:12 PM

background image

56 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

and came from a poor family. He really had ambition. He wanted out 
of the ghetto. I really admired him. He was constantly being teased 
with the  “ I have a dream ”  thing. People asked him if he wanted to 
trade  “ fried chicken or watermelon futures today. ”  One time somebody 
came in the offi ce wearing a KKK hood and bouncing a basketball. 
It was criminal what those men put him through. He fi nally quit and 
fi led a discrimination suit. Of course, the company was gone by then. 

 Let ’ s not forget the general back - offi ce  mayhem. You ’ d ask a sec-

retary to mail an investment package to a prospective client and she ’ d 
forget or refuse to do it. If you brought it to the attention of the owner, 
he ’ d brush it off. It would turn out he was sleeping with her and that 
was the only reason she had a  “ job. ”  Phone calls were routinely ignored 
or not put through. Your Series III registration would never make it to 
the NFA, or the check for the fee would bounce. My mail was never 
delivered. We would run out of account forms or sales material and it 
would take days or weeks for someone to get more. That week ’ s  “ man-
ager ”  of the place would lose the keys to the front door or not show up 
at all. The fax or copier would run out of paper or toner and it would 
take days or weeks to fi x. We ’ d run out of numbered order tickets and 
have to resort to blank paper to track trading (a serious NFA violation). 
Someone would institute a  “ new policy ”  but forget to tell anyone. Then 
when you wanted something done it was always,  “ Didn ’ t you know 
about the new policy? ”  Then,  you ’ d have to do it all over again a differ-
ent way. Equity runs missing or incorrect — the list is endless. 

 Then there were the fi st fi ghts, guys having sex in the offi ce dur-

ing trading hours, or it would be somebody ’ s birthday and the owner 
would have two or three strippers show up. 

 Alcohol abuse was a constant. One time I ’ ll never forget. Someone 

who was losing badly in a trade simply couldn ’ t take it anymore and 
threw his quote screen right through the window of the offi ce  onto 
the sidewalk of LaSalle Street several fl oors below. He started trash-
ing the entire offi ce until the biggest guy in the place hit him in the 
face with a telephone and knocked him cold. It ’ s a wonder no one was 
killed. Can you imagine being on the phone trying to solicit clients or 
trade intelligently when stuff like this is happening? 

 We would have to cut down all the redwoods to make enough 

paper to talk about what happens when these children disguised as 

c04.indd   56

c04.indd   56

8/6/08   9:09:12 PM

8/6/08   9:09:12 PM

background image

 Adversity 

 

57

brokers would trade. There were the constant debits, trades being down 
without margin of any kind, trades with the wrong account number 
on the ticket, no one fi xing the problem, or even knowing about it for 
days or until the client with that account calls up saying  “ I didn ’ t do 
this trade. ”  Then, of course, the broker was not in the offi ce, on vaca-
tion, or not even employed there anymore. Or they can ’ t fi nd the order 
tickets. Or there are no order tickets to fi nd. The constant  “ I said buy, 
not sell ”  errors,  “ size of the trade ”  errors, someone completely forgets 
he has positions on and blows up without even knowing about it until 
the clearing fi rm calls; if the call was ever put through. Brokers needing 
a commission so bad they would trade new client accounts before the 
check from the client even cleared the bank; of course it ’ s a loser. When 
the broker tells the client it was a loser, the more enterprising clients 
would stop payment on the check; you should see the fur - fl y  when 
that happens. Inept brokers doing spreads but putting both sides on in 
the same direction; or getting out of spreads the same way.  

2

   Brokers 

forgetting they had  “ good till canceled ”  stops active in the market until 
they get fi lled, then deciding to keep the trade in order to  “ See what 
happens, maybe it will be a winner 

.”  Brokers doing trades without 

customer approval, getting approval for one trade but doing another; 
getting approval to go long but changing their mind and going short 
without telling the client. It just goes on and on and on. Reliving all 
this is making my head spin. 

 The point I ’ m making with all of this is that it would never end. 

This happened constantly everywhere I worked. It still happens every 
day all over Chicago in all those little brokerage houses that solicit 
cash from the public. I would put up with this insanity in one form or 
another until I couldn ’ t stand it anymore and go someplace else. But 
it was always that way. I simply couldn ’ t accept that this kind of daily 
adversity would be something I would have to endure if I expected to 
be a  “ professional commodities broker. ”  The industry is just that way. 
It really doesn ’ t matter if the adversity is self - created, imposed on you 
by others, or simply how you chose to interpret market price action 
against you. If you are in this business, without a doubt, you will suffer. 
I ’ m sure one reason so many people wash out of the trading environ-
ment is because they can ’ t handle or can ’ t accept the constant adversity. 
It doesn ’ t matter if it is the kind I went through or the kind others go 

c04.indd   57

c04.indd   57

8/6/08   9:09:12 PM

8/6/08   9:09:12 PM

background image

58 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

through. It ’ s almost like a trial by fi re. You can ’ t get  “ it ”  (whatever  “ it ”  
you are looking for) until you pay some kind of price to the markets. 
If you fi nd a way to get through it you will prosper. If not, well —
 they ’ ll just stack your body up with all the others. 

 As you can see, when I was in the process of discovering this for 

myself, I had some very frustrating experiences. There are other kinds 
of adversity in other parts of the business. 

 All of what I endured taught me life lessons that, in the long run, 

made me better equipped for anything that might come my way. My 
eyes were opened for that. Today, I can tell instantly when a situation 
is about to go south. That comes out in my trading; it helps me cut 
losses faster. That ’ s why I feel that everything contributes to your trad-
ing from every part of your life — past, present, and future. Everything 
you go through will teach you something about the nature of reality,  as 
it really is,
  instead of how you expect it to be. 

 Trading the markets cannot be done well unless you understand 

the nature of the reality they function under. If your eyes are open to 
an infi nite number of possibilities then nothing can surprise you or 
catch you unawares. By looking at trading the same way, you can  “ see ”  
the whole picture. What to do next becomes self - evident. But to get 
to that point, you must fi rst have enough experiences of what life is 
not. The more pain you go through, the more you should ask yourself, 
 “ What is life trying to teach me? ”  Once you have learned that, and 
trained your mind to accept every new lesson, trading becomes easier. 
At some point, once you know  why  you do  what  you do  the way  you do 
it, trading is effortless. I had to learn to do that instead of expect some 
chart to tell me what to do. Pain is the only megaphone loud enough 
to get past your preconceptions. 

 In my particular case, I had to accept that my idea of what a profes-

sional is and does is not in the same reality of the other market partici-
pants I was exposed to. I had to conclude that since that was the way 
it was, pulling money out of the markets was still possible, even if what 
the markets really are is nowhere close to what I fi rst thought they 
were or the people who are involved in them. 

 I ’ d like to share the fi nal adverse situation I went through. This one 

is slightly different because I had some control over the results. After 
this experience I still had problems with brokerage houses and my 

c04.indd   58

c04.indd   58

8/6/08   9:09:13 PM

8/6/08   9:09:13 PM

background image

 Adversity 

 

59

trading but the knowledge that I could win became absolutely unshak-
able. Up to this point, I felt that I was at the mercy of those who might 
be further ahead than I was. By that I mean they had more money to 
work with, they had better leads, they knew the business better, they 
could trade better, or any number of reasons. 

 By going through this next situation, I came to understand that 

inside of me was a winner. I was no longer at the mercy of circum-
stances. I didn ’ t have to see the business the same way. I didn ’ t have to 
believe somebody else ’ s point of view or put up with anyone ’ s insanity. 
I matured as a businessman and with it I learned how to create suc-
cess in a world that didn ’ t function as I thought it would. It set the 
stage for ultimate trading success because inner reality that is fi rmly 
rooted can adapt to any situation or circumstances. Success is a state of 
mind. You then adapt that state of mind to the needs of the particular 
situation that you chose to explore. A successful pilot is no different 
than a successful rock climber. Both possess the same inner world that 
is expressed in two unique ways. Each environment has particular parts 
that need more of one thing and less of another. Either person could 
learn to do the job of the other if he so wanted to and have similar 
results. On the inside they possess the same raw material. 

 This last adversity taught me that by doing what I knew would 

work, I could achieve what I wanted. I learned there was nothing 
wrong with me deep inside, only in my choices up to that point and 
the way I chose to look at things. I learned that the business could give 
me what I wanted. In fact, it would have given me what I wanted sooner 
if I had been able to grasp its true nature sooner. 

 After I had made the choice to focus exclusively on learning to be 

a true trader, I had a problem. I was fl at broke. I had nothing. The latest 
brokerage house debacle left me in the same position that I had been in 
several times before. This time it was different because I had chosen not 
to go back into the same cycle, if I could avoid it. But I didn ’ t know 
exactly what that meant except that I didn ’ t want to be involved with 
anymore psychos. I carefully thought this through. If I had no money 
and lots of fi nancial pressures, nothing would solve that problem except 
cash. To get cash I needed to work. I carefully considered if I should 
take a break from the markets and fi nd something else to do for a short 
time. Should I quit completely? 

c04.indd   59

c04.indd   59

8/6/08   9:09:13 PM

8/6/08   9:09:13 PM

background image

60 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 After much thought here was my decision: I would go to work 

for a brokerage house and raise cash to develop my trading presence. I 
would alter my selling approach to be fairer to the client, and I would 
only sell a market I believed in. I concluded that I must fi nd the most 
stable brokerage presence possible until I had enough cash to be on 
my own. Sooner or later it was clear to me that I would stop working 
for anyone else, for any reason. I decided to no longer subject myself 
to those sorts of external adversities if I could avoid it. From then on 
any employment was just temporary. I decided to do it  my  way. Since 
I was seeing this situation from a new perspective I had new choices 
and new possibilities. Before then being on my own didn ’ t occur to me 
very seriously because I thought, why reinvent the wheel? I thought 
that the glut of brokerage houses dominated the market and that busi-
ness only worked one way. I fi gured I could eventually fi nd  a “good” 
brokerage house. I thought the owners knew something special or were 
connected. I thought it was very expensive to do. Why go through the 
hassle? Why compete with them? What I didn ’ t know was that they, 
the brokerage houses, were very easy to start. It cost next to nothing 
to do. Most of the owners were just six - year - olds with a checkbook. I 
was certainly smarter than they were. Since they come and go so fast, 
that should have told me something. I thought it was just bad luck. 
All kinds of things became very clear. Starting my own company that 
I could run my own way became the goal. This sounds simple, but for 
me, I hadn ’ t really considered it as being the solution to at least part of 
the problem. 

 By now it was January 10 of that year. I had no idea how to start 

a commodity company or what it would cost, but I knew it cost more 
than I had because I was penniless. I made a few phone calls to clear-
ing fi rms and asked how to get started. Within two days I understood 
how to start a company and the costs. I found a lot of options; every-
one had a slightly different program. All anyone needed, besides fi lling 
out the right paperwork, was a phone and a few sales leads. No wonder 
brokerage houses come and go so fast and are typically run by morons. 
Any moron could do it. I fi gured if they could do it, I could too. 
I actually ended up one step better because I found a company based 
in Oregon that had a branch offi ce program. They did a lot of advertis-
ing on CNBC, had direct fl oor access, great lead fl ow; all the expenses 

c04.indd   60

c04.indd   60

8/6/08   9:09:13 PM

8/6/08   9:09:13 PM

background image

 Adversity 

 

61

I had no idea how to pay for. I would only be a branch offi ce instead 
of my own show, but for where I was it was close enough. Looking 
back, I was setting myself up for another career reversal because all my 
paychecks had to come through this company, but at the time I took 
the risk. The owner promised me no funny business over the money 
(a lie). We fi led the necessary paperwork and I was in business. 

 But there was a problem. I had no offi ce, no phone lines, no toll -

 free inbound number, no marketing or sales material, no trading equip-
ment, no quote service, no order tickets, no fax, no money, no nothing. 
My bills were way behind. My rent was behind. I couldn ’ t even afford 
business cards. It was a dilemma. Here I was about to do something 
totally new to me in this business with absolutely no resources at all. 
I borrowed $200 from a friend (he wasn ’ t sure about more given my 
condition), and convinced the owner to advance me another $1,000 
against my expected commissions. He also sent me a stack of account 
forms and faxed me 500 sales leads to the public fax around the cor-
ner. I went over to the CME and begged the publications department 
to give me 25 copies of the  “ Foreign Currency Futures  &  Options ”  
brochure. They gave me 15 and made me pay for them. In just a few 
days, I had sales material, a stack of leads, and a chance to make this 
work like I thought it could be done. Better yet, I thought I could do 
it reasonably free from interference. With the money I had borrowed, 
I probably bought myself 12 days of time before all hell broke loose 
with creditors, my landlord, the phone company, and so on. Talk about 
being on the edge; I was scared. I had no idea how to sell without hype 
of some kind. I didn ’ t know if there would be some rule I wasn ’ t fol-
lowing as a branch offi ce that would bring the  “ trading police. ”  I didn ’ t 
know if people could understand trading in foreign currencies. What 
if I couldn ’ t sell this? What if I couldn ’ t learn fast enough? I was doing 
something completely different than I had done during my entire 
career. At that moment I had no assurances any of this would work. I had 
less than two weeks to recreate my entire concept of the markets  and  
generate commissions. Since I had gone through the heat of the fi re so 
many times, at least I knew what not to do. 

 I can ’ t emphasize enough in this short description that I was really 

scared; completely full of anxiety about the results. If it all blew up 
I would end up on the street in the middle of winter. Have you ever 

c04.indd   61

c04.indd   61

8/6/08   9:09:14 PM

8/6/08   9:09:14 PM

background image

62 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

been through a Chicago winter? On top of that, I wasn ’ t sure whether 
I could handle another failure or the humiliation. Try looking for 
work in that state of mind in any business. I was afraid that if I failed 
I wouldn ’ t be able to get any job anywhere. If I failed, it looked like 
the end for a very long time unless I made it work. Don ’ t forget I was 
still recovering from losses in crude oil during the fi rst Gulf War. I still had 
a hundred grand or so left to pay on the debit. I was under pressure. 

 I carefully set up my offi ce right there on the only table in my 

apartment. To put this in perspective, let me tell you about the apart-
ment I was in at the time. I was living in an SRO, a single - room occu-
pancy hotel. It was offi cially a hotel and they had daily, weekly, and 
monthly rates. Some people call it a transient house. It had its share of 
lowlifes, hookers, and lunatics. One day there were shots fi red down the 
hall (while I was working). Somebody actually died in the lobby one 
night. In that respect it was like being in a brokerage house—anyway, at 
least I felt at home. It wasn ’ t hell but you could see it from there. Only 
months before I had been living in a penthouse apartment, but now I 
was so broke it was all I could afford. It was either the SRO or move 
in with a girlfriend, but I had enough pressure on me. Looking back, it 
was the fact that I had nothing to lose and everything to gain by trying 
that really fi red me up. After everything was in as much order as I could 
make it, I took inventory of where I was. Every minute that went by 
was a minute closer to being on the street. I had to make it happen. 

 I hit the sack to get a good night ’ s sleep. I set the alarm for 7 :00 a.m.  

The next morning I got up and the power in the building went out. 
Luckily, my phone still worked. I had no idea if my phone would be 
shut off, or if the power would come back on. All I knew was that I had 
to work fast. I didn ’ t really know how much time I had. After a quick 
shower in the dark, I called my buddy (Guy #1 from Chapter 2) and 
asked him to fax me a chart of the daily Japanese Yen futures and the 
currency preopening comments. I went over to the 24 - hour public fax 
to pick up my  “ research, ”  got some candles at the Walgreen ’ s, grabbed 
a Starbucks coffee with the last dollar to my name, and headed back to 
the  “ offi ce ”  to get to work. On the way back I really thought I must be 
crazy. Was this business really worth it? 

 By the time it was about 9:00  a.m ., I was ready to start selling — by 

candlelight no less. I picked up the phone and called the fi rst lead. I 
sold my heart out. I dialed like a madman. 

c04.indd   62

c04.indd   62

8/6/08   9:09:14 PM

8/6/08   9:09:14 PM

background image

 Adversity 

 

63

 Anybody walking by my room must have thought I had gone 

 completely over the edge to hear me working in there. At the end of the 
fi rst day, I had three bona - fi de potential clients for currency trading. I did 
this for 12 straight days, 12 hours a day. My buddy faithfully faxed me 
my  “ research ”  daily. Because I didn ’ t have a quote system when I traded, 
I felt like I was trading in the dark (actually really in the dark — the power 
would go out all the time). My buddy gave me quotes every 10 minutes 
no matter how busy he was. He wanted me to win. He knew the whole 
story. By the end of those 12 days, I had opened three accounts for a total 
of about $18,000 in equity. At the end of those 12 days, I had done about 
$1,800 in commissions (my end). At the end of those 12 days, my three 
clients had about a 7 percent gain on their accounts after fees. It was 
February 1. Payday was the tenth. Everybody had to wait until the tenth. 
My fi rst check was for $800 because I had to reimburse the owner for 
the loan he gave me. That $800 check meant more to me than any other 
check that I have ever gotten. I just prayed to God it didn ’ t bounce. I had 
done it. Scared out of my wits and up against more adversity than maybe 
I could handle, I had what it takes. I wasn ’ t out of the woods yet, but I 
could see the edge of the forest. I just hoped a forest fi re wasn ’ t coming 
next. As the days rolled by, I kept at it nonstop. Within 90 days I was way 
ahead. I had come back from the edge. 

 The reason this is so signifi cant to me is very simple. Because I had 

nothing to lose, I had everything to gain. During this time I fought 
daily with the fear of failure. I fought with the anxiety of trading with-
out the tools I had come to rely on. Because believing I could win 
was so fi rmly in place in my mind, I did win. When your back is up 
against the wall you can only do one of two things — quit or fi ght like 
hell. When you fi ght like hell, hell takes a walk. I had demonstrated to 
myself I could win in tough circumstances. I had learned that to make 
money trading doesn ’ t require a whole lot of stuff. In fact, it was easier. 
I learned that the business doesn ’ t have to be like a special education 
kindergarten class. A committed soul can achieve anything. The experi-
ence became the turning point in my confi dence level. I never ques-
tion or second guess my trade conclusions today. I trust myself to do 
the right thing all the time. My mettle was tested. I know now that 
as long as there are markets I can profi t from them. It ’ s through the 
process of doing it right and winning that the inner reality can express 
itself. The result is the same — profi ts. 

c04.indd   63

c04.indd   63

8/6/08   9:09:14 PM

8/6/08   9:09:14 PM

background image

64 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 Being a trader means taking money out of the markets all the time. 

I needed fi repower to do it. Since I had none, I needed the public ’ s 
money to get there. I am eternally grateful to those clients who sent 
the cash during that critical time. They provided me a chance to see 
what I could really do. Their confi dence is part of the story. I ’ m sure if 
they really knew what I was up against on a personal level, they never 
would have done it. Would you? 

 The story doesn ’ t end there. The owner of this company was no 

different than any other. Because I had no real control over getting paid 
or maintaining my registration, this whole thing went under too. But it 
wasn ’ t because of my choices, my effort, or me — and not before I had 
proven to myself that I could remain a consistent winner both in the 
markets and in the business. I became bulletproof and would eventually 
remain a net winner.            

c04.indd   64

c04.indd   64

8/6/08   9:09:14 PM

8/6/08   9:09:14 PM

background image

65

Chapter       5    

The Meaning of Life 

 Existence Without  Limits       

      Ability has nothing to do with opportunity 

  — Napoleon Bonaparte   

 H

ow ’ s that for the title of this chapter? Notice how short this 
chapter is. It is so simple to me, and I hope I can communicate 
it to you. In a very basic sense that was what I found within 

the markets and the people who are involved in trading and supporting 
those markets. Have you read  God in the Pits  by Mark Ritchie? I didn ’ t 
fi nd God. I already knew who He was. I think I found what God is trying 
to tell everyone of us through this whole experience. I think those who 
only view the markets as simply a fi nancial pursuit are missing what it is 
really all about. Let me provide you some details. 

c05.indd   65

c05.indd   65

8/6/08   9:45:46 PM

8/6/08   9:45:46 PM

background image

66 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 When I was young I knew something was different about me. 

I came to know that  

“ different ”  means  

“ unique in a personal way. 

”  

What I didn ’ t know is that each of us is that way. We are all unique 
in some way. Therefore, we are all equal in some respects. We all have 
strengths and weaknesses that express themselves (sometimes without 
our knowledge). When I was younger I paid lip service to this idea. 
Because of the hell I put myself through, I came to learn what that 
really meant. When I said  

“ different, ”  what I discovered during my 

formative years when comparing myself to others (which I don ’ t do as 
much anymore except to fi nd a similarity) was  “ You are all the same. 
I am superior to you. ”  I believed this for good reason. Don ’ t mistake 
what I tell you next as an attempt to infl ate my own ego in any way. I 
have come to see my strengths as really a weakness if I am not careful. 
If you put together six months or more of 100 percent winning trades 
you could easily get cocky and miss something that leads to a loss. My 
self - image and self - concept doesn ’ t rely on my gifts anymore. I didn ’ t 
create these advantages. I was only entrusted with them. How could 
I take credit for them? If someone else doesn ’ t have these gifts, they 
will have something that I wish I had. I don ’ t view that person as lesser 
because he or she lacks something that I have, or better because he or 
she has something I don ’ t. I see it as completely different now. Anyway, 
let me show you my starting point: 

 I was a gifted child. Anything I touched would work out the way I 

wanted it to. I was always in the “smart” class at school. I was given spe-
cial work to do to keep me from being a problem with the other “smart” 
kids. I would understand things very fast. I was reading at the college 
level in fourth grade. Sometimes the teacher would give me a task that 
even  he  thought was very complicated, certainly way beyond me. I would 
do whatever it was so fast they (the teachers) all thought I had cheated 
or somehow already knew the answers. I was always taking I.Q. tests or 
perception tests. Inkblots were my favorite. (Boy, I made  

their  heads 

spin.) I was always frustrating people, which I secretly found very funny.  
(“You’re just jealous.” )

 Once my high school geometry instructor really tried to put one 

over on me by giving me a problem to do. He said,  “ Here ’ s a problem 
for you. I want you to write a proof for the trisection of an angle. Use 
any angle you want. Have it for me by Friday. ”  I said,  “ No problem. ”  I went 

c05.indd   66

c05.indd   66

8/6/08   9:45:47 PM

8/6/08   9:45:47 PM

background image

 

The Meaning of Life 

67

to work and by Friday I turned in my proof. He didn ’ t tell me that 
trisecting any angle was one of the  “ impossible ”  problems in classical 
geometry. We  weren ’ t that far along in class. In classical geometry you 
were not allowed to use any other tools except a compass and a straight 
edge, and you were not allowed to mark the straight edge in any way. 
Every theorem or postulate used in your proof had to be a proven theo-
rem or postulate based solely on the intrinsic fact of some mathematical 
reality (2 + 2 = 4  always ) or some geometric reality (an endpoint of a 
line can never be anything else but an endpoint because that is what an 
endpoint is). After my teacher read my proof — and had his friend, the 
head of the mathematics department at a university review it — he told 
me that was the closest anyone had come in the past 2,000 years. I had 
done this in  three days . It wasn ’ t completely provable for some reason 
that I had missed, but the fact was my basic train of thought was there. 

 I even built a successful liquid - fueled rocket engine for a science 

project completely from scratch. At 12 years old, by reading books, I 
had done something on my own that the best engineers at Rockwell 
International, Martin Marietta, or NASA had millions of dollars to do. 
I did it basically as well as they could. No wonder the Air Force wanted 
me. I was also a MENSA member for a period of time, although I quit 
when I discovered the so - called smartest people indulged themselves in 
the most deluded fantasies you could imagine. I could go on, but you 
get the point. 

 I went to a Midwestern college and studied music. When I got fed 

up with university life, I entered the business world. I was always the 
only guy they ever hired who didn ’ t have an  “ education. ”  That  didn ’ t 
matter. I would produce some degree of success, get bored, and move 
on. I interviewed really well. I got so good at it the person doing the 
interview would always have me meet  “ the boss, ”  who just naturally 
liked my  “ enthusiasm ”  or whatever, and I would usually get the job. 
No matter where I went things would happen. What I didn ’ t discover 
until later is that when anyone begins to do something well, but has 
only been there a month or two, people gravitate to see  “ what they are 
doing. ”  They want that success for themselves. The small - minded ones 
see you as a threat (that ’ s a different issue). When  “ the boss ”  notices 
what you are doing he puts you in line for a promotion or something. 
Or even offers you a job with him.  “ Always looking for good people, 

c05.indd   67

c05.indd   67

8/6/08   9:45:48 PM

8/6/08   9:45:48 PM

background image

68 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

you know? ”  You can fi nd yourself getting somewhere with very little 
 “ real ”  performance behind you. Especially if you have a reputation or 
your r é sum é  says  “ Air Force Academy Appointee. ”  

 This happens in the markets all the time. Just look at all the reg-

istered CTAs who do okay with  $ 30,000 for six months, publish their 
 “ track record, ”  have some brokerage house raise a million or two for 
them, and proceed to blow up in the next six months. Looking back, 
much of my initial success had very little real effort to it. At the time 
I  thought  it did; but in reality I was constantly being noticed or work-
ing closely with others who thought exactly like I did. They were all 
 “ whiz kids ”  in some form or another, and wanted other  “ whiz kids ”  
around them. We were all working in the same environment that valued 
that particular train of expression. We were all working on everything 
together and eventually, between all our skills and talents, we would 
produce a profi t in some fashion for ourselves or someone else. We were 
all entrepreneurs working with other entrepreneurs. As time went on 
and I would move around from one idea to another, or some project 
to another, my list of successes would grow. People who had  

“ jobs ”  

would constantly say things like:  “ Wow, you did that? ”  or  “ You mean 
you can actually make money selling soap? 

”  (I was in AmWay for 

awhile.) The natural thing for me was  “ success. ”  It had never been any 
other way for me, in anything I have ever tried to do. I just thought I 
would always be in that frame of reference. Can you see how it would 
be easy to expect that to be the case? 

 As I said in the beginning chapters, the trading environment is 

 nothing  like that world. The people in the markets are  nothing  like that. 
The fact I had to learn was that  my giftedness made no difference here . It 
was actually a  hindrance. I won ’ t spend time rehashing how I came to 
discover this. 

 Here is the end result: I came to understand that the ability to 

 unlearn  everything you know, or have learned, or you think is impor-
tant, is the only skill you need to start the process of trading success. 
The horror of giving up everything you know is what most people 
don ’ t really want to face. I didn ’ t want to believe it either. I ran from 
that. I had to fi nally accept, after I couldn ’ t run from it anymore, that 
what I thought was so important about my very nature, that which was 
the only skill I knew led to other skills was the real reason behind my 

c05.indd   68

c05.indd   68

8/6/08   9:45:48 PM

8/6/08   9:45:48 PM

background image

 

The Meaning of Life 

69

past failure in the markets. How could this be true? What does it mean 
to  “ unlearn ” ? I had to fi nd a pathway to that knowledge. 

 I started the process of fi nding it with a simple question. It went 

something like this: How does a point of view come to exist in confl ict 
with another and both are  equally valid ? 

 What is it about each point of view that makes each valid in its 

own right? What is the nature of either that puts it in confl ict  with 
the other? This was the key question for me:   How is this confl ict 
resolved? 

 Now I want you to bear in mind that these questions for me are 

not philosophical. I was being entirely practical. I started to look at 
every confl ict I ever saw as an opportunity to ask these questions. What 
blew my mind was that  this  is really the state of everyone ’ s existence 
at every moment of every day and most of them never realize this. Some 
people will think I ’ m completely off my rocker when I say this, but it 
really is the truth. It can be this simple: If you are driving somewhere 
and someone is driving slower than you are, and it ’ s a one - lane road, this 
 confl icting  relationship  exists. You want to get where you are going faster 
than someone else wants to get where they are going. He wants the 
same thing but differently than you do. How is this confl ict  resolved? 
Either he speeds up to validate your point of view, or you slow down to 
validate his point of view.  Or something else completely . 

 To draw in a little of  “ the markets ”  at this point, both of you want 

the same thing — a profi t — but are approaching that from two points of 
view. One of you is  “ long ”  and the other is  “ short. ”  Neither one of you 
will get where you are going without this confl ict fi nding a resolution. 
Maybe this  “ idiot ”  will get off the road. Maybe this  “ moron ”  will stop 
tailgating me. Do you see what I mean? Both points of view are equally 
valid for either person. Both points of view are seeking a resolution as 
long as both points of view are held by either person. It doesn ’ t mat-
ter who resolves the confl ict fi rst. If the guy in front speeds up, he must 
share the other ’ s point of view. If the guy in back slows down, his point 
of view must become like the guy in front. Both have a right to use the 
road for his own purpose, but at that exact moment one or the other 
must  change  his point of view or the end result will be an accident that 
neither wants. 

 Who ’ s fi rst? 

c05.indd   69

c05.indd   69

8/6/08   9:45:48 PM

8/6/08   9:45:48 PM

background image

70 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 The point I want you to see is that from that moment on my entire 

life and everything in it became a study in how confl ict develops and 
how it is resolved. Suppose I go to a restaurant and the waiter is “too 
slow” — from whose point of view? Suppose the waiter is “too fast” —
 again, from whose point of view? If I look at it from the waiter ’ s point 
of view, what is that? Some lazy actor wannabe or someone who is 
overworked? Someone who is late for a date or someone who desires 
to give good service? How would I know unless I asked? The amazing 
thing, and if you aren ’ t careful you will miss the key to success with 
all this, is there would be no confl ict at all if I hadn ’ t formed an expec-
tation of how fast a waiter  should  be in the fi rst place. 

 The overriding element here is that when  any confl ict  would hap-

pen anywhere, I would ask about the other person ’ s point of view. In 
so doing I would discover more about the nature of people and how 
they come to see reality. It didn ’ t matter if I thought their view on 
reality was completely insane; it was actually the point of view I had to 
contend with. My gifted ability was never the question. It never helped 
a bit. It made no difference to the nature of the confl ict either way. 

 I ’ ll tell you one story that had its end result the same way no mat-

ter what I would have believed, or could have hoped for, and it never 
could have been any other way under any circumstances. I was on a 
business trip in New York. I had just fi nished a great dinner at Smith 
 &  Wollensky ’ s in Manhattan with some associates. It was a good walk 
back to the hotel. Everyone else took a cab back, but I had never been 
in New York before and wanted to see a little of it. I convinced my 
partner to walk with me. No sooner had the cab driven away, and we 
had walked half a block or so, when that most clich é d New York tour-
ist tragicomedy happened: We were mugged. 

 This particular mugger was very good at  “ making ”  us as out - of -

 towners. He stepped out of the shadows and said something like,  “ Put 
 ‘ em up, tourists. ”  There we were at gunpoint, a. 38 caliber. Ironically, it 
was a Saturday night. I said to my partner (who had a camera with him), 
 “ Wow, it ’ s one of those famous New York muggers. Get a picture of me 
with this guy, will you? ”  I swear that ’ s what I said. It just came out; I was 
in a good mood.  “ I ’ m not kidding, funny man, ”  the mugger said. He 
pointed the gun right at me and he was shaking it so bad I thought it 
would go off right there.  “ First time for both of us? ”  I asked the mugger 

c05.indd   70

c05.indd   70

8/6/08   9:45:49 PM

8/6/08   9:45:49 PM

background image

 

The Meaning of Life 

71

while I reached for my wallet. My partner gave him his wallet. He didn ’ t 
have to ask at that point.  “ You ’ re a regular riot, ”  he says.  “ Can ’ t wait till 
you ’ re on Broadway. ”  And that was it. Back at the hotel it was the topic 
of conversation for days. The bellboy actually said,  “ Welcome to New 
York. ”  The point is that no matter what I thought the guy was getting 
my money. End of story. The confl ict created was going to be resolved 
 his  way. The rest was just how I chose to look at it. 

 I ’ m not trying to oversimplify or draw any esoteric conclusions 

about the markets from all of this. What I ’ m trying to say is that at 
every moment of every day we are constantly bombarded with con-
fl ict in many forms and levels of complexity. It ’ s all around us. We can 
choose to consider its nature and effect on us or ignore it completely. 
We can choose to attach any meaning we want to anything that is 
going on around us — or in us. From that meaning we form conclu-
sions about the nature of reality as we see it. In the case of the mugger, 
everyone who comes to New York to visit is a source of income. To 
someone else he is a nuisance or dangerous. To the police department 
he is what creates their jobs. To other muggers he is competition. To a 
priest he is  “ the reason Christ died. ”  To the activist he is a confi rmation of 
what activism is hoping to change. It goes on and on. But the reality 
of any of this for me is simply an act of confl ict that taught me more 
about the nature of reality and to adapt to it. By  “ adapt ”  I mean not 
walking anywhere in New York if I don ’ t have to. 

 All of our actions have their basis in our perception of reality and 

how we have chosen to adapt to it. If you don ’ t want your water turned 
off, pay the bill. So why do people get their water turned off 

 

? When 

they have the  $ 20, they spend it some other way that for them has 
become some kind of priority for some reason of their own. The con-
fl ict is resolved one way or the other. If you don ’ t want that confl ict, go 
without water in the fi rst place. That will create a whole different set of 
potential confl icts. That doesn ’ t matter to the reality the water depart-
ment feels compelled to operate under for reasons of its own. 

 When I considered that any number of realities could coexist, and 

that all had value, I was in a position to see things that I never could 
before. It broke down the barriers between my own reality and every-
one else ’ s. It opened up a whole different set of possibilities that were 
not there before. In doing so I came to understand my fellow man and 

c05.indd   71

c05.indd   71

8/6/08   9:45:49 PM

8/6/08   9:45:49 PM

background image

72 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

what matters to him. He could show me something that I had never 
considered. I could offer possibilities to him he couldn ’ t see for himself. 
Can you see where this would create friendships that were not possible 
before? How about opportunities for individual experiences that were 
not possible before? The list is endless. 

 Here ’ s an example: I was on the beach here in Chicago one week-

end. There was a very attractive woman there with two male friends. 
One woman, two men. Either they are all friends, or she is dating one 
of them, or something else. I watched for a while; I couldn ’ t hear what 
they were saying. Every now and then their fi eld of view would cross 
mine. I just watched. Eventually, I had to know what was happening, if 
anything was happening. Stop for a minute and ask yourself what you 
are thinking so far and why. Speculate on what I was thinking. Speculate 
on what they were thinking. Take a minute and do that before I tell you 
what was actually happening. Done that? You ready? 

 They were part of a fi lm crew shooting a movie in town. They 

were all married (no chance with the woman). They were on their day 
off. They had a call for extras and needed someone about my height 
and complexion. The only reason they mentioned this to me was 
because I walked over and said hello. They weren ’ t going to  “ bother ”  
me. Would I like to be in the movies? She thought it was  

“ sweet. ”  

I thought she was attractive. They didn ’ t know where to go for dinner, 
could I suggest a place? How about I take all four of us out? The next 
day, I meet a famous actor. I meet a famous Hollywood director. I ask 
about what kind of reality they are trying to create. They tell me. Try 
this. It works. I contribute to a big movie. Just for fun. Never got paid a 
dime. Didn ’ t want one. 

 This would never have happened if my thinking had been some-

thing like,  “ That person is too involved with her boyfriend(s) to be 
interested. ”      “ I ’ ll just sit here 

”  and create no confl ict. Interested in 

what? My infl ated ego? I ’ m trying to get laid? Would anyone care at 
all what I think? How would I know unless I asked? I simply placed 
no boundaries on any or every possibility and said,  “ Hello, you are 
a very attractive woman. Are you three together in some way? Am 
I intruding? ”  I didn ’ t know if she or any of them would say  “ buzz 
off  ”  or what they would do. I simply observed that something was 

c05.indd   72

c05.indd   72

8/6/08   9:45:50 PM

8/6/08   9:45:50 PM

background image

 

The Meaning of Life 

73

 happening that I knew meant if I went over to meet them I would 
cause confl ict with whatever it was. How that confl ict would be 
resolved, and what that would show me about my  perception  of what 
I  desired , was what concerned me. That I hoped to meet an attractive 
single woman was only my perception. What I  discovered  was a com-
pletely different set of realities that never entered my mind. How 
many people would say something like this,  “ Boy, you are so lucky. ”   
  “ I would love to do something like that. ”     “ That kind of thing never 
happens to me. ”  Of course it does, but your perception of what  could  
happen doesn ’ t allow for it. 

 You probably sat next to that director on the bus one day, but 

because he stepped on your toes trying to sit down next to you, he was 
an  “ idiot. ”  Therefore, your reality was what it was  of your own choosing  
instead of some wonderful possibility of what it could be  of your own 
choosing
 . 

 The possibilities are endless. By changing my point of view to 

include everyone and everything, I became simply a mirror to oth-
ers and their reality. Everything became possible because nothing 
was impossible. The quality of life that can create is simply incredible. 
Borrow someone ’ s Lear jet for the weekend, have Wolfgang Puck cook 
you dinner in your home, drive Mario Andretti ’ s Lotus, and the like. 
By seeing others as distinct and unique expressions of some heretofore 
unknown reality, I was able to fi nd all those people, experiences, and 
unobtainable knowledge that we are all looking for because it is within 
them in the fi rst place. To see the true unalterable reality that surrounds 
us, you have to see that reality in little bits and pieces through the eyes 
of all of us who create it. 

 So what am I saying? I have found God? No. I wasn ’ t looking for 

him. I did fi nd that His whole grand experiment is a playground that I 
can participate on at any level I choose. 

 Because I can create reality anyway I choose, I decided to let eve-

ryone else show me what they think it is and then be a part of that as 
a participant, without forming any reality on my own to compare it 
with. Therefore all realities are mine, all possibilities are mine, and that 
can be anything. I walk the whole of life and anything it can offer you 
is already mine. I am the razor ’ s edge. 

c05.indd   73

c05.indd   73

8/6/08   9:45:50 PM

8/6/08   9:45:50 PM

background image

74 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 I know what you are thinking.  What does this have to do with trading?  

It has everything to do with trading. Let me postulate for you:

   1.   Everybody Wants the Same Thing 

from the Markets 

They want profi ts. They bring their cash to the table and play. They 
watch prices move. That movement means something to them. To one 
person it means one thing, to someone else it means something else —
 herein lies the potential for confl ict.  

2. Potential for Confl ict   

  They look at the market in question and have to do something in 
order for that market to pay them. They have one of two choices (actu-
ally three, but I won ’ t go into  “ staying out ”  as a profi t — you wouldn ’ t 
understand that yet). They can buy or sell. They make that choice. It 
makes no difference how they came to that conclusion or what they 
told themselves to justify their action. They did something and that 
something was done — this is creating confl ict.  

3. Creating Confl ict   

  The markets move for or against the position chosen by the executed 
trade. This is the same for either position. Only one of those positions 
can be profi table in any case.  

4. Your Reality of the Situation is in Confl ict 

with Someone Else ’ s   

    This reality is either a profi t or loss to you personally. Only one thing 
can happen at this point as prices continue to move. Either someone 
else must accept that your reality is being validated, or you must vali-
date someone else ’ s reality. How long this takes is not an issue. 

c05.indd   74

c05.indd   74

8/6/08   9:45:50 PM

8/6/08   9:45:50 PM

background image

 

The Meaning of Life 

75

5.  The Confl ict Must be Resolved   

    Either you give up your position to someone else or he gives up his 
position to you. Because both of you chose to enter the confl ict based 
on how you personally chose to view the reality of your entry price, 
the fact is only one of you has the profi t.  

6. The  Confl ict is Resolved     

Now start at the top again 

— until you are rich or broke, or 

somewhere in between and you take your ball and go home.

 

 Whoever has the loss must pay the winner. It is too late to discover 
why or how that happened. No amount of anything you could do can 
help. Your fate was sealed when you made the trade. The profi t or loss 
was created at that moment. It was only a matter of time until one 
or the other would ever walk away from the confl ict with the profi t 
and the other with the loss. You both accepted this when you got in, 
whether you knew it or not. The bill is due to one of you and the bill 
is paid by the other. Nothing can change that. The markets will never 
be any other way. 

 That is all there is to the markets. Period. End of story. Whether 

you choose to accept this or not. Whether you choose to believe it 
or not. If you have been paying attention to what I am getting at, 
this next bit will begin to make perfect sense. Because the reality of 
the market fi nds its expression, moment to moment, as a price that 
means something different to everyone, then it follows as soon as some-
one chooses to do something — at any price — the reality of the person 
involved and the market having  “ agreed ”  in some fashion. Someone 
else thought it  “ agreed ”  with their point of view as well, but for dif-
ferent and completely opposite reasons. Because it is intrinsically 
impossible for both to be right from that moment on forever (please 
ignore the market  “ coming back ”  for right now, please), it also follows 
that one of you must not understand enough about what the market 
can only do from that point. It doesn ’ t matter which one it is because 
only one thing can happen: The market is going to disagree with one 
of you. 

c05.indd   75

c05.indd   75

8/6/08   9:45:50 PM

8/6/08   9:45:50 PM

background image

76 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 Only one of you can be right in either case. Since you apparently 

think the winner will be you, what has led you to believe this? 

 That  “ what leads me to believe it ”  thing, whatever it is, that little 

something is why you lose. Ask yourself exactly what that little some-
thing is. Critically examine your thoughts and be brutally honest about 
what it is. Anything else will cause you to remain the loser, forever. Here 
is the point you eventually need to get to. This is where I choose to 
remain every day. I don ’ t care what has to happen to remain in this place. 
The place you need to be is:  “ Who is the loser? I want to be the win-
ner! ”     That is the only place to execute . You execute knowing it will be you 
because you know it can ’ t be him. Otherwise, why would you let him 
have your money?  The Art of the Trade  is about understanding how the 
loser thinks so thoroughly that when he says,  “ Here is my money, would 
you like it? ”   Your answer is,  “ Yes. ”  Anything else results in him eating you. 
Why give him the chance? It doesn ’ t matter why or how he concluded 
he wants to give you his money. He decided he wanted to. Unless you 
are a bigger idiot than he is, you should take it.  The Art of the Trade  is the 
process of discovering this and doing it so well you are the traded high 
for the day and the traded low for the day. When you execute, the mar-
ket ’ s next trade is your way, and it  never  trades there again until maybe 
after you liquidated at some point. It means discovering what the totality 
of a crowd ’ s thinking  “ looks like ”  if it were a picture (which it is if you 
choose to look at a chart). 

 In my personal odyssey through this amazing activity, one thing 

became abundantly clear to me. By understanding how the vast major-
ity of people really think when they create reality, or the tools they use 
to do it with, I found that most people do basically the same thing 
the same way most of the time. I ’ m not talking about interpreting price 
action, I mean how they arrive at conclusions. Once you reach that 
conclusion, you act on it. The thinking goes something like this: “I want 
something. How do I get it? I should do such and such (it doesn ’ t mat-
ter what it is, the  should  part is the important thing). Where is my thing 
I want now? — that is, expectation of results. Here it is or isn ’ t.” This 
whole process goes on  within  the current belief structure of the person 
in question. If they get what they want, they conclude it can only be 
because of the  “ should be doing ”  part, not from anything else that is 
possible. It is only when they don ’ t get what they want that they are 

c05.indd   76

c05.indd   76

8/6/08   9:45:51 PM

8/6/08   9:45:51 PM

background image

 

The Meaning of Life 

77

willing to accept the possibility that their belief structure must change. 
Here ’ s the really important thing: For most people, when they change their 
belief structure, they retain the same expectation of results. This comes 
out as  “ more of the same, ”  but for different reasons. 

 What I learned from watching others ’  behavior, as it relates to what 

they believe, while holding to the same point of view on their expecta-
tion of results, is really enlightening. 

 Some things totally defy reason. I could write a whole book on 

the things I have seen. I ’ ll give you just one basic example: Why do 
some women get married and then divorce, then get married again and 
divorce again, sometimes fi ve or six times in a lifetime? I studied these 
females. They believe that a successful marriage is a question of fi nding 
the right person. They have an  expectation  of who that person is already. 
It never enters their mind that it might be a question of  being  the right 
person for someone else. Or that what makes a satisfying marriage is 
something completely different than what they think it is. This expec-
tation comes out as:  “ This is not the right person for me, ”  when the 
reality is something completely different. They can believe anything, 
and often do change what they believe — their  “ should be doing to get 
what I want ”  part. They call this  “ growing. ”  But they are still seeing all 
of it through the lens of their  expectations . Since they can ’ t see that their 
expectation is causing the problem (How could they? They aren ’ t con-
sidering the possibility that the expectation is the problem!), they keep 
marrying the  “ wrong ”  person (from their point of view), when the fact 
is any person would create the same confl ict. Sooner or later everyone is 
someone you didn ’ t expect, especially if the expectation keeps chang-
ing slightly (which is another thing they do). When the confl ict  isn ’ t 
resolved, from the point of view of their expectation, they conclude 
they made a  “ mistake. ”  Rather than ask,  “ What is the true nature of this 
confl ict? ”  They  ask,  “ What am I doing wrong? ”  

 Do you see what I ’ m getting at? This applies everywhere: the drunk 

who can ’ t stay sober, the person who can ’ t get ahead in his bills,  the guy who 
can ’ t make money in the markets
 , the guy who is always in a fi ght, all kinds 
of things. 

 It specifi cally comes out in the markets this way: Since I ’ m constantly 

losing, I should do something to improve my approach. I don ’ t know 
enough about   _______ (fi ll in the blank). ”  

c05.indd   77

c05.indd   77

8/6/08   9:45:51 PM

8/6/08   9:45:51 PM

background image

78 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 I ’ ll give you a few; moving averages, retracements, point and  fi gures, 

W. D. Gann, parabolics, pattern recognition, RSI, stochastics, Elliot Wave, 
how the pit works, the news, the fundamentals, the bonds, the beans, 
and so on. When the loser says,  “ I don ’ t know enough about _______  , ”  
what he is  really  saying is,  “ I expect that to make a difference. ”  It doesn ’ t 
cross the loser ’ s mind that this expectation is still inside a structure of 
beliefs that the market doesn ’ t function under in the fi rst place. Hence, 
he will always lose. More of the same. If he makes a winning trade he 
will conclude it was  because  of the  “ should be doing ”  part. Therefore, 
he will be more convinced of its validity. In any case, the markets don ’ t 
work that way. He has concluded they  “ must. ”  

 You want to learn so much about that loser ’ s thinking that you 

can spot him a mile away. The best place is in your own backyard. 
Study your own thinking because right now it is identical to his. By 
studying your own thinking, you will see how the other person thinks, 
but from a new point of view. Once you know how that thinking (the 
loser thinking) leads to losses, you can begin to see how to exploit that 
for potential profi ts. The unexpected bonus I discovered is that when 
you do that, the entire world opens up to you in ways you can ’ t pos-
sibly imagine until you do. It makes trading look like a case of the clap. 
That is the meaning of life. Discovering the nature of reality, not 
yours —  the real one . Then  “ getting in play ”  when you do. That ’ s it. For 
me it ’ s that simple. It can be anything. Which means it is everything. It 
would be the same for you. 

 Man, what a wild ride.         

   

c05.indd   78

c05.indd   78

8/6/08   9:45:51 PM

8/6/08   9:45:51 PM

background image

79

Chapter       6

 

   The Trading  Police 

 Killing Opportunity through Poor Execution       

      Beware lest you lose the substance by grasping at the shadow. 

  — Aesop   

 W

e live in a dangerous world. It is dangerous for us who live 
here because that is the nature of reality as it was created. 
It is also dangerous because we, meaning enough of us, 

have chosen to make certain distinctions about this nature of reality. 
We have chosen to protect ourselves as much as possible and have taken 
certain actions to do so. Once those actions have been taken, we will fi nd 
ourselves in confl ict with the nature of reality and because, by virtue of 
 its  nature,  it  was the not the initiator of this confl ict, we will always be 
subject to  its  will anytime we attempt to impose  our  will on it. 

c06.indd   79

c06.indd   79

8/6/08   9:46:08 PM

8/6/08   9:46:08 PM

background image

80 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 What does this mean? It means the more we legislate, the more we 

suffer. It means the more we attempt to protect ourselves, the more 
we will fi nd ourselves unable to protect ourselves. By creating confl ict, 
that confl ict is seeking a resolution by the very nature of the two wills 
in opposition. It will never be any other way until God himself chooses 
to create something else as the nature of reality. Until that happens we 
are continually going to be in a contest of wills of our own choos-
ing unless we as a group decide to do otherwise. Because this group is 
made up of individual wills this is intrinsically impossible unless every 
one of us chooses to stop the confl ict. As long as one person chooses to 
keep the confl ict in play, it is not possible. This is why  “ history repeats 
itself, ”  why there is  “ good ”  and  “ evil, ”  why there is  “ right ”  and  “ wrong, ”  
and why there will always be  “ long ”  and  “ short. ”  

 Some enlightened people have come to understand this. The only 

person who could understand this completely is the individual who 
created the  “ rules ”  of play in the fi rst place. Since He made it, He must 
have formed distinctions for Himself as to why it was made this way 
and why there would be a reason to do so. He, whoever He was, gave us 
this same ability. That is why we are called  “ sons of God ”  by enlightened 
individuals, and why the currently unenlightened individuals in the ini-
tiating confl ict group feel there is something  “ out there ”  or  “ there is 
something I think is spiritual ”  or  “ something isn ’ t right ”  or  “ it shouldn ’ t 
be this way ”  or any number of little ways of saying the same thing. No 
matter how you want to slice it, the very nature of this thinking betrays 
why this is so and will never be any other way. 

 If you make any distinction such as  “ right ”  or  “ wrong, ”  there must 

have been something behind, and above, that distinction which you 
made a comparison to. That something is beyond the issue in question 
because you cannot make any distinction without a standard of com-
parison that must, by defi nition, be neither. What is that something? 
It doesn ’ t matter how you choose to defi ne what it is. You came to 
the conclusion that some confl ict (that you had a part in) is seeking 
to be resolved and the standard of comparison is known but unreal-
ized to you. Or you are confused about its true nature. Everyone has 
this  ability but always chooses to place its fi nal outcome within the 
perspective of an intended result. This is why two individuals can be 
so sure they are  “ right ”  about someone or something and the other 

c06.indd   80

c06.indd   80

8/6/08   9:46:09 PM

8/6/08   9:46:09 PM

background image

 The 

Trading 

Police 

81

is  “ wrong. ”  Nobody in that particular confl ict is asking if it just  “ is. ”  
Since all  governments are made up of more than one person, the inher-
ent nature of all government is to perpetuate this confl ict, and it has no 
choice in doing so until everyone in that government (or under its con-
trol) decides to change. That is why the history of mankind is largely a 
history of perpetual confl ict from two opposing points of view — every 
war, every economic collapse, every confl ict between church and state; 
all of it. This is also why the absolute best form of government is the 
 “ enlightened monarch, ”  one individual who understands this concept 
and can  “ legislate ”  from this point of view only, never his own. All  “ leg-
islation ”  he would then enact would always be in the best position to 
both enlighten his subjects and reduce or eliminate this confl ict within 
his kingdom. This is also why all spiritual texts in any form all refer to 
some distant point in time where there will be  “ peace on earth under 
God. ”   That is because His  “ messenger ”  will be the  “ instigator ”  of this 
and He will be  “ king on earth. ”  God has tried to do this more than once. 
It is  we  who have the problem. 

 This is also why all  “ good ”  monarchs are overthrown. (Hey, he is 

doing such and such I don ’ t like!) All spiritual leaders are assassinated. 
(He ’ s  “ wrong ”  about God!) All  “ good ”  politicians are voted out. (He ’ s 
taking  away my  “ rights. ” ) A  “ new ”  point of view takes over and the 
whole cycle repeats itself until we kill each other. 

 What does this have to do with trading? I ’ ll get to that. This chapter 

is about how regulators contribute to the process of making all of this 
harder for us. Once this is clear to you, you might be able to see it 
from the  “ higher ”  point of view. This will put you in a better position 
to profi t from their actions, once you know what their intentions are, 
and how it can ’ t possibly coexist with what  “ real traders ”  think because 
you can ’ t trade consistently for profi ts unless you see it differently from 
everybody else. Regulators are in the  “ everybody else ”  group. 

 Let me show you how the whole process starts. The regulators are 

part of government. In our particular government, we have come to 
interpret the rules to mean  “ everybody is equal, ”  and we all have  “ equal 
rights. ”  In reality, all governments attempt to minimize  “ inequality. ”  It ’ s 
just how they view this weeks  “ fl avor ”  of inequality that concerns us. 
The framers of the U.S. Constitution were, for the most part, enlight-
ened people. They meant to make their intentions so clear it would 

c06.indd   81

c06.indd   81

8/6/08   9:46:09 PM

8/6/08   9:46:09 PM

background image

82 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

be impossible to reinterpret them from any other point of view. They 
knew that certain points of view would help the process of rediscov-
ering what the basic idea was on to. They hoped to make all points of 
view  congruent  with the basic idea in some form that the  two opposing  
points of view would then see the others and an effective compromise 
for all would be reached. They knew that the government itself would 
be part of the problem, so they attempted to put the government in a 
position where it could never infl uence this process of fi nding congru-
ency. The whole thing is not new. Just read Plato ’ s  Republic  for the start-
ing point, and the rest of history (if you have time), to see the endpoint 
the way Jefferson, Franklin, Hamilton, and the others tried to fi nd it. The 
result was the best attempt in history, but the inevitable is the inevitable. 

 What Jefferson and the rest meant when they said  

“ all men are 

equal ”  was that all men have the same basic nature subject to their 
creator. They  assumed that everybody would basically know what that 
meant. Today, we have come to see those words as  “ I have the same 
rights as you. You can ’ t tell me what to do. ”  Today, we interpret  “ Life, 
Liberty, and the pursuit of Happiness ”  to mean  “ I can have anything 
I want. If I don ’ t, it is somebody else ’ s fault. ”  Our government now 
fi nds itself in the business of protecting everybody ’ s  “ rights ”  and, there-
fore, it spends most of its time creating new and fascinating confl icts 
between the most ridiculous points of view as to  

“ rights ”  that you 

could think of. For example, employment  “ rights ”  have escalated to the 
point where employers are impeded from dismissing a poor performer 
if that performer can claim some type of  “ discrimination. ”  In trying to 
protect the  “ rights ”  of certain aggrieved groups to a job, the govern-
ment has diminished the rights of employers to fairly and effectively 
manage their workforce. Another example is the  

“ right ”  of a child 

to an education. Sure, it ’ s great that we have a public school system 
open to all. The problem is too many public schools are ineffective and 
downright dangerous. If a well - meaning, loving, and intelligent parent 
elects to home school their child, the parent vey well may run afoul 
of local authorities. The rights of the child — as understood by govern-
ment — trump the rights of the parent. In regard to guns, we have come 
to interpret,  “ The right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not 
be infringed ”  to mean  “ Only certain kinds of weapons can be owned 
by the public. Guns are dangerous in the fi rst  place. ”  Did you know 

c06.indd   82

c06.indd   82

8/6/08   9:46:09 PM

8/6/08   9:46:09 PM

background image

 The 

Trading 

Police 

83

that many parts of the Brady Bill were actually taken from a 1936 Nazi 
 legislation that removed guns from the public? Hitler and the Nazis were 
elected.
 If no one shoots back at you, how easy is it for any  government 
to take complete control of everything? 

 Let ’ s talk about taxes. In all of recorded history, there has never been 

a country as wealthy as the United States. Every year the total amount 
of taxes raised in this country, in all their many forms, is larger than the 
gross domestic product of some nations. I read somewhere that the total 
taxes paid on a pack of cigarettes every year is bigger than the net worth of 
Costa Rica. The U.S. borrows more money than any country in recorded 
history. With all this cash fl owing into the U.S. Treasury, every single fi scal 
year this country  still  cannot operate at a surplus on behalf of its citizens. 
Where is this confl ict developing? Well, for starters, in this country if you 
are  “ disadvantaged ”  (whatever that means), you have the  “ right ”  to a home 
at the taxpayers ’  expense, income at the taxpayers ’  expense, and medical/
health benefi ts at the taxpayers ’  expense. If you have children, the taxpayers 
pay for them too. 

 Some enlightened people have seen this confl ict for centuries. The 

code of Hammurabi, the Torah, the Koran, the Tao Te Ching, the words 
of Buddha, Zoroaster, Confucius, Jesus, Moses, Solomon, Alexander the 
Great, Plato, Aristotle, Cleopatra, and others all, in some form or another, 
basically say,  “ If you don ’ t work, you don ’ t eat. ”  End of story. How come 
we still have this confl ict? The citizens of this nation have so fully con-
vinced the government that certain  “ rights ”  exist that we are being bled 
dry so that everyone can be  “ equal ”  when in reality we are not  “ equal ;”  
we are confused about reality in the fi rst place. I ’ m not saying it is  “ bad ”  
to spread the wealth around, I ’ m saying  “ where do you draw the line? ”  
As soon as someone says,  “ NO, the line is drawn  here , ”  someone else says, 
 “ You don ’ t have the right to do that. ”  People in this country don ’ t want 
to take responsibility for themselves; they want someone else to  “ recog-
nize ”  their  “ rights. ”  The end result is that hundreds of billions of dollars 
are simply wasted and the problems get worse. No place in the world is 
richer and at the same time no place in the world is falling apart at the 
social seams faster than the United States. 

 I could go on but I don ’ t want my right of free speech taken away. 

The point I ’ m making is that the intention of any law is eventually 
turned into a state of confl ict that must be subject to some other law. 

c06.indd   83

c06.indd   83

8/6/08   9:46:10 PM

8/6/08   9:46:10 PM

background image

84 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

The interpretation between the two creates more confl ict subject to 
a new interpretation, subject to new laws, subject to new interpreta-
tions, subject to new laws again, until all our heads are spinning, and 
someone decides to start over. That ’ s called a  revolution . That will hap-
pen here again sooner or later, in some form or another. I hope I never 
live to see it. 

 Let me show you how this plays out in the markets by using a 

gaming illustration. Never assume I equate trading with gaming. 
Anyone who believes that is  completely  lost. Just take this book back 
for a refund if you think that is the case. Anyway, suppose a man went 
to a casino to play cards. Suppose he has read a book on card play. 
He sits down and loses all his money over a period of time. He can ’ t 
understand why because the book said  “ such and such and eventu-
ally you can win. ”  He must now form a conclusion. Either the book 
was lying, or the book was right, and he didn ’ t have enough money 
to fi nally win, or something else. His expectation was a perception 
that he could beat the house. If the expectation was strong enough, he 
might conclude that the house had cheated. It doesn ’ t cross his mind 
that the very nature of card play means that, to beat the house, you 
must play only at certain times with any systematic approach because 
any systematized approach cannot play forever. The approach of sys-
tematic card play is based on probability theory, and that theory fi nds 
its expression from an assumption of timelessness. If you could fl ip  a 
coin forever, you would get 50 percent heads and 50 percent tails. But 
you can ’ t fl ip a coin forever so that inequality shows up as either about 
52 percent heads or tails, or some ratio subject to random bell curve 
distribution depending on how long you fl ip the coin. This might 
have actually been explained in the book ( “ the markets are a zero -
 sum game ” ), but because the book formed whatever it concluded in 
the way it did, this person believed it would be that way when  he 
personally
  sat down and began to play at that  particular moment . When 
it wasn ’ t, he concluded from his point of view, based on his lens of 
expected results, that something was  “ wrong. ”   That couldn ’ t be him 
or the book, therefore, someone cheated. Since he wasn ’ t, that must be 
the house. He will now demand his money back if he is certain of this 
relationship enough to make that effort. In the markets it works out as 
arbitration or a lawsuit. 

c06.indd   84

c06.indd   84

8/6/08   9:46:10 PM

8/6/08   9:46:10 PM

background image

 The 

Trading 

Police 

85

 I won ’ t go into the whole idea about  “ fair play. ”  Suffi ce it to say 

that  if the casino was cheating, and if this was a certain fact, no one 
would play in that particular casino. They would go to a fair casino. 
Casinos know this, but they also know that since they are open 24 - hours, 
and card play is actually going on forever, and they know that any one 
individual can ’ t play forever, it is absolutely certain that they will take 
more money from people than they pay. You would be surprised how 
thin a casino ’ s margin is. That is why, when you are winning, they will 
do  everything  to reinforce the belief that you can win anytime you like. 
Why do you think they have limousines and Lear jets for the big 
players? Why do you think they comp them rooms at the hotel or 
give you free booze if you are at any table, even the smallest? If you 
take a lot of money from them, they really consider it a loan. That is 
why certain players get a limit on their play or can ’ t play at all. That 
is why it is always in the casino ’ s best interest to keep the games fair. 
If they cheat at all in any way, or you  think they do , they are out of 
business or you go to another casino. That is why they work so hard 
at showing you they are fair. Things like the dealers always showing 
their hands to you after they touch your chips. They won ’ t encourage 
you to take a card or infl uence your play. If they spot someone tak-
ing your chips when you are distracted, that guy goes to jail. If they 
didn ’ t do those things, they would be out of business. I ’ ve played in 
casinos all over the world. For the most part they are the fairest busi-
ness people you can fi nd. They really don ’ t have to  “ tip ”  the odds 
anymore than they already are in their favor. They just have to be there 
longer than you are. 

 In the markets it works like this: Because every trade is done in a 

pit, sooner or later, if someone in that pit is doing anything to tip his 
odds or not take responsibility, he can ’ t be a member of the club. If a 
pit trader has more than his fair share of out - trades, someone notices. 
If he refuses to own up to the responsibility of his side of those trades, 
no one trades with him. If he is  “ front running, ”  he is called on it. If he 
holds an order, he is called on it. If you can ’ t play nice, you can ’ t play 
at all. The markets police themselves. Even the huge FBI investigation, 
done under cover a few years back without the exchange ’ s knowledge 
(boy, did that make people mad), found only a handful of traders who 
could be considered  “ over the edge. ”  The FBI even admitted that the 

c06.indd   85

c06.indd   85

8/6/08   9:46:11 PM

8/6/08   9:46:11 PM

background image

86 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

integrity of most pit traders was beyond dispute. Most of the infractions 
were minor in nature and could have been simply from the fact that 
we all make mistakes or get overworked. Somebody somewhere cried 
 “ foul ”  loud enough to the right people and the government decided, 
since so many people had lost money (from their point of view), the 
markets were a  “ scam ”  and,  “ we ’ re gonna get to the bottom of this. ”  
What they discovered is what all the rest of us already know. The mar-
kets are one of the fairest places on earth for executing an order. You 
can ’ t cheat and be in this game. That ’ s why we have been here so long 
and the whole issue of fi nancial futures is a reality. The problem comes 
in when the public gets involved because they don ’ t know the rules 
in the fi rst place, they only think they do. The public doesn ’ t know 
what zero - sum really means:  Nothing except trading creates losses . If you 
trade, and you can ’ t trade for whatever reasons of your own, the losses 
are yours. It doesn ’ t matter if some body  or some thing  helped you. Who 
opened the account? Who wrote the check? Who agreed to place him-
self at risk? No, you can ’ t have your money back. But some of them 
think they can have it back and it ’ s the government ’ s responsibility to 
do something for them to protect them from their own state of mind. 

 As a group, they (the public) think that they have the  “ right ”  to 

make money. If they don ’ t, it was somebody ’ s  “ fault. ”  They go running 
to the government, who believes this anyway (but is supposed to pro-
tect me, too), and say something to the effect,  “ If I would have known 
it was this way, I wouldn ’ t have played. ”  In other words, when they sat 
down to play and didn ’ t win, somebody must have cheated somewhere. 
The government then  “ investigates ”  why these people couldn ’ t have 
what they wanted and makes someone, who does nothing but say  “ we 
are open, ”  pay these people something. 

 To prove you haven ’ t done anything questionable requires the whole 

trial process done by people who don ’ t know this business or arbitration 
by people who do, and that costs money. But neither will result in a vic-
tory for the accused, even if he is so far in the white that you would think 
he was standing in the doorway to heaven because that becomes part 
of the public record. Now it ’ s harder to fi nd work at “good” brokerage 
houses (you could be a problem) or to open new accounts from “good” 
clients (just because you were found innocent doesn 

’ t mean you are). 

c06.indd   86

c06.indd   86

8/6/08   9:46:11 PM

8/6/08   9:46:11 PM

background image

 The 

Trading 

Police 

87

This is why anyone accused of wrongdoing simply settles for some 
amount. Why go through the hassle and the expense? 

 If the accused is in the public eye, he says something like  “ without 

admitting or denying guilt. ”  Since nothing causes losses except trading, 
and the trades were all done properly, they must fi nd something besides 
trading to  “ fi t the bill. ”  As things go, the largest part of the business is 
outside the pits (which are fair), so the regulators focus on  “ how the 
account was solicited, opened, or traded, ”  but that could be anything. 
Therefore, all the people who are in this part of the business spend 
huge amounts of time trying to prevent lawsuits from happening. The 
net result is that the total environment is less effective to do anything. 
Or they make one mistake and they ’ re out. So, all those silly little things 
that could happen by people drawn to this business become fair game. 
Nevertheless, the government, by its actions, created the environment 
that this happens in. I ’ ll show you how this is the case. 

 The  actual  result is that when the regulators put so many rules in 

place to protect the public, they create an environment where those 
rules can be ignored if you choose to ignore them. All you have to do 
is settle, which is always less than you made. The worst part is that even 
if you do business squeaky clean, from the point of view of the higher 
reality (seeing this from the other person ’ s point of view), no matter 
how well you follow all the rules, someone will cry  “ foul ”  and you 
will fi nd the regulators saying,  “ Okay, you are guilty. Prove you are not 
because this poor person lost his money and he didn ’ t have to. ”  A bro-
ker has no rights. Since the smart brokers give the client absolutely no 
advice (he doesn ’ t want a lawsuit), the client never gets to see that this 
is a zero - sum game. It is  never  explained to him. He never gets any help. 
If you do help the client, sooner or later someone will conclude that 
the  “ help ”  caused his losses, not the actual trading.  “ Therefore you stole 
my money ”  or something to that effect. That ’ s the part that really both-
ers me. Where are those people who stand up and say,  “ Hey, you lost. 
That ’ s life. Keep playing until you fi gure it out if you can. Otherwise, 
too bad, fi nd another sandbox. ”  

 If the regulators were to say to some of these people:  “ Sorry, it ’ s a 

zero - sum game. You played and you lost. Take responsibility for your-
self. There ’ s no evidence to support your claim you were cheated. Thank 

c06.indd   87

c06.indd   87

8/6/08   9:46:11 PM

8/6/08   9:46:11 PM

background image

88 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

you for playing, we have some lovely parting gifts for you and the home 
 version of our game. Next. ”  Things would get more equitable in a hurry. 
I will admit a lot of lawsuits are headed off at the pass when some bro-
kers or owners say exactly that to a client and remind him that he signed 
the disclosures, and the recordings of the trades will be available for dis-
cussion. However, that doesn ’ t solve the problem entirely because you 
can ’ t teach some people common sense. Furthermore, the regulators 
assume that your compliance doesn ’ t matter anyway because you must 
not have told the client what that really meant when he signed and 
agreed to trade with you, otherwise he never would have complained. 
The broker is  “ wrong ”  in any event. 

 I ’ ll tell you how I found this to be the case. I ’ ve had a total of four 

arbitrations. I was found  “ not guilty ”  on two of them and the other two 
were settled. In all cases, every complaint imaginable was in every one 
of them. (I didn ’ t disclose the risk, I lied, I churned, and so on.) The fi rst 
one should have been the eye - opener. This guy, who I spent at least an 
hour describing exactly how options work and their risk, not to men-
tion all the other time invested with all the other stuff, claimed I lied 
to him.  “ He didn ’ t tell me how it worked. ”  This guy did  one trade . We 
had discussed this trade and I taped his approval to do the transaction. I 
played the tape for the regulators. Their conclusion was that, although 
I did have approval for the trade, the client didn ’ t know what that really 
meant.
 Therefore, the process of arbitration proceeds  

“ to get all the 

facts. ”  How could you misunderstand  “ Your total potential loss could 
be  $ 3,000 if the market moves against you ” ? The client accused me of 
churning. The  very  defi nition of churning means  “ excessive trading for 
the purpose of generating commissions. ”  

 How could that be the case if you only did one trade? And you agreed to it 

anyway? 

 I fi nally just settled with this moron. You know what he said? Let 

me quote him for you:  “ I knew you guys were cheats. I already have 
an account at another company. They ’ re making me money. I ’ m stick-
ing with them. ”  In other words,  “ As long as I ’ m winning, I won ’ t sue 
anybody. ”  If you are thinking,  “ That ’ s not everybody, ”  you are com-
pletely correct. But if you are a broker, you never know who that 
somebody is until the paperwork comes in the mail. It could be any 

c06.indd   88

c06.indd   88

8/6/08   9:46:11 PM

8/6/08   9:46:11 PM

background image

 The 

Trading 

Police 

89

one of your clients at any time, for any reason that is not to the clients 
liking. Why? He has the  “ right ”  to be  “ protected. ”  Who is that guy? So 
what do you do? Make as much money as you can, anyway you can, 
and settle. 

 I personally don ’ t think that way, but most of the people in the busi-

ness of serving clients do to some degree. The worst part is that since 
the regulators have to assume the client might have been correct — and 
everybody just settles — it never gets any better. Clients will always run 
the risk they really are being lied to or being dealt with unfairly by any 
broker whom they do business with. So they  “ gotta fi nd out. ”  Brokers 
will always run the risk that no matter how clean they sell or handle the 
client ’ s money somebody who didn ’ t understand what they were get-
ting into, no matter what you did to explain it, will sue you.  “ Fine, here ’ s 
some money; get the f —  out. ”  If you are clean, prove it; if you are dirty, 
so what? It gets better. Some of the really bad clients know this rela-
tionship exists and will simply threaten some kind of legal action unless 
you give them at least some money back. The conversation goes like 
this,  “ If you don ’ t pay me back, I ’ ll fi le an arbitration and you won ’ t 
work in this business ever again. I know you are afraid of that and I 
also know they (the NFA or CFTC)

1

 think you are already guilty. All 

I have to do is make them think you did it again. I don ’ t care if we 
followed the rules or what I signed. You don ’ t want the headache. I 
already know that, so pay up. ”  It ’ s like a kind of stop - loss order for 
those people.  

 I had a client threaten me with that before I learned how the game 

was played. At the arbitration I beat him, but it cost me more than he 
had paid in commissions. Up until that point he was the sweetest guy 
you could ever meet. I discovered that was only so he could trade with 
the hopes of winning. If not, my blood would allow him to trade another 
day. Or at least that is what he expected. 

 I ’ ll tell you how far the regulators go to  “ fi nd out if everybody ’ s 

doing this clean. ”  Regulators have to justify their jobs in some fash-
ion. The things they do to justify their jobs are behind some of the 
problems that they think they are solving. I worked very closely with 
a young man, maybe 22 or 23 at the time. He was one of the good 
ones. He and I had a strong relationship in the offi ce. One day the 

c06.indd   89

c06.indd   89

8/6/08   9:46:12 PM

8/6/08   9:46:12 PM

background image

90 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

NFA came in to do an  “ audit. ”  This is the process where they check 
to see if you are following all the rules they have in place. The owners 
know they will fi nd something out of place somewhere. That  “ some-
thing ”  is immediately disclosed as  “ what we are trying to improve. ”  
They know it ’ s what the NFA would get pissed - off about if they had 
found it on their own. The next thing is to say,  “ We want you to help 
with this. ”  So they work together to do so and the net effect is no 
disciplinary action until the  “ next time. ”  But there is no next time 
because by then, everybody ’ s gone somewhere else. And the compa-
ny ’ s gone. 

 In the mean time, just to make sure the wool wasn ’ t pulled over 

their eyes, they start a client - contact process. This is where they take 
a handful of accounts and call these clients to discover how  “ satisfi ed ”  
they are with their investment in the markets. Because the clients all 
have losses, there will always be someone who isn ’ t happy about that. 
To their credit the NFA does not make this an issue most times; some-
times they do. But if you were a client, and you got a call from the reg-
ulators  “ checking up on your broker, ”  wouldn ’ t you wonder why that 
was? It ’ s like a game of Russian roulette. If the NFA calls 10 percent of 
your clients, is one of those guys going to be the one that cries  “ foul ”  
only because the regulators were calling and he thought he  “ smelled 
a rat ” ? The NFA in this man ’ s case did that. My friend had been in 
the white the whole time, but now he has this new problem, a client 
suing him. The client said,  “ The NFA wouldn ’ t have called unless you 
were doing something wrong. ”  This broker quit because he believed 
that at some point, the regulators must be on his side too. In reality, 
they created his problem and had to assume he was the guilty party 
until proven otherwise, which costs time and money. This broker said, 
 “ I can ’ t believe this, ”  and went into another fi eld of employment. The 
NFA, by its actions, drove a qualifi ed honest broker out of the business. 

 I will tell you another story you absolutely will refuse to believe, 

but it is fact. One individual I worked with had a client tell the NFA, 
more than once,  

“ I ’ m completely happy. 

”  The NFA representative 

told him specifi cally,  “ If you have losses, those losses may have been 
caused by your broker. Do you know the forum of arbitration is avail-
able to you to resolve a dispute? ”  This client asked,  “ Are you suggesting 

c06.indd   90

c06.indd   90

8/6/08   9:46:12 PM

8/6/08   9:46:12 PM

background image

 The 

Trading 

Police 

91

I sue my broker? ”  The NFA representative replied,  “ Well, um, no. It is 
our intention to keep trading fair and equitable. But losses may have 
occurred through negligence on the part of your broker. ”  The  client 
said,  “ I ’ m happy with him, ”  and fi nally hung up. This client called his 
broker and asked him if he knew the NFA would encourage the point 
of view that all brokers are crooks. This broker was furious. He went 
over to the NFA (their offi ces are in Chicago) and demanded an expla-
nation. They called security and threw him out. 

 Here ’ s the whole point: There was no audit being done at that 

fi rm. Apparently, someone from the NFA went over to this bro-
ker ’ s clearing fi rm and just asked for a few copies of public account 
forms. They never told anybody what they were going to do with 
them or why they demanded personal and confi dential  information 
about people. This client was simply working in the garage when, 
out of nowhere, on a Saturday, someone is suggesting he is a victim. 
Do you see how certain clients might conclude:  “ Wow, I can get my 
money back ” ? 

 This kind of regulation has actually made problems possible, with-

out providing benefi ts to the client. Meanwhile, the whole intention 
was to help the client  “ get in ”  fair. Once he ’ s here he ’ s fi ne; if he knows 
what he ’ s doing or can fi nd someone who does. If he doesn ’ t know 
what he ’ s doing or can ’ t fi nd someone who does, it doesn ’ t matter in 
either case. 

 The bottom line is that anyone who wants to get into this busi-

ness wouldn ’ t know that until he came to discover it for himself. Good 
people, with all kinds of good intentions, skills, and desire to do this 
ethically will fi nd it doesn ’ t matter if they do. They will suffer; perhaps 
more if their sense of justice is more acute. Bad people, who are look-
ing for a way to  “ work a deal ”  somehow, or fi gure they have found easy 
money, fi nd this business can be an open door for them. Both of these 
people come and go, but for the most part the good ones throw in 
the towel sooner. The net effect is by attempting to do the right thing, 
which is full disclosure of risk and how the game is played, they set the 
stage for that to be ignored in the long run. All the  “ little things, ”  such 
as missed time stamps, missing paperwork, and so on, are violations in 
some form, subject to fi ne or expulsion from the industry. Some guys 

c06.indd   91

c06.indd   91

8/6/08   9:46:12 PM

8/6/08   9:46:12 PM

background image

92 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

get so fed up with chasing paper tigers and unnecessary B.S. that they 
throw in the towel too. These guys say things like:

    “ I ’ m just gonna make enough money to pay all the fi nes if I miss 

something. ”   

   “ Screw the NFA, it will take years to yank my license, by then I ’ ll 

have enough money to do what I want anyway. ”   

   “ Who cares what the client thinks? He can ’ t afford to sue me. If he 

does I ’ ll just settle. ”   

   It goes on and on. This happens every day. 
 I ’ m going to tell you the story of how I came to fully realize this 

whole process. I was working at a medium - sized retail brokerage house 
that was only in the business of options. They did this because some-
how, in the mind of the public, everyone is completely convinced that 
futures trading will ultimately cause a  “ margin call ”  or cause you to 
lose more money than you originally opened the account with. This 
is a legitimate concern and does occasionally happen. It is avoidable 
99.99 percent of the time if you use some common sense with regards 
to position size, protective stops, staying out of markets at certain times, 
and money management. But that doesn ’ t matter. If you try to explain 
this to a fi rst-time customer, they get the impression this is all very risky 
and complicated. 
Therefore, it ’ s not for them. 

 To avoid this problem, our main selling point was that because your 

risk is only exposed to the premium that the option costs, you could 
never have a margin call or lose more than you initially invested. Your 
risk is defi ned so  “ you can sleep at night. ”  Which is true. The other side 
of the coin is that any market you trade with an outright long option 
position must move a long way to make it profi table. If you buy calls, 
expecting higher prices, you need that market to make a big move, 
especially if you buy out - of - the - money calls in the fi rst place. Corn 
could make a dollar a bushel move your way and you could still lose 
money if you held a certain option. Then you get this phone call:  “ The 
market went my way — how could I lose? You cheated me. ”  Again, this 
was all explained but that doesn ’ t matter. 

 Anyway, I was there because my initial project to go on my own 

had blown up, but not before I had some success with it. Plus I knew 
the owner of this offi ce and I knew he was a square shooter. If I wanted 

c06.indd   92

c06.indd   92

8/6/08   9:46:13 PM

8/6/08   9:46:13 PM

background image

 The 

Trading 

Police 

93

to do something differently than the company wanted, he was fi ne with 
that as long as it was okay with the clients. It was an opportunity to get 
enough cash to do what I wanted. He was fi ne with that too and hated 
to see me go when I did. It was ironic that the last place I worked at 
was the best experience of the bunch. 

 I got on the phone to raise capital. Since I had come to better 

understand the markets, I used that knowledge every now and then. This 
company, in order to demonstrate to the regulators that they fully con-
trolled the sales process, had hired an independent company to  “ eaves-
drop ”  on conversations between brokers and clients. The fact that they 
could do this from Connecticut, when we were in Chicago, is a fright-
ening  “ Big Brother ”  concept in itself, but that ’ s another issue. They were 
trying to do the  “ right ”  thing. They told you this was going to hap-
pen but they never told you when. The whole idea was to get the  “ real 
story ”  on your selling, and review it with you to both improve your 
approach and to remain in compliance. I thought it was a good idea. 

 At some point it was my turn and my personal tapes came in. We 

discussed it and that was that. What the company didn ’ t tell us was that 
they were also sending copies of the same tapes to the NFA for review. 
This was a  “ show of good faith ”  so that the NFA would leave them 
alone for the most part. However, they were the only people in the 
business doing that voluntarily. Naturally, the NFA thought that was a 
good move and decided they would review the tapes. 

 Remember, the NFA, although a self - regulatory body, must follow 

the guidelines of the CFTC charter and mandates. Therefore, what-
ever it does is basically redundant. Also, a few cents out of every trade 
commission is their only source of funding, which means my trading 
pays them. They work for my benefi t too (allegedly), but as we have 
seen that is not the case. To keep the rest of the government off their 
backs, the NFA follows the entire Fair Reporting thing, the Equal 
Opportunity thing, and so on. The bottom line is that the NFA is a 
bureaucratic nightmare. Ask someone who has tried to get anything 
done with them. Anyone working there is some automaton who is told 
to do something and to do it one way — no questions and no excep-
tions. The net result is some guy making  $ 25,000 a year, who has no 
idea how trading or raising equity is really done, who was only hired 
because the law said he has the  “ right ”  to a job, and who could have 

c06.indd   93

c06.indd   93

8/6/08   9:46:13 PM

8/6/08   9:46:13 PM

background image

94 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

just as easily been fl ipping burgers last week, is able to bring the whole 
process of earning an income and servicing clients in one of the most 
diffi cult fi nancial environments in the world to a grinding halt because 
he is  “ just following the rules and doing his job. ”  

 Now remember, I had been in the business for eight years at this 

point. I had serviced hundreds of accounts. I had won two arbitrations 
and probably would have won the other two. I had  proved to someone 
who knew this business
  that I had never broken a rule. So here ’ s what 
happened: 

 One day I was in my offi ce and one of these NFA androids walks 

in. He asked the boss to take a package and point me out. So my boss 
did. This worker drone says,  “ You have two weeks to comply with 
this investigation. Until then you cannot solicit or service any accounts. 
Goodbye. ”  Then he walked out. My boss looked at me and said,  “ There 
must have been some kind of mistake. Whatever you ’ re doing is fi ne. 
Don ’ t do anything, I 

’ ll handle it. 

”  Mistake or not, I wasn 

’ t working 

until I  “ complied. ”  So I asked my boss to let me get started on my 
end while he tried to sort the whole mess out. We review the pack-
age and here ’ s what we found. I am in  “ violation ”  of NFA guidelines 
(not laws, guidelines) with regards to the solicitation of client accounts. 
They very courteously cited for me about 10 or more different ones, 
all with a very stern warning that any one of them is grounds for hav-
ing my Series III license revoked. They then listed all the things that 
I had said for each point. Without fail, all but two comments had been 
taken completely out of context from the entire conversation. This had 
all came from one tape of one conversation. (What about all the other tapes 
that  were  in  “ compliance ” ?) In other words, make one mistake (from 
our point of view) and your career is over. It didn ’ t matter that to prove 
any individual was a problem required systematically looking for a clear 
pattern of abuse that must be very clear  as  abuse. That would take time, 
attorneys, and a lot of evidence. But that is not how they are thinking 
over there. Make one mistake, you ’ re out. That pile of papers made it 
very clear that unless I could answer their questions and substantiate 
what I said, and do it in the next day or two, I was out. They assumed 
that if it happened once, it was happening every day, all the time, with 
everyone I spoke with. 

c06.indd   94

c06.indd   94

8/6/08   9:46:13 PM

8/6/08   9:46:13 PM

background image

 The 

Trading 

Police 

95

 The package also included the review process to get my license 

back if I so chose. In other words, they assumed I was guilty of what-
ever it was I was guilty of and it was up to me to decide if I wanted to 
continue my career. 

 I panicked. Wouldn ’ t you? If I hadn ’ t kept my own records on my 

own accord (and they hadn ’ t disappeared off my desk), I never could 
have provided them with the  written  documentation for the kinds of 
information they requested. If I had trusted someone else to hold those 
records and I couldn ’ t fi nd them, that wasn ’ t good enough. ( “ Maybe 
someone was counting on that? ” ) For each  “ violation ”  I had to show 
them exactly what day what position was done that showed a profi t 
to my client, provide a copy each of the time - stamped order tickets, a 
transcript of the tape documenting that I had approval to do the trade, 
and independent documentation of when that conversation was held. If 
I couldn ’ t do that, I was out. I had to show them exactly how I deter-
mined that Japanese Yen futures were moving higher, and why they 
were moving higher. Furthermore, how the trade did, in fact, occur 
exactly as I said it did, meaning analysis of some kind for that particular 
day, which proved I knew  “ what the market would do. ”  If I couldn ’ t do 
that, I was out. If I said,  “ You could profi t by 30 percent on that trade. ”  
They said that was a  “ guarantee. ”  They wanted me to produce a writ-
ten documentation of how I could  “ guarantee ”  any profi t to the client, 
even when the markets went our way. They said that the phrase  “ there 
is a risk of loss in trading ”  did not accurately describe to the client 
how that could happen by using options and therefore was an attempt 
to  “ minimize the risk so the client would open an account. ”  It didn ’ t 
matter that the previous 30 minutes on the tape was that very discus-
sion. At that point I hadn ’ t said it again, which assumes the client was 
too stupid to pay attention or think for himself. 

 I could go on and on and on. The long and short of it was I had 

to drop everything, which means not service the clients on the books. 
I couldn ’ t touch their positions to protect them or keep profi ts. Someone 
else had to do that, which means time away from his business. Not to 
mention that he had no idea why or how those trades were done and 
didn ’ t even know those markets. Is that fair to my clients, or his? I spent 
the next few days getting everything they wanted together. It was either 

c06.indd   95

c06.indd   95

8/6/08   9:46:14 PM

8/6/08   9:46:14 PM

background image

96 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

that or I was out. Even if I got it together, I didn ’ t know if it would make 
any difference because almost everything they accused me of needed to 
be held in context of the entire presentation, which they weren ’ t doing 
in the fi rst place. 

 The fact is I never told the potential client anything that wasn ’ t 

true. I could substantiate  everything  I said to him. I put this all together 
and gave it to the NFA. I was told I couldn ’ t solicit accounts or talk 
to any clients until the  “ results of the investigation were in. ”  In other 
words, the  merest suspicion  of wrongdoing in any form will put your 
income at zero. Suppose I was supporting a family? The bills don ’ t stop 
coming. After enough fi nagling from the company, my boss, and me, 
I was able to  “ temporarily ”  work until this was done. I never heard 
from them. Not a peep.  Six months later  I got a letter in the mail saying 
in effect  “ Okay, all clear but we will continue to keep your fi le active. ”  
In other words, we are watching you.  “ You got away this time, but you 
won ’ t forever. ”  For six months I never knew when they might walk in 
and tell me my career was over. They never gave me an opportunity to 
discuss the  “ charges ”  against me in any case. If I wanted to keep trading, 
 “ Well, that ’ s your problem. ”  To the best of my ability as best I could, 
I had followed every rule they have on the books. All of this from a 
group of people, who otherwise would have no authority of any kind 
anywhere, are really not necessary in the fi rst place, and they are paid 
by my trading. It ’ s simply unreal. 

 Once I knew that no matter what I had done to show good faith, 

their bureaucratic process will always leave me at risk, I had no choice 
but to assume sooner or later that I would have to go through it all 
again. If one dot was missing or one  “ t ”  not crossed, I could be out 
of business. At the very least, I would have to jump through hoops to 
stay servicing the clients I had at the time. This would happen if I was 
working somewhere or owned my own company. If I had my own 
brokerage house, I would have to go through an audit. Which is fi ne, 
except I won ’ t play the  “ we are working on it ”  game. I would say,  “ Hey, 
I followed everything in this book you gave me to follow. There it is in 
black and white. ”  Without a doubt I ’ m certain they would come back 
with,  “ But you aren ’ t doing it exactly the way we want. We have to 
clean up this industry. What are you hiding? ”  — or something equally 
stupid that says, “It ’ s not good enough.” No matter what you do, it ’ s 

c06.indd   96

c06.indd   96

8/6/08   9:46:14 PM

8/6/08   9:46:14 PM

background image

 The 

Trading 

Police 

97

going to cost lots of time and money in attorneys, arbitrations, reviews, 
and the like with a bunch of people who are from the public, have 
never traded, and are following the letter of the law but not its spirit. 

 In other words, I never knew if my fi duciary  responsibility  to 

protect my clients or my skill at trading would be interpreted as  “ an 
attempt to minimize the risk ”  from their point of view,  which is what 
fi duciary responsibility and skill are supposed to do 

.

 If I executed a 

complicated combination of futures and options to reduce or elimi-
nate the risk completely (which is possible), that might be  “ churning. ”  
If something in the market changes and I reverse or liquidate to pro-
tect my client, and couldn ’ t reach him immediately (he is out of town 
or something), that could be  “ unauthorized trading. ”  If I was executing 
a hundred - lot trade for 30 different clients and missed a time stamp 
somewhere, that might be  

“ failure to comply with required record 

keeping. ”  Who  knows? 

 What if they  “ eavesdrop ”  on my phone lines and hear me say  “ this 

is a lot of fun ”  and determine that is a  “ guarantee ”  the client would 
make money? All the NFA has to do is form any of those conclu-
sions and I am out. Or spend all kinds of time and money to  “ edu-
cate ”  the idiots who work over there. The fact is most clients will  never  
trade with someone like me in the fi rst place. What chance do they 
have with a broker who could care less in the fi rst place? And it ’ s the 
NFA that puts the broker in a position to think like that to  “ protect ”  
himself? 

 Who needs it? 
 I could go into all the other stuff the regulators impose on the 

 client–broker relationship. I could show you how this creates order 
imbalances, how it affects the pits, and so on. I won ’ t do that right now. 
My head hurts. I suppose that will have to wait for another book. If no 
one has shot me fi rst. 

 The thing that really broke my heart about all this is that it doesn ’ t 

have to be this way. There are ways to have controls on people ’ s behav-
ior that can ’ t control themselves. There are ways to do that without 
creating an environment that fosters the uncontrolled. There are ways 
to help the uncontrolled see that it is in their best interest to change 
their behavior. There are ways to keep bad clients out. You don ’ t have to 
use threats, punishments, or restrict freedoms to do it. It ’ s tragic that 

c06.indd   97

c06.indd   97

8/6/08   9:46:14 PM

8/6/08   9:46:14 PM

background image

98 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

part of the problems we all face every day come from authorities who 
probably mean well. Nobody wants to get ripped off. Sometimes the 
 “ little guy ”  suffers an injustice that he or she didn ’ t have to. Well, that 
happens to everybody. It happened to me too. That is life. It ’ s a danger-
ous world. Once you cross the line in your thinking that says  “ every-
body ’ s guilty until they prove different, ”  you create a whole other set of 
problems. By the assumption of guilt, the innocent are now vulnerable. 
The guilty just hope they aren ’ t caught. Statistically, certain things are 
unrealistic to expect.  “ Everybody should have a job. ”     “ No one should 
be hit by a car. ”     “ No one should lose money. ”     “ Everyone should be 
happy all the time. ”  The list is endless. Once you cross the line and start 
expecting the unrealistic to be certain by legislation, you run the risk 
that someone who is just doing their best in a diffi cult situation will 
get run over in this zeal to make the world a painless place. 

 I have to say this. I hated writing this part of the story. I love the 

business of trading. I will never do anything else, and I fully expect to 
have positions open the day I fi nally check out. It ’ s too much fun and 
there is too much money to get for all those other things that life can 
give you. I couldn ’ t leave out this part of the story. Understanding how 
regulators work in general and in the trading world in particular was 
part of what I learned. For what it ’ s worth, the following paragraphs 
are my insights into working with the regulators. 

     If you are a client wishing to trade for himself always remember 

one thing: If your already overburdened broker thinks that you will be a 
compliance problem, you will open yourself up to all kinds of headaches.  
No one is going to want to work for you. You are too much  “ risk. ”  Leave 
the guy alone. Don ’ t ask him for help, that exposes him to  “ risk. ”   

   Do it yourself and don 

’ t complain at him about fi lls, stops, and 

price action.  The guy has to do three, sometimes four steps to get you 
in or out, and if he misses one of them, someone who will never help 
him make a dime is going to be all over his ass. When he makes a mis-
take, for the most part they are honest ones. If your phone was ringing 
off the hook constantly, and everybody you were talking to was in a 
hurry, you might miss something too. If you get a fi ll back that is 10 
tics off your expected price, it is not his fault. Don ’ t scream and yell 
and expect him to drop everything to fi nd time and sales, or phone his 
back offi ce about the rotten service. Now the regulators, or  someone 

c06.indd   98

c06.indd   98

8/6/08   9:46:14 PM

8/6/08   9:46:14 PM

background image

 The 

Trading 

Police 

99

who is afraid of the regulators, will want to know why he is  

“  short -

 changing ”  someone. If the guy is a pro, he knows already if you are 
due something, or if something should be checked. That is the nature 
of this business. Grow up and deal with it the way the rest of us who 
aren ’ t happy once in awhile have to do. If you think the service is great, 
tell him. Now he will work harder for you. All day long people are 
complaining. When you place or move orders, get the ticket number 
and used it. Don ’ t make the guy guess it ’ s you. Errors that are avoid-
able happen like that. Clients sound alike. Don ’ t say,  “ It ’ s me, cancel my 
stop. ”  Use your account number so that he doesn ’ t have to look it up 
all the time. Be as professional about this as you expect him to be. Help 
him do this easier so that he can operate with the freedom of mind 
that no one is going to  “ hassle ”  him.  

   If you are a client who has never traded before, remember that there are 

no promises made.  You are responsible for the losses if you have them. 
Nothing causes losses except trading. If you 

’ re not happy, go home. 

Don ’ t threaten or complain or ask all kinds of stupid questions about 
how it happened. It happened, that ’ s it. Nobody is stealing from you. 
It ’ s next to impossible to do. Either you or your broker were wrong, 
or both. You did know the risk, don ’ t say you didn ’ t. If you agree to 
trades you are not being  “ churned. ”  End of story. Don ’ t be the guy 
who makes it hard for a broker to tell it like it is. The more you think 
it is him personally, the more he will attempt to justify the trade to 
protect himself. Now you will get even less help from him, or he will 
close you out because you are a risk. Either way, the fact is, you agreed 
to trade. It doesn ’ t matter if he said something that didn ’ t pan out, that 
was only his point of view anyway. If you were willing to accept his 
point of view in the fi rst place, then be prepared to accept that it may 
not be shared by the market. You weren ’ t going to share any of your 
profi ts with him, were you? Why should you expect him to carry the 
burden of your losses? If you think you will make money, go for it. 
If you end up with losses, don ’ t be a crybaby and expect  “ mommy and 
daddy ”  to bail you out. You are an adult like your broker is. He is in 
a tough business; tougher than you ’ ll ever know. Give him credit for 
where he ’ s at and what he ’ s trying to do with his life. He doesn ’ t get a 
pension like you do. Don ’ t make it harder for him to service his other 
clients who understand this.  

c06.indd   99

c06.indd   99

8/6/08   9:46:15 PM

8/6/08   9:46:15 PM

background image

100 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

   If you are a broker, give your clients a little respect.  The good ones trust 

your judgment. They expect you to give them a fair shot. Don ’ t sugar-
coat the risk. Do your homework and accept it when a client says no. 
Don ’ t coerce them into doing something if you can tell that they really 
don ’ t want to get started or do this particular trade. There are other 
potential clients. Commissions will be there sooner or later; the busi-
ness is huge. Don ’ t rush. If the client says yes, then do your absolute 
best to fi nd the right point to do the trade. Don ’ t force the issue. If you 
missed it, tell the client you missed it. If it might take another week, tell 
your girlfriend she has to wait for the fur coat. Your job is to protect his 
equity. In the long run the client will respect you. If the trade is a win-
ner, don ’ t take credit for it. It was never your money at risk. You did the 
job the client paid you for and that is that. Don ’ t expect your clients to 
blindly follow your lead the next time. You have to earn your client 
on every trade. Follow the rules. Do it in the white. If the regulators 
get all over you, try to understand their point of view. All the power 
of the government boils down to is whether or not the government ’ s 
representative wants to use it or thinks he needs to. Don ’ t give him a 
reason to do so. Cooperate, and if it means a little extra work then it 
means a little extra work. Do it all the way. If they don ’ t think you are 
the man they are looking for then they will leave you alone. Just pray 
you never have to go through what I did. Sometimes the regulators 
are singling you out for reasons of their own. If they do, take it a step 
at a time. If you are in the white, eventually you will win but they will 
never go away. Don ’ t work for someone who expects you to bend the 
rules in any way. Leave so fast you leave your coat behind if he says,  “ I ’ ll 
handle that for you. ”   You will end up out of the business through no 
fault of your own. That ’ s what almost happened to me.  

   

Lastly, if you are one of the regulators, the spirit of the law determines the 

letter of the law; not the other way around.  If you are on the audit teams, 
think about that. If you process paperwork or are involved in keep-
ing registration current, please remember that most of the people in 
this business aren ’ t out to screw anyone. They just want to work. Do 
what you can to keep them earning an income. Don ’ t put them in 
a position where they spend four weeks or more waiting for some-
thing. Or they missed some little thing  “ this time ”  that is in their fi le 
already. That causes pressure to trade too fast when they fi nally get on 

c06.indd   100

c06.indd   100

8/6/08   9:46:15 PM

8/6/08   9:46:15 PM

background image

 The 

Trading 

Police 

101

the phone. You call it  “ churning. ”  They call it  “ eating. ”  If you help to 
write the rules, stop and ask if any more of this B.S. is really needed. If 
you enforce those rules, try to see how many of them don ’ t help in the 
fi rst place. Asking somebody to spend his time on something that you 
and I both know is just going to sit in some fi le somewhere is point-
less and it makes it harder to service the client. Try to see that you only 
have a job because the 12 cents from every trade goes to you. Don ’ t 
make a broker pay you twice. Don ’ t make a broker ’ s life harder than it 
has to be, because if you do he will get angry at your lack of concern 
for his position. Then they snap. Who knows what will happen then? If 
your job is to protect the client, how can you do that if the client ’ s only 
contact to this industry is under all sorts of pressure from you?  

   That ’ s it. I hated this part. I hope someone remembers that.         

  

c06.indd   101

c06.indd   101

8/6/08   9:46:15 PM

8/6/08   9:46:15 PM

background image

c06.indd   102

c06.indd   102

8/6/08   9:46:16 PM

8/6/08   9:46:16 PM

background image

103

Chapter 7

     

  

   The Last Word 

 You sure you want to do this?       

   

 

  Life is a gamble at terrible odds; if it was a bet you wouldn ’ t take it. 

  — Tom Stoppard   

 S

ome people think the concept of trading as I ’ ve described here is 
really barbaric. Personally, I do feel that way. It is a very base idea 
to  “ kill and eat something today. ”  Let ’ s face it; that is how a zero -

 sum game is played. Whose idea was it to make it this way? It wasn ’ t 
mine. That ’ s the way it is, baby — brutal. I learned to understand it, accept 
it, and exploit it. One other thing happened that I learned from. It is 
what I want to talk about for the last few pages. 

 No matter what you personally choose to believe about the trading 

environment, you can ’ t make money at this unless someone else loses 
theirs. To make a million can only mean someone else (or a group of 

c07.indd   103

c07.indd   103

8/6/08   9:46:33 PM

8/6/08   9:46:33 PM

background image

104 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

them) had to lose exactly that same million. Who was that? What did 
he experience from that loss? How did that affect his hopes, his dreams, 
his family, his friends, and even his destiny? I ’ ve known people who ’ ve 
committed suicide, become drug addicts, lost their homes, become 
alcoholics, started beating their wives, gone insane — the list goes on 
and on. You never hear about that part when CNBC has a tag line that 
reads something to the effect:  “ Soybeans unexpectedly went limit down 
today in heavy trading. ”  Sometimes it takes months for someone to go 
ballistic; sometimes just one trading session. All the pain, problems, and 
hell never stop. Every year this business gets bigger. The markets go 
merrily along as  “ portfolios get readjusted ”  or  “ yields fl atten  out. ”  It ’ s 
all saying the same thing,  “ You lost on your side — sorry. ”  Every year 
the stories that could be told get created. My story is not unique by 
any means, just that I ’ m still here through all of it and prospering. 

 Throughout this book I ’ ve been really hard on the  “ loser. ”  I make 

it sound like I have a biased point of view on that person, like he is a 
concept more than an actual person. To some extent he is a concept 
because most people will never see the actual individual whose money 
they took. That didn ’ t happen to me. I knew of one guy, and it was a 
very sobering experience. Let me share it with you. 

 One day I was walking through the Chicago Board of Trade and 

saw this man holding his sobbing wife. I had never met the man, but 
had seen him around the markets. What I never knew about him until 
that time was that he had been trading for about 15 years only for 
himself. He had blown out completely and his wife had come to his 
offi ce to help him clean out his desk. As it turned out, through mutual 
acquaintances, which I didn ’ t know we had, I learned the whole story. 

 We were having a few drinks when one of the guys asked,  “ Did 

you hear about (so and so)? ”     “ No, ”  I said. When he told me the whole 
story I was totally shocked. This trader ’ s wife was dying of cancer. The 
emotional stress of this turmoil had caused him to go belly up. He lost 
everything. Since he had only been a trader, he had no way to support 
his family or cover the costs of medical bills. He had no other skills. He 
went into a tailspin. Later, he killed himself and left his family and his 
dying wife alone. This was the same man I saw in the CBOT that day. 
Up until then, it was just tragic. The next part made it real. 

c07.indd   104

c07.indd   104

8/6/08   9:46:34 PM

8/6/08   9:46:34 PM

background image

 The 

Last 

Word 

105

 Someone asked,  “ What was he trading? ”  The answer was wheat. By 

coincidence I had been trading wheat for the time in question.  “ From 
what side? ”  I asked.  “ Long, ”  was the answer. I was trading shorts.  “ From 
where (meaning prices)? ”  The numbers were almost the same as mine. 
I was the actual person on the other side of his trades, or at least one 
of them. I had his money (or at least some of it). Instead of seeing the 
markets as  “ prices, ”  it hit me that there were real people on the other 
side actually experiencing the results of those losses in a very real and 
permanent way. I had been the conduit to some of this man ’ s devasta-
tion. From that point on I had a huge emotional struggle develop that 
was completely unexpected. 

 Every time I took money out of the markets, I would remember 

this guy ’ s face. I began to think that I was involved daily in putting peo-
ple into their graves (at least fi nancially). 

 I began to feel tremendous guilt over my profi ts. This lasted long 

enough for me to lose tens of thousands dollars. If I was to keep trading, 
I had to fi nd a way to reconcile this confl ict or I would end up just like 
him. Nothing could prepare you for this. I can ’ t give you a two - cent 
answer for a million - dollar question, but I resolved that confl ict. I found 
the meaning in this confl ict and what it can teach us. 

 Here ’ s what I think I learned: Life is a battle. There will be win-

ners and losers. Losing is really part of winning. By putting people in 
a position of losses I am helping the better souls learn how to become 
winners. Those winners will have losers to pay them and those losers 
(the better ones) will become winners. The cycle goes on forever. If it 
sounds pompous, I can ’ t help that. I ’ m not being pompous; I ’ m trying 
to fi nd value in the fact that I kill and eat people every day. Some don ’ t 
see it coming. Does anybody really want to infl ict that kind of pain on 
someone else? And know they are doing it? 

 Did you know that in Africa there are tribes that actually apologize 

to the animal they kill? They ask its spirit to remember that they have 
a responsibility to care for their families and they need the meat to do 
that. What is going on there? If I were a gazelle, as soon as I saw those 
guys coming, I would head the other way. When you ’ re dead, who cares 
if they apologize? In the markets you are the gazelle or the hunter. You 
can ’ t be both. Most people will say that this point of view is not realistic. 

c07.indd   105

c07.indd   105

8/6/08   9:46:34 PM

8/6/08   9:46:34 PM

background image

106 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

They say this because people who trade are supposed to know the risk of 
what they are doing. If we are all adults about this, then we can all accept 
our results. I agree with that most times. Sometimes I can ’ t. It hurts me to 
know that sooner or later I will be a part of someone ’ s untimely fi nancial 
demise. Maybe that person didn ’ t know what he was doing and would 
not have been eaten if he had known. 

 If you are going to kick a sleeping lion in the face, you had bet-

ter know what you are doing. Most people don ’ t know this risk when 
they trade. I admire those that know this risk and embrace it. I take a 
lot of pleasure in trying to outsmart  him  knowing he is trying to out-
smart  me.  Most times I win; sometimes I lose. Standing right next to 
 him  is somebody who has no idea that he is going to maybe shipwreck 
his life. That guy is the real loser. I ’ m talking to that guy right now. 

  Don ’ t be that loser if you can help it.  If you are going to start a war, 

know how to win it. The winners always write history. Stop and think 
what is possible to you personally if you have losses. Think about the 
emotional cost, all the fi nancial pressures, or the stress on your loved 
ones. I believe this is deeper than,  

“ only trade with money you can 

afford to lose. ”  Why? Well think about this possibility: If you are not 
emotionally prepared to lose, your losses might depress you. Your behav-
ior changes slightly. People ask,  “ What ’ s wrong? ”  Some admit they have 
losses, others won ’ t. You  answer  “ Nothing. ”  Maybe you don ’ t want to 
hear your friends say,  “ I told you so. ”  Your spouse senses something is 
wrong. Maybe the feeling of losing ten grand and admitting it to your 
spouse is simply too painful. Maybe she concludes you are unhappy in 
the marriage. Your boss sees you lack something on the job. Maybe your 
behavior causes you to be passed over for a promotion. These things are 
real. Most people never see the potential for connection in there some-
where. This list is endless. It ’ s not a game at that point. 

 Think about the real risk of trading because it ’ s not about money. It 

could mean some or all of your life. I ’ ve seen it happen. It happened to me. 
It still happens every day around here. It very well could happen to you. 

 If you accept that risk and you lose, you are to be admired for try-

ing to better yourself. Welcome to the war. If you are ignorant of this 
risk, wise up. It ’ s no challenge to kill a child. In fact, it is embarrassing 
and wasteful. It hurts to admit you ’ ve done it. If you pretend this risk 
isn ’ t there, you are a fool. You deserve to lose. I ’ m sorry I had to be the 

c07.indd   106

c07.indd   106

8/6/08   9:46:34 PM

8/6/08   9:46:34 PM

background image

 The 

Last 

Word 

107

guy who devoured you. Next time don ’ t kick me in the face. If you 
do, you better have a big gun pointed at my heart, in which case I will 
say,  “ My turn to die. ”  Then  I ’ ll ask you where you got that big gun and 
can I have one too. In the fi nal analysis, it ’ s not about money; it ’ s about 
evolving. Those who don ’ t are food for those who do. Sooner or later 
everyone gets a chance to be both. Just do yourself a favor and never 
stop evolving. I would like to meet you. 

 Otherwise, I  will  eat you.           

c07.indd   107

c07.indd   107

8/6/08   9:46:35 PM

8/6/08   9:46:35 PM

background image

c07.indd   108

c07.indd   108

8/6/08   9:46:35 PM

8/6/08   9:46:35 PM

background image

109

Chapter       8

 

   In Conclusion       

   

 

  I think most of the people involved in any art always secretly wonder 
whether they are there because they ’ re good or there because they ’ re lucky. 

  — Katharine Hepburn   

 I

t was a beautiful fall day. The air was crisp. The sun was shining — a 
perfect day for a drive to look at the changing colors. Winter would 
be here soon and it would be a while before I could enjoy the days 

like I want. I decided to go for a drive. No place in particular. I headed 
north on Lake Shore Drive from about Burnham Harbor. I thought 
I would go north on Sheridan Road up to Winnetka or so and then 
back. The last few sailboats were motoring over to the locks, going into 
storage for the season. A few brave souls were out jogging along the 
lakefront. You could see the waves breaking a little higher on Oak Street 
Beach because the winter winds off the lake were starting. It was a 

c08.indd   109

c08.indd   109

8/6/08   9:46:52 PM

8/6/08   9:46:52 PM

background image

110 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 postcard - like setting for me. I really enjoyed all this. It was the middle of 
the week, early afternoon. I had the Drive almost to myself,  unconcerned 
about anything except the hum of the engine. I felt great. I decided to 
give the car a little push. 

 You guessed it. Flashing lights, the siren. If you have ever driven 

Lake Shore Drive, north from downtown, you know how easily this can 
happen. It ’ s fi ve lanes in some spots, posted 45 mph, but you can easily 
do 80 - plus when no one ’ s around. Apparently, I wasn ’ t even in the same 
time zone by the time I stopped according to Offi cer Friendly. Sheeze, 
I was only in  third gear  for crying out loud. I had two left I could have 
used, why don ’ t you just be thankful? Well, I knew I had a problem: 
ticket for sure, maybe even a ride back to the clubhouse too. I had cre-
ated some confl ict, how was this one going to work out? I really had no 
idea what I would do, but I knew where the starting point was. I wasn ’ t 
thinking about  “ talking my way out of it ”  or anything. 

 All I knew is that he had the advantage, but I had the fi rst move. 
 As he approached the car, I watched him in the rearview mir-

ror. He moved quickly, so I knew he was angry. His hand was on his 
service revolver, but in Chicago that is to be expected. I did nothing 
and kept both my hands on the wheel where he could see them in 
case he was the twitchy, Barney Fife type. When he got to the driver ’ s 
door he banged on it with his fl ashlight. He knew that would piss - off 
most people. He wanted an excuse to unload on me. My response to 
that, if he didn ’ t like it, would certainly justify at least a ticket. Maybe 
he had the capacity for violence, which for a Chicago cop is practi-
cally a given. I continued to just observe and wait for enough clues. 

  “ Yes, Sir, ”  I said.  “ I ’ ll roll down the window. ”  
  “ You think you ’ re hot s —  in this ride, don ’ t you? ”  was the fi rst 

thing he said. I had my answer on how to win. The trade was executed 
right then. As they say in tennis, advantage - in. 

  “ Oh, no, offi cer, I only just bought this car about a month or 

so ago. I work so hard I never have time to enjoy it. Take a look 
at the odometer; I think it ’ s still less than 1,000 miles. I must confess 
the temptation just got the best of me. I can ’ t believe the fi rst time I 
let it out a bit I got stopped. I ’ m really sorry I put you through the 
trouble, Sir. ”  

c08.indd   110

c08.indd   110

8/6/08   9:46:52 PM

8/6/08   9:46:52 PM

background image

 In 

Conclusion 

111

  “ You were going 83 miles per hour; the limit ’ s 45. I should take 

you in. ”   This man was  not  happy. 

  “ Yes, Sir, you could do that. I would hate to put you through all 

that trouble but you are the boss. ”  

 He went on for a moment or two about how unsafe that speed was 

and that ’ s when I had him cold. Dead to rights. If it had been a trade, 
I had his money and there was no way he was getting it back. I almost 
started laughing when I realized how easy he gave me the opportunity 
to take the profi t. Up to that point I still had no idea how to fi nally 
win, only clues that I had to consider in an attempt to win. If I didn ’ t 
fi nd it, I was going to jail, probably. But he gave it to me without hav-
ing to look for it anymore. I then chose to add to the position that had 
the potential and executed again. 

  “ Yes sir, you are right. But that is why I bought this car.” (Lie.) 

“How much do you know about ____________  ? ”  (I won ’ t tell you 
the make and model, but there were only a handful in the whole coun-
try at the time.) 

  “ What ’ s that got to do with anything? ”  he asked me. 
  “ Well, I ’ ll show you ”  I said,  “ While you are writing this up let me 

give you the nickel tour. Is it okay if I get out? ”  

  “ Sure, ”  he said. I knew I had his interest then. He knew something 

was going to be different about  this  stop. 

 So I showed him the air dams and explained why they contrib-

ute to the car ’ s stability at higher speeds. I threw in some stuff of my 
own about,  “ When the air is colder it ’ s denser so they work better. ”  I 
showed him the suspension (we had to get down on our knees to look 
under the car) and explained how that works in conjunction with the 
air dams. Then I explained the reason the car is mid - engined is because 
that helps it remain more balanced and contributes to its overall stability. 
I went on about how that helps the brakes work better and the car resist 
spins. I told him the car was engineered for panic braking and avoiding 
potholes on the bad Italian roads, so naturally it works even better on 
good asphalt like Lake Shore Drive. I told him the whole reason I got a 
little ahead of myself is because I really believed I was safer here than on 
the Dan Ryan Expressway with all those nuts. Basically, what I told him 

c08.indd   111

c08.indd   111

8/6/08   9:46:53 PM

8/6/08   9:46:53 PM

background image

112 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

was all technically true, but I put it in the frame of reference he gave me, 
the issue of safety. Personally, I bought the car to run wild with it. I do 
that every chance I get. I could outrun a helicopter if the road was long 
enough and I was willing to deal with  that  confl ict. 

 He didn ’ t have that perspective. In fact, he basically told me that 

he believed anyone who owned something like this was intending to 
break the law when he accused me of being  “ hot s — . ”  Once he made 
the distinction that  “ ownership equals unsafe, ”  I knew his point of view. 
Now the trade was confi rmed as a winner and he had no chance. It 
was over for him. It was a simple matter to put my actions into his 
frame of reference, thereby resolving the confl ict in a way that validated 
his point of view. I let him  “ win. ”  But in doing so he saw my point of 
view as being the same as his. Therefore, he actually lost and gave up 
his position to mine. Then I did what was only the right thing to do. 
Class and style, baby. 

  “ Have you ever driven one of these, offi cer? ”  
  “ No. ”  
  “ Why don ’ t I ride with you? ”  

 So off we went. We drove up and down Lake Shore Drive fi nally 

arriving back to his squad in about 15 minutes or so. The whole time 
I kept asking him,  “ Can you feel how stable the car feels? ”     “ Can you 
feel how those brakes make you feel safe? ”     “ Can you see that  eighty feels 
like forty
 ?”  The end result is, of course, no ticket. He has to drive some 
Detroit derelict all day long. But today, he got to drive something 
that was out of his reach, maybe forever. Do you think he woke up that 
morning thinking he would be behind the wheel of a state - of - the - art  
 engineering marvel that he ’ d never even heard of before? Something 
that costs more money than he gets paid in two or three years? (Maybe 
he was just jealous.) Who knows where it could have gone? We never 
discussed his family, how long he ’ d been a cop, what he likes to do for 
fun or to relax, all those other places to connect. The possibilities were 
completely endless. He even  apologized  for stopping me and thanked 
me when we parted. Imagine what the conversation must have been 
like back at the precinct. Do you think I will ever get a ticket from any 
of those offi cers if I ’ m pulled over? I ’ ll probably have to let them all 
drive sooner or later. Damn, I should at least ask for gas money. 

c08.indd   112

c08.indd   112

8/6/08   9:46:53 PM

8/6/08   9:46:53 PM

background image

 In 

Conclusion 

113

 Would any of this have happened if I had done something different? 

Like  “ make a case ”  for myself? Or focus on how frustrating it was to 
get pulled over? Or if I would have been concerned with my own 
point of view in any way? For me, it was his point of view that mat-
tered. Everything is like this — especially the markets.  The Art of the Trade  
is the  process  of getting to the point where you can begin to see the 
true nature of reality, doing it in a way that is completely divorced from 
your perception of what that reality should be, always attempting to 
adapt yourself to that reality as it unfolds around you. Once you begin 
to discover that, you can begin to exploit price action in any market in 
any time frame. You will never arrive because that reality is constantly 
being created differently by those who participate. Therefore, you must 
be constantly creating differently as well. Otherwise, when you dance 
to the wrong tune, you get eaten. 

 It ’ s like this:  “ This is what the market says, this is what I do. ”  But that 

 “ What is it really saying right now? ”  question is the art.  

 What I choose to learn — and believe every trader needs to at least 

consider — is that everything in your life and everything in your personal 
thinking can contribute to that process. Every circumstance, every event, 
every person, every situation I might fi nd myself in has the potential, if 
I let it, to teach a lesson on the nature of how people think, how they 
function as a group and what causes them to do certain things. Most 
importantly, it is how I personally interpret this constantly unfolding 
reality that is created by these people. The markets themselves taught 
me this. I learned that there are only two points of view: the other per-
son ’ s and the best one. What I think is of no consequence. Mine must 
become the best one. Nowhere is this truer than in a zero - sum game. 
The end result is the ability to do or become anything you could ever 
want to be. All that takes is money. And money in a never - ending sup-
ply is what the markets can give you. In any amount you need or want. 
That ’ s why we trade in the fi rst place. 

 But, you won ’ t get a penny of it unless you are willing to hear its 

voice. It only speaks one way. By God, I was willing to stop talking and 
fi nally listen.            

c08.indd   113

c08.indd   113

8/6/08   9:46:53 PM

8/6/08   9:46:53 PM

background image

c08.indd   114

c08.indd   114

8/6/08   9:46:54 PM

8/6/08   9:46:54 PM

background image

115

Appendix                 A

 

   For Traders  Only 

 Looking in the Mirror       

   

  Speculation : From the Latin root verb  “ speculari, ”  meaning  “ to observe. ”  
It implies unbiased assessment of conditions and leaves the fi nal result 
of any confl ict, action, or effort to be free of any committed outcome. 

—Anonymous

 A

t the beginning of this book, I told you this is not another 
 “ how-to ”  book on trading. This is my personal story of how I 
fi nally came to be a permanent success at trading. When the 

manuscript was fi nished,  and  after  I paid “Ghostwriter X” what he 
thought was a huge check, I was at the point of deciding if I should 
actually publish this. It was at this point that I gave the issue of trading 
itself more thought. The people who are naturally drawn to this type of 
book are going to be, for the most part, in the business of trading 

bapp01.indd   115

bapp01.indd   115

8/6/08   9:47:29 PM

8/6/08   9:47:29 PM

background image

116 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 somehow. I don ’ t think this will ever be read by anyone who is in crop 
dusting. So I thought in fairness to you spending some of the money 
that you will probably lose anyway, I offer you a better shot at getting 
mine. I will be on the other side of some of those trades. Fair enough? 

 Here are some things relating to the actual part of execution, both 

initiation of a position and liquidation of that position. Also, I want to 
share some thoughts on maintaining a strong market presence. 

 These are only words. They have all been said before in some form 

or another. This isn ’ t  “ new ”  in that respect. I want you to look at these 
insights from a new perspective; hopefully the one I have come to 
understand and presented throughout this book. Even if you came to 
understand the point of view I hold, you will see it in a unique way. 
Find a way to  “ look ”  at what is happening like I do. That is when this 
information is really useful. Then let your own expression of that per-
spective control the execution of your trading. Let that be the art form 
you create. Do it better than I can, so I can learn from the new reality 
that  you  are creating, that I have never seen before. I ’ m looking for that 
every day. Please be there. I ’ m getting bored with what I fi nd now. 

 One last qualifi er: I tried to  “ teach ”  trading for a period of time. I 

have no intention of ever doing it again. If you think I am trying to 
 “ teach ”  you anything, I will hunt you down and have your head for a 
paperweight. Better stop now if you think that is what you will fi nd here. 

 Here you go. Try to take my money.  

  If you are losing a tug of war with a tiger, give him the rope before he 
gets to your arm. You can always buy a new rope. 

  — Sufi  Wisdom     

  Cut your losses, @#%$   for brains. Live to trade another day. You 

are wrong today. Try tomorrow. The markets will never end. Go do 
something else for a while. Write a book for Christ ’ s sake. Someone 
will buy it.    

  The fault, dear Brutus, is not in our stars, but in ourselves, that we 
are underlings. 

  — William Shakespeare,  Julius Caesar  (I, ii, 140 – 141)    

  Who twisted your arm to do this trade? Who called the fl oor and said, 

 “ Get me in? ”  Who clicked the  “ Enter Order ”  button? Take 100  percent 

bapp01.indd   116

bapp01.indd   116

8/6/08   9:47:29 PM

8/6/08   9:47:29 PM

background image

 

For Traders Only  

117

responsibility for your results, no matter what they are. The more you 
  blame,   the more you lose.  

  Write down everything you do and look at your ratios. Know 

what you average gain/loss is. Know your percentage of winners to 
losers. When you trade write   down why you did the trade. On a regu-
lar basis review these notes and ask yourself what the quality of your 
thoughts really was at the time. The more you kid yourself, the more 
you lose. Attempt to improve your gains by 10 percent and reduce 
your losses by 5 percent on some time frame of your choosing. If you 
are half right you will improve your net gains by 7.5 percent or more 
on a regular basis.  

  The market is always right. If you lost,  you  missed something. That 

something is inside your head. What is it?  

  Never trade without a stop. Ask yourself why it is okay, just this 

time, not to place a stop. What is that something?  

  Let profi ts run. If you think it is time to get out, ask yourself why 

you think it is time. Let the market decide that, not that something that 
says it is time to get out. Who knows how far it might go?  

  Never add to a loser. Ask yourself why you feel the  “ need ”  to do so. 

The market does not know you have  any  position on. Your fi rst loss is your 
best loss. Take a new look at it.     Take a break. Do anything but add to it.  

  Always remember that 90 percent of  people  who trade lose. Only 

10 percent win, but they have all the money. One hundred percent of 
contracts traded fall between the two. Therefore, 90 percent of the  size  
is controlled by 10 percent of the  people.  Who are those people? What 
are they thinking? If a hundred  “ one - lot ”  traders are working against 
one  “ hundred - lot ”  trader, how did he get to be that big? Was it from his 
losses? Always consider what the large traders are doing, but that they 
can be wrong too. The small guy does have his day.   Remember that.  

If you want steak, but can only afford chicken, a cow will be your 
undoing.

  — Proverb 

  Don ’ t trade more than a reasonable size. Don ’ t  “ load up. ”  Only very 

experienced traders know how to do this. They got that way from a 
proven method that works for them. Until you get there, and know 
you are there, you will meet your Waterloo when you do so. I will be 

bapp01.indd   117

bapp01.indd   117

8/6/08   9:47:29 PM

8/6/08   9:47:29 PM

background image

118 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

there, or someone just like me. I will also rent you a car so you don ’ t 
have to walk back to Paris to get more money. Please come back. I 
would like the continuing pleasure of removing that new money from 
you as well.  

  Go with your  “ gut. ”  Your subconscious mind has the ability to form 

associations and reach conclusions for you. It oftentimes will know 
something your waking mind doesn ’ t.   It is trying to tell you something. 
Please listen. You must learn how to differentiate a gut intuition from a 
testosterone - fueled ambition. Otherwise, you will have no testosterone 
at all.  

  Never listen to what anyone else is talking about regarding their 

trading. They  “ talk ”  their position because they want you to validate 
their point of view. They don ’ t know why they did the trade in the 
fi rst place. Or they want to  “ help ”  you in some manner with your 
own trading. Never tell anyone what you are doing in any market. 
Let them wonder. The more you listen to what others say, think, or 
do, the less clear your own thinking will be. Since I am crystal clear 
in my  thinking and I want to take your money, the more I like it 
when your thinking is fuzzy.  

  Find someone in the offi ce that is always losing. Carefully observe 

what he does and how he justifi es his positions. Observe his train of 
thought. This is different than listening to what he says as I describe 
above. Find this critical difference and exploit it. Be polite when 
doing this so that you always have this advantage. When he quits and 
goes somewhere else, either maintain the relationship or start a new 
one with his replacement if you can. This will become a never   ending 
source of information about the loser ’ s thinking. You only need to fi nd 
one because they all think the same way. It is a  “ shortcut ”  to the top if 
you can fi nd it. 

 How do I know this? I ’ ll tell you. One of the honest men I met in 

this business showed me. It was Christmas and he stopped at my desk 
before leaving the offi ce for the holidays. He dropped  $ 5,000 in cash 
on my desk and said,  “ Thank you. ”  I thought he was joking. He sat two 
desks away from me. He would listen to how I worked my trades and 
would occasionally ask for my  “ help ”  on his trades. He was taking the 
other side of my trades almost like clockwork. I was losing so consist-
ently it was a sure bet. I made him a fortune. Talk about an eye - opener. 

bapp01.indd   118

bapp01.indd   118

8/6/08   9:47:30 PM

8/6/08   9:47:30 PM

background image

 

For Traders Only  

119

My sense of pride was so shattered for a while that I wouldn ’ t talk to 
him. He understood that and never teased or derided me for what I 
was trying to do. He was a man of honor. When he passed away I didn ’ t 
know about it. I heard through the grapevine. The fact I couldn ’ t honor 
him on his last trade really hurt me. He taught me a hard lesson, but 
I learned it.  

  Stay away from women when you are losing. If you are a woman 

trader, stay away from men. At certain times the relationship between 
men and women is similar to being long or short against the other mar-
ket participant. The critical component that isn ’ t working will some-
times have come from your opposite in some fashion. Until you are 
back on, the  “ whatever it is ”  that isn ’ t working will be reinforced by the 
opposite sex.  “ I ’ m losing in the markets, honey. ”     “ But what about our 
vacation plans? ”  Get the picture? God help you if you are married at 
this time. Your money is MINE.  

  Don ’ t look for tops or bottoms, anticipate them. Tops have a dis-

tinctive  “ look ”  to them. There are two ways the top happens. The best 
kind is an all - time or near all - time high.  

  Look for huge volume. This is turnover; lots of people getting in 

and out. Look for a big range when this happens. If you have unlimited 
courage, pick a price and hang on. If you have a lot, but not an unlim-
ited amount of courage, sell on the close and hang on. If you have a 
good dose of courage, but with a streak of caution, wait for the next 
day ’ s attempt to match or exceed the previous day ’ s high, and sell when 
the price slides back through the day ’ s opening range, and hang on. If 
you have, say, an average amount of courage, sell the second days close 
and hang on. If you have no courage at all, why are you trading? In any 
case, look for open interest to drop on the big day, or the big week, the 
market is fi nished. Once you have your position, take a vacation for a 
month. You will make huge money if your skill in timing this event has 
been tested. The market will break and it might take some time for this 
to occur. Maybe it will go south for years. Stay with it.  

  The second kind of high is a consolidation high. Prices stay within a 

basic area for some time before going south. Afterwards, they rally huge 
to re - test. Wait for the re - test, then sell. Do this on rising open interest. 
This is the loser hoping to buy cheap one last time so that he doesn ’ t 
miss the new highs he is certain will occur. When prices get back to the 

bapp01.indd   119

bapp01.indd   119

8/6/08   9:47:30 PM

8/6/08   9:47:30 PM

background image

120 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

highs, consider offering him the opportunity to  unburden himself for the 
responsibility of his bank account. Selling highs is  dangerous in any case 
because you won ’ t know it was the absolute high until prices fi nally drop. 
That might take time. But the clues that this is inevitable are there. Sooner 
or later any market must top.     Is this  a  top or  the  top? What are those 
clues?  

  It is exactly the same for bottoms. Just turn the chart upside down 

and you will see what I mean. Markets that are at an important low 
price take time to distribute. This means they crash and just sit there. 
Or they trend to a bottom and just sit there. Anybody who could have 
entered on the buy side has run out of money trying to pick the actual 
bottom and is now so discouraged he will need time, maybe lots of it, 
to get his courage up to try again. The potential seller is afraid of a rally. 
The selling hedger will deliver his higher-priced goods anyway so that 
he doesn ’ t have to buy to get out. Therefore, the market just sits while 
the bulk of the market participants do nothing and watch. The whole 
show starts when one large buyer or lots of little ones start buying. 
There are only the late shorts to take on the approaching horsemen of 
their impending apocalypse. Some of the early longs sell, cutting their 
profi ts short. Don ’ t worry, they will be back. Hence a rally that falls 
back, but never a new low because the buyers are so convinced that the 
spike means the beginning of a move they don ’ t liquidate. They created 
the potential for a self - fulfi lling prophecy. As long as they believe that 
as a group, they won ’ t sell.  

  Start listening when all the  “ fundamentalists ”  begin raving that those 

prices aren ’ t  “ justifi ed ”  just yet. Watch for the hedgers on the buy side 
getting in at that point. Now it ’ s time to join the fun, maybe.  

  If you have read this critical distinction correctly, here 

’ s another 

clue: The commission houses start offering it to the public. Watch what 
their advertising says. They prefer to market a trade to the public from 
the long side. But one word of caution: If this market has been in a 
steady climb before the commission houses are in, it will correct. They 
are late. Maybe not forever, but there might be enough of a correction 
to wash you out, or at least them. Some of the clients that are early 
enough might even make money on this one. That ’ s okay, they ’ re just 
holding it for me until I fi nd them. Maybe I should charge interest on 
the loan.  

bapp01.indd   120

bapp01.indd   120

8/6/08   9:47:30 PM

8/6/08   9:47:30 PM

background image

 

For Traders Only  

121

  Range trading is sure money. Enter in the top or bottom 5 to 

10 percent of the range. Place your stop outside the range and wait. 
Liquidate and reverse at the same point the other way.  

  Do this forever until one protective stop or the other is hit. Then take 

a break. Wait for more clues before doing anything. What does a range 
look like? How do you know a range has been established? How do you 
know the range is over and the market is moving to a new equilibrium? 
How do you know when a market is due to break out of a range?  

  Never trade shortly before or shortly after some major life event, 

expected or not. If you get a phone call your parents have just died in a 
plane crash, or something that for you is equally major, liquidate every-
thing you are holding and deal with it. Don ’ t get back in until you are 
over it. You will not be in any frame of reference to understand price 
action when you can ’ t think straight. You will miss something and lose. 
The only exception is a planned trade that is winning and your stops 
to lock in a permanent profi t are outside the range of a limit move for 
the day in question. If you are getting married, or your kids are starting 
college, or you are buying a house, or some major planned event, you 
have the same problem. In any case, I ’ m looking for you to believe that 
you are capable of handling it all by continuing to place yourself at risk. 
I need a bigger yacht anyway.  

  Everyone reads the news. Try observing how often a market fades 

a major piece of news. This is a clue to its real nature, not the expected 
nature. Try observing how the market behaves the day after the news. 
Never anticipate any news. News, reports, or numbers are always fac-
tored in to the price before they are out in some way. Of that you can 
be certain. How is the news factored in? If a piece of news comes out 
that was unexpected and the market does nothing, what does that tell 
you? What does it mean for a market to  “ do nothing ” ? What does a 
 “ nothing day ”  have to look like for it to qualify as a  “ nothing day ” ? As 
a side note, I know of one trader who made his fortune exploiting this 
one skill. Whatever the  Wall Street Journal  commodity news section had 
for the headline that day, he would wait all day and fade that news on 
the close. He would run a  $ 500 per contract protective stop and wait. 
He had  somewhere around 80 percent winners for an average gain of 
somewhere around  $ 500 each. I don ’ t think he ever traded bigger than a 
20 - lot his entire career. Do the math.  

bapp01.indd   121

bapp01.indd   121

8/6/08   9:47:30 PM

8/6/08   9:47:30 PM

background image

122 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

  If you just scored a huge win, you might want to reduce your  position 

size for a period of time. Large amounts of success can sometimes cloud 
your thinking or cause you to get slightly complacent with your  “ research ”  
into the nature of price action. You are a bit more susceptible to losses per-
haps. Always reduce your trade size during a period of losses. That way you 
can always afford another beer to cry into.  

  Train your body as well as your mind. You are in a  winner-take-all  

battlefi eld. You must have every advantage you can fi nd. Find the best 
balance for you between enjoying life and slowly ending it. This will pro-
vide a more consistent starting point every day. When your mind is sharp 
you function better. Your mind lives inside your body. If you aren ’ t eating 
right or exercising regularly, your mind will suffer at some point. By the 
way, I ’ m counting on your lack of discipline.  

  Put aside a portion of your winnings when you have them. There 

is a freedom of mind that comes when you know that no matter what 
kind of damage you do to yourself for a short time you can always pay 
the mortgage and the bills. You will create all kinds of problems for 
yourself if you spend it all, all the time. There is a tendency to expect 
market profi ts to support your lifestyle when in reality it is your life-
style that leads to profi ts. Be sensitive to this. Find a happy medium 
between saving and spending. At some point you won ’ t know how to 
spend it all anyway and it will just sit there until your wife gets half.  

  Never lose your sense of balance. It doesn ’ t matter how you do that. 

Once your sense of balance goes, so does your money. You will think it 
had wings. How do you create balance in your life? What is balance?  

  When a market keeps moving only one way, day after day it seems, 

and the ranges are modest, be ready to move. All those winners will 
get nervous at some point. Where is that point? What does it look 
like? If you are one of those winners, how do you think about those 
profi ts? At what point are  you  nervous? A retracement is inevitable. If 
you have done your homework, this is where you add to that win-
ner and take all. All markets retrace before the big move. Pay attention. 
If you are wrong, always place your  “ GFO ”  (get the f —  out) stop at 
the break - even price on the entire position and watch it like a hawk. 
If you have correctly interpreted what must happen next, you will do 
very well. If the market doesn ’ t rebound, be very nimble and consider 
totally reversing. Markets set up big moves like this. If it is not one way, 

bapp01.indd   122

bapp01.indd   122

8/6/08   9:47:31 PM

8/6/08   9:47:31 PM

background image

 

For Traders Only  

123

it will be the other. Run with it. If you think you have earned the skill, 
plunge for all you are worth. If you don ’ t have the skill, well, there is 
always Vegas. Too bad you don ’ t have any money left to join me.  

  If you trade futures, always remember all markets are  

“ bearish. ”  

Their function is to provide the producer of that commodity with a 
way to exploit higher prices, which he will sell into. If he is not doing 
that, it is because he expects higher prices fi rst before he sells. This in 
itself is an advantage that you should learn to exploit. But he is always a 
seller eventually. Once he does this, he is the ONLY market participant 
who is under no obligation to get out by becoming a buyer. He may 
deliver against the position. Therefore, the speculator who buys and 
sells is the net force on the market. At some point there will be an ine-
quality when the initiating buyer must become the seller to get out. If 
the hedger sells, the initiating speculative seller sells, and the liquidating 
speculative buyer becomes a seller to get out; that market is under three 
times the selling pressure it would normally be under; especially if the 
old shorts decide to press their advantage and add to their positions. 
This is why markets will always break faster than they rally. You will not 
have a lot of time to join the party. To exploit this, you must be vigi-
lant and ready to move. And I mean now. There are not many buyers 
out there. Most of them are small shorts covering too soon. That means 
one - lots. If you can ’ t see this eventual inequality developing and time it 
fairly well, it ’ s better to let it go. You will end up selling it into the hole. 
Market orders or resting stops will get fi lled way below what you see 
on the screen. Wait for the next one. Otherwise, I ’ d like to thank you in 
advance for my new airplane.  

  Options are hedging instruments. People trade them like  speculative 

vehicles, but they were originally developed as a low - cost way to protect 
something. Ninety - eight percent of all held options expire worthless if 
they have traded anytime for any strike price. The reason this is the case 
is very simple. The market will only be at one price at expiration any 
way and the people who sell them, or write them, have enough pres-
ence of mind to write most of them on the side of the market that 
prices are moving away from as well as buy them back after the pre-
mium has dried up. If you are speculating with options, you have two 
things working against you, time and price. The market might  

“ get 

there ”  eventually, but you will fi nd it is there after the strike you are 

bapp01.indd   123

bapp01.indd   123

8/6/08   9:47:31 PM

8/6/08   9:47:31 PM

background image

124 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

holding has, more often than not, expired. You need big moves to fi ght 
the time decay, even if you are holding an  “ in the money ”  option. It is 
better use of your money to use options to protect open trade futures 
profi ts. The reason is simple. If you are long, and the market is moving 
your way, puts get cheaper. It is the same for calls against shorts. There 
are times you can buy a put or call against your futures for next to noth-
ing if it has only a week or two before it expires. 

 Sometimes that is cheap insurance if you expect some big report; 

you think the market might be vulnerable to large price swings and 
you don ’ t want to risk getting stopped out; or just want to take some 
time off while holding something that is working.  

  Writing options is a complicated thing. Why make this harder than it 

has to be? There are at least 30 different ways to combine the writing of 
options on either side of a market, or both at the same time. To profi t, the 
market must still move in an intended manner. I ’ m the only guy I have 
ever met, besides a full - time option pit trader, who can explain what an 
 “ inverse - ratio back spread ”  is. Some of the pit traders don ’ t even know 
what that is. Almost all of these complicated ways to profi t are used by 
hedge funds or professional money managers. If you intend to exploit 
option - writing strategies to achieve profi ts with your trading, you need 
to become at least as expert on it as they are. In any case, without a sound 
understanding of the market that you are doing this against, trying to 
capture  time decay  might mean  equity decay.  Be very careful when adding 
options to your mix — not everyone can be a bookie.  

  Jesse Livermore said it all. Find and absorb everything you can about 

him. If you fi nd something new, please share it with the rest of us.  

  Prices are continually in motion, even when the markets are closed. 

They are this way because all the losers are studying them from the 
point of view of  “ Okay that ’ s over. What does this mean? ”  Then  they 
form their conclusions while the market is closed to  

“ do such and 

such at this point ”  or  “ I ’ ll wait for the open, see what happens, then 
do such and such, ”  and so on. The end result is when the market does 
something, anything  “ unexpected, ”  they have to reinterpret what that 
means in real time. They then place orders or execute against their 
 “ original plan. ”  The end result is that the force of the buying and sell-
ing had its fi rst belief structure while the market was closed. When it 
is closed and the loser says,  “ I better just get out, ”  he can ’ t do that, so 

bapp01.indd   124

bapp01.indd   124

8/6/08   9:47:31 PM

8/6/08   9:47:31 PM

background image

 

For Traders Only  

125

his tension builds and he chooses to execute at the fi rst opportunity he 
can, which is the open. This rush of orders placed in the last 10 to 15 
minutes before the open is what causes  gaps.  Gaps are a good indica-
tion that the loser is getting out. Conversely, if he decides  “ I have to 
get in, ”  it can also mean he is setting himself up for a loss in a day or 
two. Gaps often show you  “ key ”  points for you to consider. It is for 
this reason that you should consider any opening price as slightly more 
indicative of the nature of the market than the close. But the close has 
equal signifi cance from the point of view that when the loser is waiting 
to get in, he will tend to view any closing price as  “ strong ”  or  “ weak. ”  
He will then make his trade decision at night waiting for the market to 
open. So in effect the pressure on prices was preordained the previous 
night. If you combine this relationship between the open, close, and 
gaps, watch to see how news is factored in. You can then begin to see 
how the thinking of the loser shows itself a day or two ahead of the 
news and then be able to correctly anticipate how to place your posi-
tion the day of the news — waiting for the inevitable move to where 
the loser ’ s stops must be. This ability is a real art. But then again, you 
never studied art, right?  

  The average market participant operates in a time frame of 72 

hours or less. That is because they all expected to make money  “ right 
now. ”  Where is this rhythm showing up in the ebb and fl ow of price 
action? Most losers exit their position in that time frame. First, if their 
trade is  “ not working, ”  they get tired of waiting for the gain that didn ’ t 
come. The pressure of being in a loser is building to the  “ I better just 
get out ”  point for him. Also, the average loser will wait to exit a posi-
tion until the loss is somewhere between 60 percent to equal of the 
initiating margin requirement amount against him. Why do you think 
the exchange sets them to be those amounts anyway? Partly because 
that amount always is enough price movement on a chart for almost 
any chart reader to see he is wrong and decide to quit. If you want 
a good idea where stops are building for the liquidation point, sim-
ply calculate what initial margin would mean in price action from 
the point you believed the loser got in at. For example, if you think the 
loser came in on the buy side of corn at  $ 2.75, and initial margin is 
 $ 600, then his sell stops are about the  $ 2.63 level, or fairly close. Ergo, 
your best buy point. 

bapp01.indd   125

bapp01.indd   125

8/6/08   9:47:32 PM

8/6/08   9:47:32 PM

background image

126 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 Also plot ahead about 72 hours for that to happen. As the  $ 2.63 

area is reached (assuming you are seeing it right), observe how much 
time this actually took. If it happened in less than two trading ses-
sions, be careful. If a loser gets spanked too fast, he has a tendency 
to  “ stay out until things settle down. ”  That means he will take more 
time to get his courage up for an attempt to get his money back. 
If your price is reached in three or four sessions, he is simply frus-
trated. Now he wants to just get it back, so he immediately executes 
according to his trade plan. For some reason the loser doesn ’ t seem 
to mind if a loss takes the right amount of time to play itself out, 
but if it happens too fast, then he is cautious. The same is true for 
a winning position. If it happens too fast, the loser mentality tends 
to  “ just take it ”  and wait  “ for things to settle down a bit. ”  It seems 
that there is a time frame for either losses or occasional gains that 
must be just right for them as a group to be able to function well 
under. I don ’ t understand it, it just is. Can you fi nd that rhythm? If 
not, I ’ ll fi nd you. You will be sorry you ever thought you knew what 
you were doing. That ’ s okay, go borrow some money from your rich 
uncle. I ’ ll just wait right here until you get back. No rush. Take your 
time. Make sure to build a strong case for yourself; bring all those 
charts for him to look at.  

  Until you really have a handle on fi nding the loser and feasting 

on his ever - dwindling trading stake, try not to hold a position over a 
weekend. Anything can happen in the minds of the losing group when 
something truly unexpected happens, especially if it is on a Friday 
night or Saturday morning. This group will stew about what it means 
to them personally for 48 hours. This will create a huge order imbal-
ance on Monday morning. Unless you have a good lead on this mar-
ket, or are fortunate enough to have positioned yourself properly for 
the inevitable panic, you will be in the losing group without knowing. 
Three weeks of profi ts can go up in smoke in 10 minutes. If you are on 
the right side and you have a windfall, don ’ t add to the position or take 
your profi ts. Wait  until Tuesday ’ s trade. If this event has truly converted 
the perception of the market, a reversal is in the works because all the 
winners will bail too. Hence, the market is seeking to attract everyone 
back into the game. You are probably out anyway if you are using good 
money management. But if it is a knee - jerk reaction kind of thing you 

bapp01.indd   126

bapp01.indd   126

8/6/08   9:47:32 PM

8/6/08   9:47:32 PM

background image

 

For Traders Only  

127

will be able to add to the position with almost certain probability of 
higher profi ts. In other words, nail the coffi n shut and bury him.  

  Also regarding weekends, Friday 

’ s closing price trades at some 

point on Monday approximately 92 percent of the time. Just reenter 
the position when your liquidating price trades on Monday. Your net 
equity position will remain the same and, if nothing has changed with 
the structure of the market, then you can continue to let the profi t 
run. If something truly unexpected did happen to the mind of the 
market, you will be fl at during that time. Plus you will not have to 
reevaluate the position in real time when it is temporarily working 
against you, creating confusion on your already fragile ability to do 
this anyway. You do keep a box of Kleenex in the offi ce, don ’ t you? I 
hate it when they cry.  

  Page 60 and 61 (the fi rst two pages of Chapter  5 ),  Reminiscences of a 

Stock Operator,  paperback edition, by Edwin Lefevre, referring to  “ Larry 
Livingston ”  — read this  very carefully.  Remember this part was written 
about an observation made before World War I.  

   “ All the world ’ s a stage, and all the men and women merely  players. ”  

What do you think Bill meant by that?    

 Speaking of paperweights, the apparent function of a paperweight 

is clear. Its real function is to validate a critical distinction in the mind 
of its owner. How is this so? People used paperweights to hold down 
papers in case they blew off the surface they were on. Which surface? 
Most likely a desk or table. Why is this? Those papers were crucial in 
the mind of someone who wanted those papers available for some rea-
son while he was seated in front of them. Or he didn ’ t want to get up 
and walk around the surface in question; otherwise there would be no 
confl ict. Therefore, some task was being done at the time that needed 
to be free of interruption. Perhaps work. What causes papers to blow 
away? Some kind of atmospheric force. Since a surface where work is 
done is usually indoors, then it stands to reason that either a window 
was open or a fan was blowing. 

 Consider then that a paperweight would be a necessary compo-

nent of every desk so placed in proximity to a window if the window 
needed to be open for long periods of time. Why would a window in 
the workplace need to be open for an extended period of time? There 
can be only a few distinctions in this case. The person seated at the 

bapp01.indd   127

bapp01.indd   127

8/6/08   9:47:32 PM

8/6/08   9:47:32 PM

background image

128 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

desk was either too hot at the time and wanted a breeze; the person 
needed access through the window for a reason of his own; or some-
thing was in the air that this person wanted out such as smoke. In any 
case, whether intentionally or unintentionally, this person was expect-
ing air to possibly upset his papers and chose to fi nd a solution to his 
problem. 

 In the case of the fan, he would be expecting this problem, but that 

can only mean he wanted to create a breeze. Since the purpose of a 
breeze is to cool the individual then the most likely reason that anyone 
would be sitting at a desk, doing work, who didn ’ t want papers to blow 
away,  who was creating or expecting a breeze, is because it was too 
hot at the desk on which work was probably being done and the most 
likely setting was an offi ce of some kind. 

 Today, because most offi ce buildings where work is being performed 

are climate controlled and air conditioned for the most part, the win-
dows remain closed and a fan is not required, a paperweight would not 
be a crucial component to completing a task free of interruption. So 
why are paperweights still common on many desks when they are no 
longer needed? Most paperweights are of design, construction, or assem-
bly that offers a unique something to consider it for besides its apparent 
function. They have clocks, sayings, descriptions, metaphors, and so on, 
all within their construction that must make an impression of some kind 
before they are purchased because they serve no purpose by their appar-
ent function and in fact, are completely unneeded in most offi ce envi-
ronments. No one would buy them unless they contributed in some way 
to the purchaser. 

 Therefore, that relationship must exist in the mind of the owner and 

nowhere else. A paperweight therefore serves to validate some component 
of its owner ’ s thinking that is important to him or her alone. Paperweights 
serve no other purpose in most cases. Do you see how conclusions that 
appear random, in fact, are based on observations and critical deductions? 
How much more so is price action to be considered? 

 Here are a few thoughts on using technical analysis from my point 

of view. Let ’ s say you are looking at stochastics. Most people who use 
them work in certain time frames to compile them. What are those 
time frames? Does this differ depending on the market being traded? 
They will then form a conclusion about what those numbers mean at 

bapp01.indd   128

bapp01.indd   128

8/6/08   9:47:32 PM

8/6/08   9:47:32 PM

background image

 

For Traders Only  

129

some critical point. Then they will do something, putting themselves in 
play. Where is that point? 

 It works sort of like this: Everybody using stochastics is probably 

thinking this market is overbought. Therefore, if they are long, they 
must start to consider liquidating; otherwise they wouldn ’ t be trusting 
stochastics in the fi rst place. The people who want to short this market 
are thinking the same thing, but from the sell side to initiate. The late 
buyer  “ doesn ’ t want to miss it. ”  If this is actually happening, then they 
are executing against each other. Therefore, O.I. (open interest) won ’ t 
move very much because the same contract is simply being transferred 
to another body to hold if the old shorts aren ’ t getting out yet. (One 
gets out, but one comes in.) That means the market must move higher 
because some of the longs will wait, but the old shorts are nervous and 
must cover. (What they expected didn 

’ t happen.) Therefore making 

the new shorts nervous, then they will cover, and the market is run-
ning out of potential shorts because they are already getting in. This 
process will happen until everyone quits all together and the O.I. drops 
at that point. So, when the shorts bail (those that thought the market 
was overbought and got in) and the longs bail (to take their profi ts), 
the market is ready to go the other way. Now it is time to short this 
market. 

 If you can see that this  “ overbought ”  point is also at some  “ resist-

ance ”  number, you now have two good reasons why the market might 
be vulnerable to moving south. This is a different process than  “ trust-
ing the chart ”  or  “ doing what the stochastics say to do. ”  Do you see 
the critical distinction? Just because something says  “ overbought ”  does 
not mean it is time to sell. It  might  mean it is time to sell but only if the 
market is running out of people who want to play and only if they are 
deciding that because enough of them believe what the indicator tells 
them. This is why a market that is overbought can continue to climb, 
sometimes for weeks, before breaking. Maybe no one is watching that 
particular indicator except  you.  Sometimes the people who want to 
short that market get spanked two or three times before they fi nally 
quit. Who is that? How long have they been spanked? How many 
times will the average person trading that market, who is trying to sell 
it and using stochastics to tell him where, going to execute? What is his 
emotional state at that time? Once it breaks, does he rush right back 

bapp01.indd   129

bapp01.indd   129

8/6/08   9:47:33 PM

8/6/08   9:47:33 PM

background image

130 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

because he  “ knew that would happen ”  and he wants his money back? 
If he does, why would someone buy to let him in? How would you 
know that is what he is doing? What are the clues this is happening? 
Do you see what I ’ m getting at? No? Good. Thank you for the new 
tires on my car. Wanna play again? I need new rims, too. 

 Bernard Baruch, one of the great business minds of this century, was 

an excellent trader in his own right. He never spent more than 30 min-
utes or so each day  “ analyzing ”  the markets he would trade. Sometimes 
he did it in bed while having breakfast. If you fi nd you are spending a 
lot of time  “ analyzing ”  your market, be careful. It is completely possible 
you are expecting that analysis to tell you something or do something 
for you it can ’ t do. Carefully review your thoughts. Listen to what they 
are. You are vulnerable at that point. I look forward to enjoying your 
money with great relish. Please, take all the time you need. 

 For those who are not trading now, but wish to get started, I have 

a fi nal summation for you. You and your trading are the same thing. 
What I ’ ve hoped to communicate here is that who you are determines 
your results. When you execute, you place your thoughts into an action 
that you believe creates a profi t. It is the same for everything in your 
life. In everything you do, you have an expectation of a benefi t — oth-
erwise why do it? When you critically examine who you are, you will 
always uncover how you are thinking. By knowing as much as you can 
about your thinking you will discover how you make actions. If you take 
the step of examining  everything  in your life, past, present, and future, you 
will see that your thinking has played out in your actions, thereby creat-
ing the results you have (the  “ life ”  you have created for yourself). If you 
hope to trade for profi ts, there must be something behind that action that 
is prompting you to pull the trigger at that precise spot. Find out what 
it is. You must become a student of yourself. Forget the markets. Study 
 you.  When you understand yourself and how you personally create your 
actions, you will be able to control your executions. This means you will 
trade only when you know you can profi t, not because of something. At 
that point you will make 100 percent winning trades. Anyone could learn 
to do it. You cannot succeed at trading by  “ studying the markets ”  because 
no market moves based on what people know. Markets only move based 
on what people do. They make those actions from the quality of their 
thoughts. Since no one is thinking anywhere near their true potential, it 

bapp01.indd   130

bapp01.indd   130

8/6/08   9:47:33 PM

8/6/08   9:47:33 PM

background image

 

For Traders Only  

131

follows that their actions will never be of any quality either. This is 80 to 
90 percent of the people who participate — probably you right now. 

 You will never trade for consistent profi ts until you know why you 

do what you do and why everyone else does what they do, because both 
of you cannot be right in this game. Until you are thinking (and there-
fore acting) correctly against price action, you will never know why 
price action is what it is. You cannot know that until you know yourself 
better than the other market participant knows himself. To win at trad-
ing you must know why everyone else is losing. You must know why 
you lose to understand how everyone else loses. When you know how 
losing happens, then, and only then, can you execute against the loser 
to win. Trading is not about markets; it ’ s about  thinking.  Since most of 
the participants aren ’ t thinking, that is your edge. Never trade until you 
are there. Otherwise, I will take your money. Believe me, I am out there 
looking for you and I know how you think. 

 Lastly, I quote the good book:

    There is no end to the expressing of ideas. Excessive devotion to books 
and the studying of opinion is tiresome and wearying to the mind. 

  — King Solomon, the wisest man that 

ever lived,  Ecclesiastes  12:12   

 That ’ s it. See you at the dance.              

bapp01.indd   131

bapp01.indd   131

8/6/08   9:47:33 PM

8/6/08   9:47:33 PM

background image

bapp01.indd   132

bapp01.indd   132

8/6/08   9:47:34 PM

8/6/08   9:47:34 PM

background image

133

Appendix B

                                                  Insight into the Person 

of Trader  X 

 by Ghostwriter X 

1

        

   

 

  I ’ m a joker who has understood his epoch and extracted all he possi-
bly could from the stupidity, greed, and vanity of his contemporaries. 

  — Pablo Picasso   

 I

am a ghostwriter. I have been published under my own name, but 
I earn part of my income by ghostwriting. At this writing I am 42, 
married, no kids, and business takes me between Chicago and New 

York regularly. I have already written eight books, some for major pub-
lishers, and others for smaller companies. My books are everywhere, at 
every bookstore, on the Internet, in mail order catalogs, in the backs of 

bapp02.indd   133

bapp02.indd   133

8/6/08   9:47:49 PM

8/6/08   9:47:49 PM

background image

134 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

magazines, and, occasionally, on TV. I write for magazines you ’ ve seen 
on every newsstand. With ghostwriting, I assist authors with the com-
pletion of their manuscripts for a fee, but the credit always goes to the 
 “ author. ”  In some cases, very little is actually contributed by the author. 
In the case of assisting Trader X

  2  

 with his manuscript, the relationship 

was unique. He made it very clear he expected me to ask questions to 
help him clarify his thinking, but to  never  add to or embellish what we 
discussed or write anything on my own. 

 Why is this unique? To put this in perspective, every author thinks 

he has an idea for, or has written, the next sequel to  Gone with the Wind.  
Every day, wannabe authors call me or send me their manuscripts fully 
convinced that the world will stop turning if people don ’ t drop every-
thing they are doing to absorb their essential wisdom. At the very least 
it will be at the top of the  New York Times  bestseller list for weeks. It is 
enough to make me laugh sometimes. That is why I only work with 
authors I like and believe in. Authors that have guts, originality, and 
something to say. Trader X is one of the   good ones.   He wanted help 
in communicating every part of his experience. He felt that by asking 
the right questions, the  “ hard questions ”  as he put it, he would remem-
ber more details. He also felt that someone could help him choose the 
kinds of words and phrasing that would make this interesting reading 
for everyone. He showed me two books in his library to illustrate what 
he meant:  A Brief History of Time  by Stephen Hawking and  How to Date 
Young Women for Men Over 35
  by R. Don Steele. Trader X felt that both 
books took a diffi cult subject and communicated the essential elements 
concisely and with style. I agreed completely. 

 Anytime I felt I could help Trader X clarify a thought, passage, or 

concept, he would listen with great interest and then decide yes or no. 
It surprised me that he was usually easy to work with. He was confi -
dent, but never arrogant. When I mentioned to him that he didn ’ t need 
to have his ego validated, when I assumed he would be full of himself 
(most traders are), he said,  “ That ’ s for women to do. ”  

 Throughout the process of writing, he was concerned that the 

manuscript would be  “ too long. ”  When I reminded him that one must 
expect a certain length in communicating anything effectively, Trader 
X mentioned that he didn ’ t want to be rebuked like Mozart was by 
the Holy Roman Emperor:  “ There are too many notes, Herr Mozart. ”  

bapp02.indd   134

bapp02.indd   134

8/6/08   9:47:50 PM

8/6/08   9:47:50 PM

background image

 

Insight into the Person of  Trader X 

135

In the spirit of the verbal parry I shot back,  “ Which notes are those? ”  
Instantly he replied,  “ In this case, it ’ s your job to fi nd out. ”  It was the 
fi rst of many times I would lose the round, but together I think we 
have won the war. 

 The result is that through the process of writing and rewriting 

this book it has very little of  “ me ”  in it. The one exception is this 
appendix. He agreed to let me write it the way I wanted. Trader X 
frequently asked me,  “ Is this what you really think? Am I really like 
that? ”  When I reminded him that it was my point of view; not neces-
sarily what everyone might think, he said,  “ Of course, stupid question. 
Just do what you think best. ”  In getting to know him, I found the 
concept of writing anonymously on his part intriguing, and I decided 
to do the same. 

 I spent many hours with him, simply observing what he did 

throughout his day - to - day routine. My hope was to see the end result 
of where he was by virtue of where he came from. I wanted him to 
reveal as much as possible. He stressed that I  “ make sure people realize 
how easy this is. ”  Later, I understood he was joking. I think he wanted 
me to remember that the facts are the facts and that to pontifi cate on 
their nature from a constant point of view might lead the reader to 
believe that eventually everyone could understand. Time after time he 
would explain in great detail his pet peeve. To him, most people who 
write books about trading try to make it all seem ridiculously simple 
to the common reader. They run around claiming that their method is 
easy to use and understand, and in the end really do a disservice to the 
entire industry. Trader X believes that these authors offer these overly 
simple solutions in hopes of encouraging the most ignorant lay person 
to open an account and use their approach, buy their system, subscribe to 
their newsletter, and so on, and in the end waste more money and time. 
But Trader X did the same thing; he wasted years believing there really 
 was  a magical solution.  “ Boy, if I had a rocket launcher, ”  he would say, 
quoting Bruce Cockburn. 

 Trader X told me about the brief period in his life when he 

attempted to  “ teach ”  trading. He said it was a truly frustrating expe-
rience. Unlike other guys out there, he was brutally honest with his 
students, telling them the specifi c steps and actions they would have to 
take in order to succeed in this business. He was also blunt about the 

bapp02.indd   135

bapp02.indd   135

8/6/08   9:47:50 PM

8/6/08   9:47:50 PM

background image

136 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

potential risks. He mentioned that of all his students, only two stood 
out in his mind. One man decided that trading wasn ’ t for him. Trader 
X explained to me that he believed that man really understood himself. 
Trader X went on to explain that to discipline one ’ s desire for profi t in 
such a way as to completely stay out of the markets until one is ready 
is a true mark of success that can be applied to any fi eld. Trader X also 
mentioned that this student would likely know how to time his trades 
by waiting for the best point to execute. He said there was another 
side of the coin too — this man tended to hesitate at the best point to 
execute. Furthermore, as a  “ rookie ”  trader, this man would often miss 
the bulk of a market move and have a tendency for lower profi ts and 
a high degree of regret in his thinking. This would have a tendency 
to come out as  “ rushing to the next trade, ”  which would then create 
losses. Therefore, his results would probably have been net losses, at least 
for a period of time. For this man to realize the potential and stay out 
completely demonstrated a keen awareness of his own state of mind. 

  “ It ’ s probably good that he chose to stay out, ”  Trader X told me.  “ If 

he would have committed to trading, he probably would have done it 
so well he would have gotten it all. There would have been none left 
for the rest of us to get. ”  Quite a frightening thought. Trader X believes 
that student will succeed at anything he fi nally decides to do, but he 
doesn ’ t believe that the man was  “ scared off. ”  

 The other individual he could remember from his teaching days 

was a guy he still knows well. In fact, this is someone Trader X consid-
ers one of his best friends. This man always tells the truth.  “ Tells it like 
it is, ”  as Trader X likes to explain. While writing this book, Trader X 
never hid his losses or mistakes from me. During those times, he would 
call up his friend and they would spend time talking on the phone. 
Frequently, his friend would help him clarify his thinking. It was fasci-
nating to watch and be part of. 

 After a string of losses, his friend commented,  “ You are an unin-

fected carrier of brilliant thinking. ”  Trader X confessed,  “ At the time he 
was right. ”  Trader X also respected the fact that his friend had an unwa-
vering commitment to learning the true nature of price action. Here 
is a classic Trader X explanation about his friend:  

“ This guy started 

with a clean sheet of paper. He threw everything he had learned up to 
that point out the window. He started with one - lots. He asked  himself 

bapp02.indd   136

bapp02.indd   136

8/6/08   9:47:50 PM

8/6/08   9:47:50 PM

background image

 

Insight into the Person of  Trader X 

137

the hard questions. If he had losses he always asked himself where his 
personal point of view caused him to hurt himself. I never heard him 
say once that it was the market ’ s fault. He never blamed anyone or 
anything. He kept asking where the loser was and he was determined 
to never be that person. ”  From Trader X this type of compliment is 
extremely rare. 

 He summed up his  “ teaching ”  experience this way:   

 You can ’ t teach trading. You can only provide a means of help-
ing someone discover what trading really is. People I would 
attempt to teach the markets to never could grasp the concept 
of being the loser. They didn ’ t want to accept that all these price 
tics were really people ’ s beliefs. They all wanted to fi gure  out 
what  “ the market was going to do next .”  They  didn ’ t believe 
that the charts or the numbers were just clues to what people 
were thinking about. They thought that if X happened, then Y 
must be next. They thought that there was some constant that 
they could fi nd. They simply didn ’ t believe it was the study of 
how they personally interpreted what they saw. They refused 
to accept that if they were thinking like every other loser; they 
were going to be the next loser. They never could understand 
that what they thought about didn ’ t matter. They never would 
look inward and admit to themselves fi rst,  “ I am the loser. ”  It 
would not fi t in their head, no matter how I tried to reach into 
them, that  every loser is thinking about the price, not what that price 
really represents. Trading is not about the price.
    

 Trader X continued:   

 Every one of them saw the markets as prices going up, then 
prices going down. They never could grasp that people believe 
one thing, now they believe something else. They couldn 

’ t 

accept that if what they believed was different than what was 
 actually  the belief structure of the market, they would always be 
in the wrong spot. They thought trading was about buying and 
selling something. They would never understand that trading is 
really about anticipating where you take a stand by saying to 
everyone who is in the market,  “ I don ’ t think you can continue 

bapp02.indd   137

bapp02.indd   137

8/6/08   9:47:51 PM

8/6/08   9:47:51 PM

background image

138 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

to believe what you believe anymore, you will have to get out 
about here. ”  When I would explain to them or show them how 
that  fact  was disclosed by these things (I would show them a 
chart and the volume and open interest), they would always 
say something like:  “ But such and such number was bullish/
bearish. ”     “ Such and such report is coming out Friday. ”     “ The 
indicator such and such was bullish/bearish. 

”      “ The trend is 

such and such. ”     “ This is how Ed Sekoyta trades. ”     “ This is what 
Peter Stodielmayer says. ”  It was always some argument that was 
attempting to validate their current thinking. Worse yet, they 
wanted to simply  

add  what I showed them to their current 

arsenal of  tools.  It simply wasn ’ t possible to them that all that 
really didn ’ t matter; only what the market participant  believed  
about all that. Or what he had  already believed  about that and 
now he must make a new choice. All of which means  believe  
something else.   

 After I was full of information for the millionth time, Trader X 

backed off and completed his thoughts on the matter:   

 They all thought you could fi gure out where  “ the market would 
go next ”  by somehow combining and dividing all of the previ-
ous prices. When that didn ’ t work, but my trades in the same 
market from the same side did, they thought I had some secret 
I was holding out on. They would always ask,  “ How did you 
know that would happen? ”  When I would tell them,  “ I didn ’ t 
know. I only guessed based on what I had  come  to know, ”  they 
thought what I did was  simply guess  and therefore I really had 
nothing of  technical value  to offer them. When I would do it over 
and over they concluded I was some  mystic  or something. It was 
really frustrating. That frustration spilled over into my trading as 
losses. When I realized this was one of those constant things in 
the business that would never change, I quit trying to  “ teach. ”  
I was content to just take their money by outtrading them.   

 Day after day, even while we worked on this book, Trader X would 

consistently take money from the markets. Watching him work fasci-
nated me. We would sit for hours in front of the trading screen and 

bapp02.indd   138

bapp02.indd   138

8/6/08   9:47:51 PM

8/6/08   9:47:51 PM

background image

 

Insight into the Person of  Trader X 

139

discuss everything from philosophy to Shakespeare, from the space 
 program and the design of aircraft to alchemical history, and the trends 
in social thought from medieval times to the present, and he would still 
pull money out of the markets. He would be watching his computer 
screen and explain to me  precisely  what was happening. 

 Here is an example of one of his typical explanations:  “ Now watch 

this, that is the last bunch of losers getting out. There they are, that ’ s 
their stops liquidating with the loss. Right now they are all sitting 
in their offi ces  saying  ‘ I knew I should have waited. ’  They  can ’ t stand 
that so they will try to get it back. That means the angry ones will 
do the same trade from the same side in about an hour or so, espe-
cially if prices move back to their original entry. ”  He would continue, 
 “ Okay, the winners are probably thinking I have to do something right 
here, they probably will move their stops up. The pit wants those stops. 
When they force the market into those stops, the losers will jump on 
those prices. Their thinking is probably,  ‘ I ’ m gonna miss this trade if 
I don ’ t, ’  but the pit needs their blood to get out. Once that happens 
the market will come right back. This is free money, I ’ m getting in. ”  
Since I ’ m not a trader, most of what he said wouldn ’ t make any sense 
to me. He told me,  “ Those that trade will understand. ”  Then he added, 
 “ Most of them will think I ’ m guessing. ”  

 His daily trading routine has absolutely no set pattern. Sometimes 

he won ’ t go into the offi ce for days. If the currency he was trading 
would make some huge move and he missed it, Trader X would look 
me in the eyes and say in the most deadpan manner,  “ You ’ re right. The 
market has completely run out of opportunities. ”  Sometimes he would 
come in, sit for a few minutes, execute a trade, liquidate, and then leave. 
Sometimes that whole process would be less than  

20 minutes.  Still 

other times he would work straight for 24 hours trading up a storm. 
I once made the mistake of asking him  

“ How did you know that 

would happen? ”  He looked at me truly bewildered and fi nally said,  “ Et 
tu, Brute? ”  

 Trader X then offered this explanation:  “ Look, I have trained myself 

to observe what is happening. When I turned the screen on and saw 
that it was all in play I simply took the money that was there to get. If 
the whole process would have took 48 hours that ’ s how long I would 
have been here. ”  

bapp02.indd   139

bapp02.indd   139

8/6/08   9:47:51 PM

8/6/08   9:47:51 PM

background image

140 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 I fi rst met the author at a downtown trader hangout called the 

Cactus Cantina. It ’ s on Wells at Van Buren, in Chicago. It was a Friday 
and the place was packed. I assumed that everyone in the business of 
trading was there. Not having been intimately exposed to the markets 
before, I found the conversations going on around us fascinating. It 
was all about what the bond markets were doing, why soybeans were 
climbing, who just got his  “ dick slammed in the drawer ”  trading the 
S & P 500 Index, and so on. A mutual friend who is not in involved in 
trading introduced Trader X to me. When I asked our mutual friend 
how he had become acquainted with Trader X, he replied,  “ We met 
at a night club. He was on a date with a female body builder. ”  I soon 
discovered that aside from the markets, Trader X is almost exclusively 
focused on women. Specifi cally, Trader X is focused on women and 
 “ walking the edge ”  as he calls it. Simply put, he runs on two tracks, 
women and trading. 

 On our fi rst meeting we talked for a moment or two, exchanging 

the basic pleasantries. Initially he was very guarded. Later he told me 
that he had to assume I would be one of those individuals who had no 
clue. Once he understood I was completely open to him and his ideas, 
Trader X let his guard down, but never completely. As the conversation 
slowed I began to ask him about the trading business.  “ What do you 
want to know? ”  he asked.  “ Well, my fi rst question is what do all these 
people do? ”  His immediate answer was,  “ They are attempting to profi t 
from price action. 

”  Then he added,  

“ But most of them don 

’ t know 

how to do that very well, if at all. ”  I replied,  “ They seem to be discuss-
ing things with some authority. ”  Trader X quickly said,  “ Of course they 
are, ”  and said nothing more. I asked if it was okay to start taking notes. 
 “ I hope you don ’ t get writer ’ s cramp, ”  he said.  “ But let ’ s not do that 
now. You may not want the job anyway. ”  

 His reply intrigued me more. I knew right then, I would be ghost-

writing this book. 

 That was the beginning of our relationship. As we talked that night, 

Trader X struck me as someone who knew exactly what he was capa-
ble of doing. I didn ’ t know it at the time, but I was to discover that 
 statistically he is among the top in his fi eld. He could be considered 
one of the best traders in the world. After getting to see both his life 
and his business, I found out that his results are impressive to say the 

bapp02.indd   140

bapp02.indd   140

8/6/08   9:47:52 PM

8/6/08   9:47:52 PM

background image

 

Insight into the Person of  Trader X 

141

least. Almost everyone I know would have quit and done something 
else long before succeeding at his level in the trading business. Using 
the documentation he was willing to show me, and after doing inde-
pendent research on my own to verify what he told me, I learned 
that he is able to out  perform approximately 93 percent of those who 
 compete in the markets. 

 After seeing his point of view and understanding what he has per-

sonally experienced, I can understand why he would choose to do it 
another way; that is, to never put himself in a position of working with 
people who would attempt to control his activity, process, or the way 
he trades. Due to his willingness to take adversity head on, and the 
high demands he places on those he chooses to work with, Trader X 
appears enigmatic. 

 When we went to work on his manuscript, I suggested that he 

include more detailed information on his trade results. He had some very 
insightful comments on my recommendation.  “ First, ”  he said,  “ The world 
is full of skeptics. Most people won ’ t believe the numbers. The results 
will always be  ‘ too high ’  or  ‘ too low ’  to someone. People in this business 
never believe you are doing as well as you claim anyway. Second, I ’ m 
not doing this to sell books, trading systems, or expect people to believe 
what I know is the gospel. Third, every time I start talking my gains 
I start  losing. ”  Enough said. I had the opportunity to observe him trade 
and I can tell you he knows exactly what he is doing. 

 Trader X is a full-time trader, working from a small offi ce in the 

fi nancial district of downtown Chicago. At the time of this writing, he 
is trading in the cash currency markets. He consistently told me, how-
ever, that it didn ’ t matter which market you traded in. They were all 
fundamentally the same. The basic skills can be applied to any market. 
The chapter on regulation (Chapter  6 , The Trading Police) will shed 
some light on why he trades almost exclusively in FOREX today. He 
trades completely alone without a staff of any kind. At the time of this 
republication, Trader X does not trade for a client base anymore, pre-
ferring instead to provide market analysis to those individuals who 
subscribe to his commentary. Currently, he is not registered as a Series 
III commodities broker at any fi rm; although those who know him 
are constantly asking him to work with them through their fi rms. He 
believes people want him to work with them because they think he has 

bapp02.indd   141

bapp02.indd   141

8/6/08   9:47:52 PM

8/6/08   9:47:52 PM

background image

142 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

some kind of  “ secret ”  about the markets. He also believes that they too 
somehow wish to have access to the  “ secret .”  Trader  X ’ s eloquent reply 
to all this was,  “ In the land of the blind, the one - eyed man is king. ”  

 As I began assisting him in completing this book, Trader X insisted 

that I spend time observing his personal life and his relationships. He 
believes everything in his world either helps or hinders his trading. 
Trader X is single and living alone. He is 47 years old at the time of this 
republication. He has never married and has no interest in marriage. 
When I asked him why, he said,  “ I ’ ve never met a woman worthy of 
my affection. Bill Gates will be selling apples on a street corner before 
that happens. ”  Quite a pithy answer. He dates several different women 
and is always in the company of females. I ’ ve personally had the pleas-
ure to meet many of the women he dates, and they all were excep-
tionally unique combinations of intellect and beauty. Most women are 
attracted to his mind and the way he views life. He is not particularly 
attractive to look at, but that doesn ’ t matter to the women who fi nd 
him interesting. In fact, I ’ ve seen him talk to a woman in a bar for a 
few moments and then proceed to have her on his arm the rest of the 
night. He has no children (to the best of his knowledge), but as he says, 
 “ It ’ s not from lack of effort. ”  In one respect he is completely unique 
with regards to women. Every woman he is dating knows about all the 
others. He never hides anything. All of the women he dates know they 
will always be competing for his attention. For some reason, they all 
accept this situation. I guess they see it as a personal challenge. 

 Trader X says that he has never been in love. To him this isn ’ t a 

problem, but he is sure it will happen when the timing is right. Trader 
X is not looking for love, but he believes  it  is looking for  him.  The 
 “ love relationships ”  all his friends indulge in are great entertainment 
for Trader X. He literally howls with laughter when one of his friends 
starts or ends a relationship with someone else he knows. He fi nds 
all the fi ghts, disagreements, and power struggles to be one predict-
able mess. Trader X always asks his friends to explain their reasons for 
bonding in the fi rst place.  “ Watch the fi reworks with those two, ”  he ’ ll 
say, while getting a personal chuckle from the frustrations of others. 
 “ Neither one of them knows what they are doing. ”  

 Women who date men for their money are a constant source of 

humor to him. Trader X loves to watch the dysfunctional behavior both 

bapp02.indd   142

bapp02.indd   142

8/6/08   9:47:52 PM

8/6/08   9:47:52 PM

background image

 

Insight into the Person of  Trader X 

143

parties exhibit. It still amazes him that men are that stupid and that 
women think they can hide their true motive. Sometimes he makes bets 
on who will leave fi rst or cheat fi rst. Sometimes the bet is how long it 
will take to reach the guy ’ s credit limit. He really does view relation-
ships and women as a kind of tinker toy set. His point of view can best 
be summed up by his view on monogamy, or as he calls it,  “ monotony. ”  

  “ Fifty - two percent of all marriages end in divorce. Of the other 48 

percent, statistics show half of these are unhappy, but they stay together 
for some reason. In addition, statistics also show that 66 percent of all 
women who are married, seriously dating, or engaged to be married 
are only with that guy until someone  “ better ”  comes along. Seventy -
 fi ve percent of all men and women cheat. This means that your odds 
of a successful marriage, not necessarily a happy one (an important dis-
tinction), is easily three or four to one. 

  “ Those are rotten odds. Every one of those people believed it 

couldn ’ t happen to them. There are better odds at a craps table. I 

’ d 

rather be the guy everyone ’ s leaving the husband for . . .   I guess that 
makes me every man ’ s nightmare. ”  

 His parents are still alive, but no longer married. His father has 

remarried, but his mother has not. I think the majority of his dis-
taste for marriage comes from the fact that he is from a broken home. 
 “ Those two should probably never have been together, but here I am, ”  
he told me. He believes a lot of the credit for how far he has gone 
in the markets goes to his mother.  “ She absolutely supported me. She 
was behind me 100 percent. There were times when I would have quit 
except mom said give it one more try. I think moms never get enough 
credit for the support they give their families, ”  he related. He has two 
younger brothers and a younger sister. He is very proud of his sister, 
who is a world class athlete.  “ She has had some great opportunities to 
really use her talents, ”  he says. Of his two brothers, one is an expert -
 rated chess player. He has beaten a world - rated grandmaster once, and 
could easily play chess full 

- time on the worldwide tournament cir-

cuit. His other brother owns a computer consulting company. He was 
also one of only a handful of men ever hired at a prestigious Big Eight 
accounting fi rm who didn ’ t have a four - year degree. This brother fi n-
ished his college education while working in their consulting depart-
ment. It seems that Trader X comes from a talented family. 

bapp02.indd   143

bapp02.indd   143

8/6/08   9:47:52 PM

8/6/08   9:47:52 PM

background image

144 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 The early years of Trader X ’ s family life included regular church 

attendance. By attending church so regularly with his family, there is no 
doubt he has developed deep spiritual beliefs, and has strong feelings on 
key moral issues. I asked him point - blank about his religious orienta-
tion. His answer was,  “ Confused. ”  Today he shuns church involvement, 
but respects those who attend. He says that the sick belong in a hospi-
tal. I personally fi nd this a narrow point of view and not generally in 
keeping with his other world and life views. We spent time discussing 
his views on religion, and here is what he had to say,  “ There is religion 
and there is faith. Jesus Christ hated religious people. He called them 
 ‘ whitewashed tombs. ’  They look great but are full of dead men ’ s bones. 
Most churches are full of so many religious people and religious teach-
ing that you can ’ t get to the real issues of faith. Basically, they make a 
religion out of Christ when He was something much more signifi cant 
and full of much more common sense. If you take Him at face value 
He doesn ’ t fi t with what people expected. So they ‘religiousfi ed ’  Him. 
I don ’ t think if He were around today He would spend a whole lot of 
time at the churches that are named after Him. If He wouldn ’ t, what ’ s 
the point in me going? ”  

 I think it was his religious training that taught him the importance 

of integrity in every area of life. Throughout this book you can see that 
many of his choices, commitments, and frustrations were over what 
he perceived to be a failure in human character. Trader X has made 
a very clear and conscious decision not to follow suit. He seems very 
concerned with what is  “ right. ”  Although he is absolutely certain that 
he knows what  “ right ”  is, Trader X allows others to disagree with his 
point of view. This is true in all matters of philosophy, business, arts, 
sciences, and the like, with the exception of trading. When someone 
will disagree with his hypothesis or assessment of the particular mar-
ket in question his answer is always,  “ Take the other side of my trade 
then, pinhead. ”  I ’ ve discovered that people rarely argue with him twice. 
I believe this is because they view him as overly opinionated. 

 Trader X has absolutely no interest of any kind in professional ath-

letics. He won ’ t go to sporting events. Somebody asked him to take a 
free ticket to a Chicago Bulls play - off game, which is quite a prize in 
Chicago. His answer?  “ I ’ d rather die from paper cuts. ”  No matter where 
he is, if the conversation should turn to sports, he will go completely 

bapp02.indd   144

bapp02.indd   144

8/6/08   9:47:53 PM

8/6/08   9:47:53 PM

background image

 

Insight into the Person of  Trader X 

145

silent for long periods of time. Some people interpret this to mean he is 
uninterested. But what is  really  happening is that he is listening intently 
for clues as to what motivates people to form the opinions they do and 
spend their time the way they do. He does this in any conversation, but 
even more so with people who follow sports. Trader X truly believes that 
sports are a complete waste of time. At the same time, it is then surpris-
ing that he values his sister ’ s choice of profession. While he supports his 
sister fully, it is a riot to hear him talk about how stupid it is to  “ bounce 
a ball on a hardwood fl oor. ”  Sometimes for fun he will join conversa-
tions about sports. It can be very interesting to observe the conversations 
between himself and others knowing what his  real  motivation is. 

 For example, recently a local professional baseball player scored a 

new record for home runs in one season. The discussion between him 
and a few friends was very animated about how many total home runs 
the ballplayer would eventually end up with, if the team might make the 
World Series, things like that. Right in the middle of the conversation, 
Trader X jumped in and said,  “ Do you think this makes it any easier 
for any of you guys to get laid? ”  The conversation came to a grinding 
halt.  “ What does that have to do with anything? ”  one of the guys asked, 
slightly miffed.  “ Do you want to get laid more? ”  he asked again.  “ Sure, ”  
the guy said.  “ How about making more money? ”  Trader X asked.  “ Well 
yeah, but what does that have to do with Sammy ’ s record? ”  the guy 
asked, a bit upset by the logic being thrown his way. Trader X then 
posed this question,  “ Well I was just wondering, since no matter how 
many times this guy hits a ball with a stick of wood, you aren ’ t going 
to get more of what you want, why would you waste your time count-
ing? ”  At times he can become very exasperated with the whole sports 
thing. I once saw him grab his head and yell,  “ Will this drivel never 
end! ”  He then left the room. 

 Although he exercises every week and takes care of his health, he 

smokes and drinks more than some. When I confronted him on this 
contradiction of maintaining your health while doing unhealthy things, 
especially since he has no use for sports, he had an interesting answer; 
 “ Hey, what ’ s the point of looking good and feeling good if you aren ’ t 
going to enjoy your body? Just because I work out doesn 

’ t mean 

I ’ m going to deny myself some pleasure or my whole life is going to 
revolve around watching a bunch of guys bounce some ball, or hit 

bapp02.indd   145

bapp02.indd   145

8/6/08   9:47:53 PM

8/6/08   9:47:53 PM

background image

146 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

some ball, or chase some ball like a stupid Cocker Spaniel. I don ’ t think 
those guys realize how dumb they look. It makes me sick these people 
get paid the money they do. ”  

 After saying all of this, he then looked at me rather sheepishly and 

added,  “ The fact is, I would love to have some accounts from those 
guys. They have all kinds of cash they don ’ t know what to do with. 
Plus, they would think I ’ m some kind of guru, which isn ’ t true, but 
they would show me off to all their friends, invite me to all their par-
ties. I would have unlimited access to all their women, not the wives, 
the hangers - around women, I mean. Imagine the hot tub scene in that 
crowd. ”  I have to admit Trader X would frustrate me to no end some-
times with his nearly constant focus on females. 

 Trader X is a private pilot and has a close friend from college who 

is also a pilot. They regularly fl y up to Wisconsin for three to four hours 
and play blackjack at the Indian casinos. Trader X tends to walk out a 
winner more often than not. His friend usually loses. I am told that 
they have complex conversations about their results on the fl ight back. 
From what I ’ ve seen at private blackjack parties and the stories he ’ s told 
me, Trader X seems to have a thorough grasp of probabilities and card 
play. Personally, I believe playing cards is a kind of laboratory experi-
ment for him. When we have discussed cards, he makes it very clear 
to me that gambling is gambling, but trading is art. He gets very angry 
with people who think trading is gambling. Once at a black - tie event, 
Trader X was introduced to a prominent local bank president. When 
asked about what he did for a living, his answer was a short,  “ I am a 
trader. ”     “ Oh, you are a professional gambler, eh? ”  the bank president 
replied with a smile, obviously trying to  “ bait ”  him. Trader X looked 
him square in the eyes and said,  “ To the uneducated and brainless lay-
man it might look that way. How long have you been shuffl ing papers 
at what you do? ”  The banker got the point. 

 Although Trader X considers himself an artist, he spends very little 

time in the arts. He doesn ’ t regularly attend concerts. Unless a girlfriend 
wants to specifi cally go, he rarely makes the effort. He rarely goes to art 
museums, art galleries, or the theater. I just assumed he would be inter-
ested in those events given his views on trading. His response was,  “ Most 
of the artists out there aren ’ t really saying anything of substance. ”  In my 
view, Trader X is more cultured than most writers I 

’ ve interviewed. 

bapp02.indd   146

bapp02.indd   146

8/6/08   9:47:53 PM

8/6/08   9:47:53 PM

background image

 

Insight into the Person of  Trader X 

147

He loves to read Shakespeare and has memorized large blocks of the 
sonnets and the plays, but he has only seen one performance in his 
entire life —  Henry V.  His favorite art form is the movies, old and new. 
Even if he doesn 

’ t like a fi lm, he will always fi nd something good 

about it.  “ Even a chick fl ick like  Terms of Endearment,  ”  he told me once, 
 “ Nicholson was perfect. ”  His taste in music is very broad. He listens 
to everything from Bach to Megadeath, everything imaginable except 
Marilyn Manson.  “ What happened to  that  guy? ”  he asks. He seems to 
fi nd value in most kinds of expression. At the same time he doesn ’ t fi nd 
much real value in most of it for himself. 

 Trader X studied music at school, but quit altogether when he 

realized he could learn just as much by listening and reading on his 
own.  “ Most people with degrees end up working for those without 
degrees, ”  he remarked. I then asked him directly how he knew that. 
Here was his reply,  “ The guys at the top always hire people who have 
a degree in something besides what they do themselves, if they even 
have one. Since I always was in business for myself, if I needed a par-
ticular skill I didn ’ t have to reach my goal, I would hire someone who 
did. I always made more money than that guy. Trading is nothing like 
the real world. Even if I had a degree, it would be of little use here. Of 
what I have learned about statistics, that degree would probably be of 
most use in this business. ”  He then added,  “ Look at what universities 
do anyway. They heap scores of books on you to read. All they do is 
then test you to see if you read any of it. They really can ’ t teach you to 
think in the fi rst place. Just look at all the brain-dead people out there 
with a degree. In the markets the test is not A, B, or C about how 
well you are assimilating information. Either you get it or you don ’ t. If 
you don ’ t get it, you don ’ t eat. What degree can prepare you for that? 
I constantly meet people with degrees in fi nance or accounting who 
want to become traders. I always ask them,  ‘ Since you know what to 
do with money or how to count it once it ’ s made, how much do you 
know about making it? ’  You  wouldn ’ t believe how many blank looks 
I get. ”  I believe what he is getting at is there is a difference between a 
formal education and a real one. 

 Believe it or not, Trader X is funny, and I don ’ t mean silly adoles-

cent humor either. I mean the guy is able to joke about the circum-
stances in life that bring most other people down. He found a way to 

bapp02.indd   147

bapp02.indd   147

8/6/08   9:47:53 PM

8/6/08   9:47:53 PM

background image

148 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

interpret life from a humorous standpoint that would be insightful at 
the same time, sometimes to the point of hilarity. One story illustrates 
this well. I remember we were in a cab somewhere and the driver was 
pulled over by a Chicago police offi cer. Most people would get frus-
trated over the delay. It ’ s a  “ hassle ”  to them. As the cop approached the 
cab he leaned out the window and said,  “ Offi cer, if I ’ m late to this 
party some poor soul will never have his life changed by meeting me. 
Can we just go? How much to just let us go? ”  The cop smiled and 
laughed. The cop replied,  “ A hundred dollars. ”  Trader X actually said 
to the cop,  “ Will you take a check? ”  This kind of thing goes on around 
him constantly. I think we could write a whole other book on his sense 
of humor. I found working with him to be a lot of fun. Another mem-
orable occasion happened in his offi ce. I was sitting across the desk 
from him taking notes as he would speak. He had positions on at the 
time, so his attention would fl it back and forth between the screen and 
me. There were long periods of silence as he would think. At one point 
when I wasn ’ t looking in his direction, I was writing some notes to 
myself, he started laughing. I looked up and he was sitting there with 
his hands behind his head looking at the ceiling and just laughing to 
himself. I looked at the ceiling and saw nothing. I asked him,  “ What 
was so funny? ”  He looked at me, waved his hand in the air dismiss-
ing the question and said,  “ I ’ m sorry, some are just for me. ”  He really 
believes that life is one big joke waiting to happen. I think a lot of his 
personal success is due to the fact that he can keep a sense of humor 
no matter what is happening. 

 Although he enjoys parties, he frequently drinks alone. He is not 

an alcoholic by any means, but he seems to be the kind of person that 
enjoys a drink for its own sake. He can do that anywhere. I was always 
surprised to fi nd out no matter where we went or what we were doing 
he always would order a Heineken. He didn ’ t always drink it, but he 
always had it in front of him. Drinking seems to go hand in hand with 
his social interaction, but I ’ ve seen him enjoy a roaring party and not 
drink at all. Recently, to continue improving his trading perform-
ance, he has stopped drinking on Sundays and working nights. Trader 
X thinks it doesn ’ t help that much, but he still maintains that choice 
most of the time. He talks a lot about personal discipline and how hard 
that is for him and everyone else. To him, the key to success is  personal 

bapp02.indd   148

bapp02.indd   148

8/6/08   9:47:54 PM

8/6/08   9:47:54 PM

background image

 

Insight into the Person of  Trader X 

149

 discipline. Though he hates himself when he falls short, he never spends 
any time in self - judgment. When he fails, he just gets on with life, plain 
and simple. Trader X never touches drugs, but he never condemns 
those that do. 

  “ That ’ s where they are at ”  is his answer. He vehemently asked me 

not to include in this book the fact that he keeps beer in his offi ce 
(Heineken), but I felt it would show part of his character.  

“ What 

part? ”  he asked me.  “ The part you don ’ t want people to see, ”  I told 
him. Since this is in keeping with the theme of the book as it regards 
self - disclosure, he reluctantly agreed to keep it in.  “ I hope no one gets 
the wrong impression, ”  he later told me. Then grinning, he chuckled 
as he said,  “ After all, my analyst says I ’ m making great progress. ”  His 
favorite shirt is a Cactus Cantina T - shirt. On the back it says  “ Don ’ t 
Drink and Trade. ”  

 When I asked him about his hobbies he asked the qualifi er,  “ You mean 

besides women? ”  Again the women thing. I said, yes, of course, and nee-
dled him to give me a straight answer. But in his mind, he really doesn ’ t 
have any hobbies. His whole life is a hobby to him. He really believes the 
sum total of life experience is to enjoy life while you are here. 

 That can be anything to him. One story is particularly revealing as 

to what he means. He loves going to the zoo and was recently caught 
sliding a slab of round steak into the snow leopard cage at the Lincoln 
Park Zoo. When questioned,  “ Why did you do that? ”  He answered,  “ I 
was trying to win the leopard ’ s trust. ”  When the zookeeper reminded 
him you can ’ t win a wild animal ’ s trust in one attempt, he replied,  “ I 
know that. ”  The zookeeper was slightly puzzled and then asked him, 
 “ How long have you been doing that? ”  His answer was short.  “ I ’ m not 
going to tell you. ”  Only after the zookeeper threatened to have him 
put in jail did he come clean. The leopard and he had been  “ friends ”  
for over a year. How ’ s that for a hobby? He said he wanted to be a zoo 
volunteer, but they wouldn ’ t commit to him being in the big cat house. 
He decided to feed the cats anyway.  “ I didn ’ t have to clean up the s — , 
either, ”  he said. Trader X has other  “ hobbies, ”  but he really is afraid that 
someone reading his book might put two and two together and con-
front him as the author. Very few people in the business do the kinds of 
things he does. Most think he is over the edge. No one knows about 
the leopard incident, so he feels safe discussing that one. 

bapp02.indd   149

bapp02.indd   149

8/6/08   9:47:54 PM

8/6/08   9:47:54 PM

background image

150 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 Trader X is an avid reader. He reads several books per month. He 

has countless comics clipped from the paper all over his house. He reads 
a lot of cartoon strips. He very much enjoys  “ Calvin and Hobbes. ”  He 
reads from any genre you could think off, but he particularly enjoys 
science fi ction. I remember once while observing him trade, as he was 
executing the trade, he said (talking to the screen);  “ Resistance is futile. 
You will be assimilated. We will add your distinctiveness to our own. ”  
He was quoting the Borg, an alien antagonist from the Star Trek series. 
He recently confessed he wanted to read the science fi ction  book 
written by Leo Melamed,  

3

   but didn ’ t know where to fi nd it as it ’ s out 

of print. He thought it would be interesting to see what goes on in 
Leo ’ s mind.  “ I think the rest of the world would like to know, too, ”  he 
quipped. Trader X indulges in writing poetry and, in addition to this 
book, he has been working on a love story.  “ But, ”  as he confi ded in me, 
 “ I ’ m not qualifi ed to trade that market. ”  His library is quite large and 
he knows where everything that matters to him is in those books. On 
more than one occasion we would be discussing a topic for which I 
wanted to have more detail, he would think for a moment, pull a book 
from his shelves, and turn to the exact page almost instantly. Trader X 
has a huge amount of books on the markets. He has read every one 
of them at least once. There are only a few trading books that he feels 
have anything signifi cant to say and are worth keeping. He says he must 
get rid of several of his books to make room for the soon to be released 
Milli - Vanilli  

4

   biographies and critical discussion of their music. I think 

his point was that an endless discussion of Milli - Vanilli would be of 
more value than most of the existing books on the markets. 

 After observing Trader X and helping him to fi nalize his manuscript 

I was surprised to see the depth of his thinking. He uses an amazing 
amount of common sense when thinking about the most complex issues. 
He seems to have at his elbow almost anything you could think of that 
might shed light on whatever it is he is dealing with. For example, when 
we were discussing the problem of how the regulators actually help con-
tribute to the quality of the business, he reminded me that this issue has 
always been a part of everyday life under any form of government. He 
paraphrased Winston Churchill as saying,  “ Democracy is the worst form 
of government; but so is every other ,”  also, Thomas Jefferson, Elizabeth I, 
Plato, and, of all people, Keith Richards of the Rolling Stones. He told 

bapp02.indd   150

bapp02.indd   150

8/6/08   9:47:54 PM

8/6/08   9:47:54 PM

background image

 

Insight into the Person of  Trader X 

151

me later that he believed all life and all life experiences were variations 
on the same theme. Once you know the theme, you can work back 
to any solution to any set of issues no matter how complex. Trader X 
did make one qualifying remark by quoting the French cynic Voltaire, 
 “ Common sense is not common. ”  I think he believes that one reason 
the markets work the way they do is because no one uses their common 
sense when trading. 

 He seems to have an uncanny Sherlock Holmes type of ability 

as well. Trader X is deeply observant of everything going on around 
him, often seeing things that most people would miss. He then can 
form conclusions that are incredibly accurate. One story illustrates 
this point very well. We were out taking a walk in his neighborhood 
one day. Approaching us from down the sidewalk was a man walk-
ing his dog. He said,  “ That man is in business for himself. ”  I assumed 
he knew the man. As were got closer together he said,  “ Hello, ”  from a 
distance.  “ That ’ s a well-trained dog, ”  he said. He and the man stopped 
and talked for a moment. He casually inquired as to the man ’ s line of 
work.  “ I ’ m retired, ”  the man said.  “ I used to own a chemical company. ”  
After a few more minutes, they parted. It was clear they had never met 
before. I said,  

“ That was pretty good. 

”     “ It was easy, 

”  he said.  

“ What 

tipped you off? ”  I asked.  “ Well, he is out walking his dog at 10:00 a.m. 
on a Wednesday. If you work for someone, you don ’ t have that kind 
of freedom, ”  he said. I then reminded him the man could have had 
the day off. He said,  “ That ’ s true. But did you notice his shoes? They 
were Ferragamo. Would you dress that way on your day off? Plus the 
dog was less than a year old and very well trained. To train a dog that 
well you have to invest a lot of time. He must have had the time to 
do that. What employer would let you take time off to train a new 
puppy? Also, the way he walked said,  ‘ I do what I want. ’  That kind of 
ambition won 

’ t be happy until it has found its true expression. He 

also had a very thoughtful look that suggested he was deep in thought 
about something. Everyone knows that employees aren ’ t in the habit 
of thinking when they are working, why would they do that on their 
day off? I took an educated guess. ”     “ Amazing. ”  I said.  “ Actually, I could 
have ignored all that, ”  he said and smiled.  “ In this neighborhood most 
people are self - employed anyway, that ’ s the only way to afford it here. ”  
Either way he was right. Maybe he just wanted to impress me. 

bapp02.indd   151

bapp02.indd   151

8/6/08   9:47:55 PM

8/6/08   9:47:55 PM

background image

152 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

 Trader X feels misunderstood and believes he hasn ’ t accomplished 

anything particularly signifi cant. He really doesn ’ t understand the pub-
lic fascination with successful traders. The business of the markets is to 
profi t. If you are earning profi ts, that ’ s your job. That ’ s nothing special. 
He could never understand, for instance, why they gave medals of her-
oism to lifeguards.  “ That is the job they signed on for ”  he says. In his 
assessment, he has simply done what it takes to understand the markets, 
and simply does his job of taking profi ts. There is no mystery to him. 
Why others feel the need to view the markets the way they do doesn ’ t 
make sense to him anymore. Why they go looking for  “ secrets ”  is ludi-
crous to him. Trader X thinks anyone could perform as well as he does 
if they would only change their point of view. In this way he feels a 
sense of detachment from everyone else. He can ’ t connect with some-
one who isn ’ t on the same frequency, but he believes you can choose 
your own frequency anytime. He is tuned to the frequency of the mar-
kets. He can ’ t understand why everyone fi nds that so signifi cant when 
it is within them to do the same thing if they really want to. 

 Part of his reason for remaining anonymous is that he wants to 

keep his thinking to himself. He doesn ’ t want to be expected to con-
tinually share his insights or endlessly discuss what he has discovered 
about trading. He ’ s just telling the story of how he got where he is and 
what he has learned.  “ How many times do you think Neil Armstrong 
could talk about walking on the moon before he freaked? 

”  was his 

question to me.  “ What ’ s he done lately? ”  

 Trader X really believes he has nothing new to add to the subject 

of trading. He thinks the average trader is fascinated with people who 
are successful in the markets simply because they aren ’ t, but desperately 
want to be. It ’ s the same fascination some people have with messiah 
fi gures. He feels the average person is  “ on the outside looking in. ”  What 
he hopes to communicate is that you are really on the inside looking 
out in some way. Besides, he stressed to me that he didn ’ t want to end 
up like Richard Dennis or someone like him.  “ Ever since he attained 
the status of  ‘ Trading God, ’  people won ’ t leave him alone. They totally 
deifi ed him. Even his  ‘ turtles. ’  They all have this incredibly pompous 
air about them. People threw money at them in droves. The fact is he 
(Dennis) took a hit for a huge amount of money in the last few years, 
something like  $ 50 million or more. So did a few of his turtles. All that 

bapp02.indd   152

bapp02.indd   152

8/6/08   9:47:55 PM

8/6/08   9:47:55 PM

background image

 

Insight into the Person of  Trader X 

153

money was given to them because of the reputation at the time. How 
do those clients feel about the  ‘ god - ness ’ ? I never want to be in that 
position. If I ever get to trade with that kind of fi repower it will only 
be because I earned it from the markets or from people I have a sense 
of responsibility to. They must have lost that somewhere. I ’ m not try-
ing to be arrogant or anything about what success I have earned; its 
just any number of things can take it away from you. The last and fi rst 
battle is always your desire to be held in high esteem — by yourself or 
others. Now you have a reputation to protect, or think you do. You are 
more concerned with that. That can lead to losses fast. ”  Then he added, 
 “ Plus, I ’ m too ugly - looking for that crowd. ”  

 When we were discussing his motives for writing this book, his 

line of thinking was very committed. He is doing this for himself. He 
wanted to document the process he went through. When I discussed 
marketing the book, Trader X wasn ’ t concerned with whether or not 
the book sold a single copy. And he mentioned that he could care less 
what people thought of his point of view on the business. He explained 
to me that he wasn ’ t out to teach anything, but wanted the true student 
of the markets to observe the lessons. He went so far as to carefully 
explain that the business of futures, options, and FOREX trading could 
be done a hundred times better. He thinks that if the right people see 
the right information from the right point of view, this business could 
become everything it has the potential to become. Trader X believes 
there are a lot of people out there who feel as he feels. 

 Here are his comments on his own effort regarding this book.  “ I 

really don ’ t care what people think of my work. Those that create the 
problems we could all do without. Who cares what they think any-
way? I went through hell to get where I am. A lot was avoidable. A lot 
that happened was because of total a — holes that are in this business. 
Getting rid of them won ’ t make trading any easier, just more enjoyable. 
I just wish more people could see what I see the way I see it. If not 
that ’ s okay too. In the meantime I wanted to share my story with oth-
ers. I hope they like it and fi nd value in my experience. ”  

 In closing, it has been my privilege to work with and get to know 

Trader X. Working with him has been inspiring and one of the most 
interesting writing projects that I ’ ve worked on. Trader X has helped 
me understand trading, the people who make the markets, the nature 

bapp02.indd   153

bapp02.indd   153

8/6/08   9:47:55 PM

8/6/08   9:47:55 PM

background image

154 

t h e   a r t   o f   t h e   t r a d e

of failure and success, and most importantly I ’ ve learned things about 
myself. The story of  Trader X can be shared by all of us; the struggle for 
success, knowing you could win or lose, the rise of purpose over adver-
sity, the quest for inner knowledge, and the passion to pay the price no 
matter what. In the end, Trader X came out a winner. And when I say 
winner, I don ’ t mean someone who thinks they are a winner. I mean 
someone who doesn ’ t have anything to prove to anyone and knows it. 
He came to understand himself, against the odds and in the kill - or - be -
 killed world of trading which some consider being the most diffi cult 
circumstances in which to succeed. Trader X survived and specifi cally 
came to understand how to profi t at any time and in any amount he 
chooses. Trader X was able to learn what he has without surrendering 
any part of himself to do so. As a study in success it was truly a unique 
look into the fi nancial world. It was an equally unique look into the 
mind of one of its hidden best. Even with his high success rate, Trader 
X lives by the axiom:  “ You are only as good as your last trade. ”  

 So how good are you? 

 G hostwriter  X            

bapp02.indd   154

bapp02.indd   154

8/6/08   9:47:55 PM

8/6/08   9:47:55 PM

background image

155

     

  

   More from the Author       

   

 F

or the serious student of trading, the author makes his trading mate-
rial available in audio format. It is important that the user of this 
material understand that Mr. Jankovsky believes you cannot  “ teach ”  

trading, only provide a method to help the student uncover what trading 
really is from the  students own point of view. The author believes it is not 
possible for one artist to teach another artist what art is, only provide addi-
tional tools for creativity. Great art comes from inside the artist and even 
though two different artists might use the same paints or use the same 
musical scale when creating their art, each will have a unique expression 
of what art means to him or her. Great trading art can be made by anyone 
and the common medium is the trading prices. Mr. Jankovsky believes it 
is pointless to teach someone else how to create art exactly like he does. 
The author takes the point of view that the basics of potentially great 
trading art are the same for any individual; it is what that individual does 
with those basics that matter. This is for the student to decide. His material 
is not a  “ trading course. ”  It is a roadmap to help uncover the students ’  own 
creativity. 

babout.indd   155

babout.indd   155

8/6/08   9:47:11 PM

8/6/08   9:47:11 PM

background image

156 

m o r e   f r o m   t h e   a u t h o r

 The material includes written documentation as well as audio. The 

written information is a supplement to the series and should be used 
while listening. The author makes it very clear that there is only one 
reality the markets function under and the only pathway to permanent 
profi ts is to adapt to this reality. The author also feels that about 80 
to 90 percent of the people who attempt to absorb this material will 
never become a lasting success at the markets. He doesn ’ t believe most 
traders will easily accept what he shares. He makes this material avail-
able in hopes that those who will eventually get what they are looking 
for might be able to someday discuss their art. 

  The Psychology of Trading  

    The Art of Evolving as a Trader: 12 Hours of Audio 

Divided into 6 Two - Hour Sessions of Instruction: 

  Introduction and Interview  

  Setting the stage  
  What you will learn  
  What the program is not  
  Outline of material    

  Basics of the Marketplace — Understanding the Mirror  

  Arena of confl ict  
  Psychology of price movement    

  Basics of creating Art — Identifying Your Starting Point  

  Clarity of observation and the desire for profi t  
  Cultural myth and self - sabotage    

  Basics of  Trader Evolution  

  Gains and losses 
Accumulating profi ts    

  Requirements of a Net Winning Art Form  

  The circle of the trade  
  Record keeping  
  Identifi cation of opportunity to profi t    

  Becoming a Trader  

  Proper execution  
  Money management  
  Physical health      

babout.indd   156

babout.indd   156

8/6/08   9:47:12 PM

8/6/08   9:47:12 PM

background image

 

More from the Author 

157

   Use of technical analysis and the theory of time compression 
Conclusion 
Printed material 

  The audio package includes a trade syllabus, illustrations, note cards, 

and a booklet of thoughts by Mr. Jankovsky as an additional 
supplement.    

 Full details including availability and current pricing can be found on 
Mr. Jankovsky 

’ s web site at  

www.myforexbriefi ngs.com . Additionally 

on the web site are complete details of his twice 

- daily live internet 

FOREX broadcasts, special education and training programs, archives 
of his past content, schedules of his personal appearances and speaking 
engagements. Some content is free for the asking and some requires mem-
bership to the web site. Trial memberships are available and depending on 
your trading background you may qualify for a discounted full member-
ship. Complete contact information for Mr. Jankovsky is also listed on the 
site. You can also contact him through the following methods. 

 E-mail:  cfginquiry@hotmail.com  

 Skype: TheLionOnline 
 Yahoo IM: TheLion_Chicago            



babout.indd   157

babout.indd   157

8/6/08   9:47:12 PM

8/6/08   9:47:12 PM

background image

babout.indd   158

babout.indd   158

8/6/08   9:47:12 PM

8/6/08   9:47:12 PM

background image

159

                       

  

   Postscript       

   

 

  He who can see three days ahead will be rich for three thousand years. 

  — Japanese proverb   

 I 

originally wrote this postscript for the second printing of  Dancing 
with Lions,
  that is, the fi rst edition. I have updated my thoughts here 
and removed the outdated. Now that John Wiley  &  Sons is the 

publisher, some of what was fi rst written here is no longer applicable. 
There are some things I left in because I feel they help keep continuity 
with the original point of view that I offered as Trader X. I no longer 
deal with the same people whom I did when I fi rst wrote this. For that 
reason, the risks that being anonymous helped me to avoid are no longer 
there. I do my own thing my way and I don ’ t fear repercussions now. 
This postscript is intended to offer a timelier look into the changes in 
the industry and with me. I think biographical information needs to be 
updated until the person dies. We all should be growing and evolving 
and for better or worse; it is what it is. I sincerely hope that you see that 
the markets and trading are part of that evolutionary process for yourself 
as well. 

 If you ever come across a copy of the original  DWL,  you would 

notice a few errors and omissions. Because the fi rst publisher chose to 

bepil.indd   159

bepil.indd   159

8/6/08   9:49:06 PM

8/6/08   9:49:06 PM

background image

160 

p o s t s c r i p t

produce a second printing, I asked if it would be okay if the errors 
and omissions were corrected before we went to press the second time. 
In the interest of producing a quality product as well as an accurate 
one, the publisher agreed. I wanted to add this postscript on my own 
because, in the years since I wrote this, some things have changed for 
me that I thought a new reader might benefi t from — also a confession. 

 First, there were two deliberate misstatements of material fact that 

I included in the fi rst printing. I did this for my own edifi cation, as an 
experiment. I hope the reader doesn ’ t take offense at this, but I think 
it sheds light on the true state of mind for most traders. In Chapter  3  
I made reference to a certain renaissance mathematician. In Appendix 
 A  I offered a quote from Shakespeare. In all the copies of  DWL  that 
were sold or given away for review, nobody (not one!) brought it to the 
attention of the publisher (or me) that both the spelling of the name 
 “ Fibonacci ”  and the century of his infl uence were inaccurate; or the 
quote from  Julius Caesar  referred to a character from  Hamlet.  As I men-
tioned before, I have never found anyone connected to the markets that 
has done any of their own research into the person of Fibonacci; let 
alone understand what he was all about or what he was looking for. 
Fibonacci had little interest in markets or commerce except for the  “ sci-
ence ”  of alchemy, which he hoped to exploit, literally, to make gold 
from lead. I thought it would prove my point quite nicely that most 
traders are not investigating anything about the true nature of technical 
analysis if I put  right in front of them  so obvious an error.  Fibonacci retrace-
ment
  is accepted as a legitimate method of predicting price movement. 
Fibonacci had no intention of his observations ever being applied to 
markets or pricing. He was about uncovering the grand design and har-
mony between nature and mathematics. In fact, fractals are part of his 
legacy. But in his time, money was still an unsophisticated concept. The 
world was only beginning to experience the fi rst real banking revolu-
tion, whose most notable purveyor was the Medici family of Florence, 
Italy; which to this day has an infl uence. 

 Fibonacci would say:  “ You missed the point. ”  
 The correct quote from  Julius Caesar  is  “ The fault, dear Brutus, is not 

in our stars, but in ourselves, that we are underlings. ”  I had replaced  Brutus  
with  dear Horatio,  the friend of Hamlet. The fact that the average per-
son who considers himself educated has never read Shakespeare with any 

bepil.indd   160

bepil.indd   160

8/6/08   9:49:06 PM

8/6/08   9:49:06 PM

background image

 Postscript 

161

critical consideration is an indication of the true state of ignorance most 
people operate under. I don ’ t mean to imply that all traders are ignora-
muses or that all people with formal educations are morons. Certainly, 
I did not mean to suggest that someone who has read Shakespeare cas-
ually is stupid — if anything I would hope a casual reader would spend 
more time with him. I think my point is simply to note that in the 
course of publishing something for public consumption, nobody had 
the presence of mind to  “ get the facts straight ”  before printing. How 
much of what you and I consume as conjecture or opinion is accepted as 
fact, simply because somebody somewhere  “ says so ” ? How much of that 
kind of thinking goes on in the markets day - to - day? How much do you 
do yourself? It also goes to show you the nature of how  “ experts ”  are 
often self - created because most traders accept the point of view:  “ If so 
and so said it, then it must be true. ”  People buy the  “ experts ”  books and 
apply their techniques without question. Until they lose. If you are going 
to trade, then check your facts. Most certainly, check out how much 
opinion you are willing to swallow. 

 Also, my apologies to Mr. Leo Melamed, his name was spelled 

incorrectly. That one wasn ’ t intentional. All these errors have been cor-
rected before we went to press with this printing. Additionally, I haven ’ t 
put any more in (to the best of my research beforehand). As a side note, 
my sincere thanks to the trader who sent me a copy of Mr. Melamed ’ s 
sci - fi  book  The Tenth  Planet.  I ’ ve been trying to fi nd a copy for years. 
Whoever sent it must have thought very carefully because it was auto-
graphed by Mr. Melamed himself. Look me up, I owe you a Heineken. 

 Before we run out of paper, I wanted to spend a minute or two 

sharing some additional insights with you. At this point in history, the 
worldwide economic situation provides some astounding opportunities 
to build wealth. I want you to remember that what is happening now is 
fundamentally no different than any other time in history; just unique 
to the forces that brought us here. If you look at the number of auto-
mobile companies in existence prior to World War I and the number 
that control the market today, it is very similar to the number of .coms 
that were publicly traded only a few years ago and the number that 
will be here tomorrow. Every industry has a period of development, 
growth, fallout, and consolidation. The  “ new ”  industries or economic 
changes are not new, only different. Remember too that knowledge is 

bepil.indd   161

bepil.indd   161

8/6/08   9:49:06 PM

8/6/08   9:49:06 PM

background image

162 

p o s t s c r i p t

increasing at a phenomenal rate. It has been conservatively estimated 
that it has taken almost 300,000 years of human history to compile one 
exobyte of information. It will take only until 2003 to compile another 
two. Now at 2008, with quantum computers just around the corner, 
the information we routinely take for granted as  “ normal ”  will now 
become  “ useless ”  because it is so common. We are living in a time of 
information overload. 

 But it is important to remember something. That information is 

still used by people who have not changed one cipher. Because human 
beings still operate on a fi xed system of information processing, evalu-
ation, and action, the world today offers more opportunity than ever 
when you understand how people form their conclusions. The basic 
structure that creates the markets has never changed, only the informa-
tion that is valued by traders to create their urge to action resulting in 
an execution. Focus your energy on discovering not only  how  traders 
think but also on  what they value.  Today, there is a prevailing undercur-
rent of thought that says:  “ Information is the key to uncovering market 
price action. ”  I postulate that this information overload will create a 
sense of powerlessness and confusion in the mind of most traders. They 
will be driven to a state of inaction and overload due to the fact that 
they cannot process  everything  there is now to consider before making a 
trade. They will then subjugate themselves to something that  can  com-
pile this huge amount of information they believe they cannot assimi-
late for themselves. That would be a computer. 

 I believe the end result will manifest itself as more and more trust 

in computer - generated trading systems. The use of neural - net software, 
artifi cial intelligence, matrix nodes, and so on will be given the  “ carte 
blanche ”  to execute transactions. The fi nal authority to expose a bank, 
brokerage house, hedge fund, or even a government to market risk will 
be abdicated to a  “ black box ”  sitting somewhere on an executive ’ s desk. 
Why is this important?  Because the box is only as good as the programming 
that runs on it.
  The box will never be better than the programmer who 
programmed it. Who is that? What market assumptions has he made? 
What is the presumption the system operates from? What hypothesis does 
the system make and where is that incompatible with human factors? 

 The reason I feel this is the best thing ever for traders is simple. 

Once the box  

“ goes down, 

”  or interprets the market in a way that 

bepil.indd   162

bepil.indd   162

8/6/08   9:49:07 PM

8/6/08   9:49:07 PM

background image

 Postscript 

163

 “ doesn ’ t make sense, ”  or says  “ stand aside ”  when the market is trending like 
a ski slope, someone with little or no market experience will be forced 
to panic or  “ change the plan. ”  When that happens, you will have people 
executing trades (at considerable size) for reasons that have nothing to 
do with the needs of the market. Sometime, somewhere, there is going 
to be a Bill Gates wannabe who is more afraid of losing his job than 
knowing how to liquidate a loser. Someone will  “ hope it comes back ”  
by the time their bank opens in Asia. Someone will add to a loser  “ just 
until the system is back on - line and tells me what to do. ”  The seeds of 
this are already in place. 

 Witness the predictors from New Mexico—computerized buy/sell 

programs on Wall Street, online trading with  “ full analysis ”  at no addi-
tional charge. We, as a group, are willing to trust our fi nancial  health 
to systems that  never  can take into account any  specifi c market event and 
the choices made to liquidate.
  They are all models that work on averages, 
that compile information over years.  Any one event is the anomaly.  As any 
trader knows, it ’ s the anomaly (read: the unexpected) that throws all 
bets into a cocked hat. When people panic, they do not act rationally 
and all trading systems (no matter how complex) can never account for 
irrational behavior. They cannot predict it, nor can they time it, nor can 
they explain it. 

 The staggering thing is the amount of market force that can be 

realized by a computer when it manages several billion dollars. Are you 
willing to let someone bet your retirement fund on a machine that 
wasn ’ t even invented 40 years ago? The basics of economic thought 
and monetary systems have evolved over thousands of years. The les-
sons of manias, panics, and busts are ignored by all these computerized 
systems because none of these systems are sophisticated enough to con-
sider how crowds actually behave. A market is a crowd driven by greed, 
fear, and hope. No machine can account for the human element and 
when you let a machine swing a billion - dollar trading line, you leave 
the human in a position of fear like the world has never known.  “ What 
if the computer is wrong? ”  What irrational behavior will develop when 
a billion 

- dollar hedge fund computer says  

“ liquidate ”  into a market 

break when the trader ’ s  “ gut ”  says:  “ Hold on until the close ” ? What 
if the trader overrides the system and has to answer to the regulators, 
shareholders, board members, and the like  if he or sheis wrong? What if 

bepil.indd   163

bepil.indd   163

8/6/08   9:49:07 PM

8/6/08   9:49:07 PM

background image

164 

p o s t s c r i p t

the computer is wrong? Who is responsible to make the excuses to the investors?  
Who decides to liquidate or initiate? 

 I ’ ll tell you who: Someone who was watching television six hours 

a day when he was still in high school, someone who was in grade 
school on October 19, 1987, someone who still plays  Zelda  or  Diablo II  
when he is home from running simulations at Merrill - Lynch, someone 
whose father is a big client at Prudential, who graduated cum laude 
from Harvard Business School without ever trading a single share of 
stock and then was hired to run a hedge fund. Every one of these peo-
ple are people I have met and watched work. Every one of them is 
using a computer simulation created for the markets at considerable 
cost. None of them have ever stood in a pit. None of them have ever 
seen a bear market. 

 None of them have even gone without a meal even once. None of 

them will ever be able to survive even one day of  “ unexpected ”  price 
action. None of them can answer the question  “ What if  . . . ? ”  

 What am I saying? We are all headed for a fi nancial apocalypse? No, 

not that at all. I ’ m saying that the issue of trusting technical analysis and 
computers has reached a level that makes understanding the human 
element more important than ever, due to the size of the money and 
the computing power. All this money ultimately controlled by an indi-
vidual who trusts a massive software program.  What is the quality of the 
software? How well does this guy trust it?
  At what point will the individ-
ual say:  “ No, the software is wrong at this point. I ’ m going to do. . . .”   
In the fi nal analysis, the software is only as good as the person who 
 trusts  it and  believes  it will generate consistent profi t. The need for criti-
cal deduction, intuition, and discipline has been engineered out. The 
pundits feel that is a benefi t. The fact is any seasoned and net - profi table 
trader will tell you the human element is by far the most critical. The 
difference is similar to the general who has fought for his life in com-
bat a dozen times, and a 2nd lieutenant newly graduated from West 
Point. Who do you want running the show? Who would you rather 
trust with your life if it were  you  or  them ? 

 The trader ’ s trust and belief in the system still casts the fi nal  die. 

When he bails on the system, he bails on the market. I think the 
issue of understanding the proper place to buy or sell in any market 
will evolve into understanding how people come to trust computer 

bepil.indd   164

bepil.indd   164

8/6/08   9:49:07 PM

8/6/08   9:49:07 PM

background image

 Postscript 

165

 software. Perhaps the length of time it has been used will play a roll. 
If you discover that a certain market participant has just invested in a 
new piece of software, perhaps he will pitch it in 90 days if it has been 
losing. Maybe this will help uncover where he is executing. Watch who 
buys it next. Perhaps a bank has just spent several hundred million on 
an ownership position with a  “ state - of - the - art ”  software company to 
develop a proprietary chaos - theory trading system. Perhaps they pub-
lish their fi nancial position. Perhaps you see they are holding large long 
positions in the Euro year to year just prior to this investment. Perhaps 
they are looking for a new system to recoup their losses in Euro last 
year. Perhaps the system is supposed to give them a cost - effective way 
to creatively fi nance their losses. Notice if this particular software com-
pany has had several banks use their service, all with similar results over 
time. Fade the stock of the next bank that buys their  “ improved ”  prod-
uct. Great short potential there, I think. 

 I suppose I could go on for hours. I simply want the reader to con-

sider that the amount of trust placed in artifi cial trading approaches 
merely increases the potential for failure geometrically. Sooner or later 
we will all get the wake up call. It doesn ’ t matter who or when. It is 
my sincere hope that you as a trader will come to understand that there 
never has been, nor will there ever be, a magic bullet. By placing the 
fi nal and complete trust in yourself fi rst, you can uncover how to exploit 
those who cannot. The world is  your  oyster. 

 I hope you have enjoyed reading. Thanks again. 

 J ason  A lan  J ankovsky  

 

  Formerly  “ Trader X ”   

 

  Chicago, Illinois  

 

  Spring 2008  

 P.P.S. One last thing, I was surprised to learn that another author 

has used the pseudonym  “ Trader X ”  and also publishes in the trad-
ing arena. There is no connection of any kind between myself and this 
other Trader X. As far as I can tell, we both came up with the same 
pseudonym while working independently. I hope to avoid any confu-
sion due to content. Additionally, you cannot copyright a  nom de plume.             

bepil.indd   165

bepil.indd   165

8/6/08   9:49:08 PM

8/6/08   9:49:08 PM

background image

bepil.indd   166

bepil.indd   166

8/6/08   9:49:08 PM

8/6/08   9:49:08 PM

background image

167

     

  

   Notes         

  Foreword   

   1.  Trader X was my pseudonym. Obviously I am no longer anonymous. The 

forward was originally written by Ghostwriter X and most of what he con-
tributed to the book is left as it was originally written. Please see the  Read Me 
First
  for more details on the differences between the two published books.   

   2.  I no longer trade for customers, although, at the time this was written, it was 

a serious concern for me. I no longer have any confl icting relationships that 
might expose me to this risk (to the best of my knowledge), but I wanted to 
keep this in.   

   3.  Ghostwriter X is a real person who assisted me in completing the original 

manuscript. He wishes to remain anonymous. 

  Chapter 1: The Early Years    

   1. The  

sales manager  of most retail commodity brokerage houses is usually some-

one personally related to, personal friends with, or some other version of 
being  “ buddy - buddy ”  with the owner of the place. This includes people who 
owe the company money and are working it off (including debits, lawsuits, 
advances against commissions that were never earned, or drug problems), 
someone sleeping with the owner (male or female), someone the owner owes 
a favor to, or any number of people that have a job but are not qualifi ed to 
do it or have no idea  how  to do it. At one company, the owner ’ s ex - wife 
(who was sleeping with the top broker there) demanded a job or she would 
disclose the owner 

’ s affair with the wife of another owner. He made her 

 “ sales manager ”  with something like  $ 60,000 base salary. After three months 
of total insanity trying to get stuff done, he fi nally  fi red her; partly because 
the relationship between he and the wife of the other owner was over and he 

bnotes.indd   167

bnotes.indd   167

8/11/08   9:39:52 AM

8/11/08   9:39:52 AM

background image

168 

n o t e s

 actually had moved to another city to start a  “ branch offi ce ”  for the company. 
You wouldn ’ t believe what I ’ ve seen . . . .    

   2.  Private space fl ight remains in its infancy. Virgin Galactic (Richard Branson 

and Scaled Composites) most likely will be the fi rst to offer  “ pay to fl y ”  ser-
vices that might be considered within reach of the average individual. There 
are many other companies involved and it is only a matter of time before 
spacefl ight is as common as intercontinental fl ight.  I ’ m looking forward to 
fi nally fl ying.   

   3.  

One - lots  is market slang for the position size of one contract. If you are a  one -
 lot trader,
  you are as small as you can get and still be in the game. Some people 
who trade stay at this size for the entire life of their account, partly because 
they can ’ t afford to do any more size and because of money management 
and risk control. A one - lot trader is never taken seriously by anyone because 
he (or she) is only going to be around long enough for someone else to take 
his money anyway. Most traders will start as one - lot traders and work up to 
larger size; the theory is  “ if you can do it with one contract, you can do it 
with a hundred contracts. ”  This is partly true, but the fact is since most peo-
ple don ’ t know what they are doing, a one - lot trader will probably never get 
any bigger, so he becomes like the fl ea on the lion ’ s back. He ’ s irritating, but 
he moves around a lot and sooner or later he ’ ll go somewhere else — or he ’ s 
crushed anyway.   

   4.  Gordon Gecko was the name of the antagonist character in the movie  Wall 

Street,   played by Michael Douglas, Gecko was the perfect capitalist seek-
ing only his own best interest. He is most remembered for saying,  “ Greed is 
good. ”  The movie was released in 1987 and remains a favorite of market par-
ticipants. I like to think of myself as a Gordon Gecko with a soul. 

  Chapter 2: The Day I Bought the Low    

   1. A  

seat  is the term for an exchange membership. There are many different 

kinds of seats available at all the various exchanges. A seat gives you the abil-
ity to trade directly in the pits, or now with the electronic systems, the ability 
to clear transactions as a market maker directly with the clearing corporation.   

   2.  

Local  is market slang for an independent pit trader who trades only for him-
self, has no other clients, and lives in the area. Locals are an important part 
of the liquidity in the markets. Most locals are people whose father was a 
trader and the family owns the seat at the exchange, was personal friends 
with someone who owns a seat, or is someone who has enough cash to buy 
or lease a seat. Locals are often the stuff of legends. Tom Baldwin, Charlie D., 
and Richard Dennis were all locals. Read Connie Brucks  The Predator ’ s Ball: 
The Inside Story of Drexel Burnham and the Rise of the Junk Bond Raiders
  (1989) 
if you want to see how these guys think. Talk about the razor ’ s edge.   

bnotes.indd   168

bnotes.indd   168

8/11/08   9:39:52 AM

8/11/08   9:39:52 AM

background image

 Notes 

169

   3. A  

commodity trading advisor  is usually someone (or a team of two or three trad-

ers) who has little or no experience in the futures or options markets, but has 
developed some kind of  “ system ”  that they believe is a unique and profi t-
able method to execute trades with. In many cases, these people have pro-
duced a hypothetical track record of trades this system  would  have done in 
the markets, but in reality those trades were never done because the CTA 
has no investment capital under management yet. The trade approach is pre-
sented to you (the potential investor) with the intention of demonstrating 
that  “ what we do works and you can make money ”  or  “ our computer soft-
ware or proprietary methodology has uncovered a special relationship that we 
use on your behalf  ”  or some equally assumptive position that is predicated on 
a what - if about the past market price action that every one of these CTA  s 
believe will be easily duplicated from here forward. If the system works for a 
short time with what little money the CTA has managed to fi nd, the market-
ing people pull out the stops. Within a short time the CTA has all kinds of 
money available; but now the quality of the market has changed to something 
the system doesn ’ t work well with. By that I mean the system is a  trend fol-
lower
  or something, but the market has gone into an extended phase of con-
solidation between two price areas (in other words it ’ s not trending anymore). 
The system gets chopped to pieces looking for the resumption of trend. The 
CTA now proceeds to lose most or all of his equity in a short time. Look up 
a few copies of  Managed Account Reports  to see how fast these guys come and 
go. Many of them have closed shop on one group of investors, massaged their 
software/system a bit, reformulate what they have learned, rename what they 
do, and start all over again next year with a new group of customers. All these 
people take fees regardless if the system is working, and if it does work, they 
take a percentage of gains too. You as an investor have less than a 15 percent 
chance of a 10 percent gain in one year. Additionally, look at the percentage 
of these CTAs who are losing in less than a year. Explain to me how 80 to 
90 percent of these people can have drawdown  s at almost any time, a new 
group of hundreds of them show up to the markets each year, and there are 
still thousands of investors with millions of dollars willing to get their butts 
kicked so hard it changes their last name? God I love this business!   

   4.  

Round - turn  is market slang for a buy and a sell that completes the process of 
getting into and then getting out of any market being traded. A round - turn is 
assumed to mean one contract traded. So if you have done a hundred round -
 turns, that means a total of 100 contracts today; which might mean you did 
10 separate 10 - lot trades — or 100 - lot trade. Or some kind of combination 
between number of executions, how large they were individually, and what 
they all added up to. If you have done a round - turn that also means you were 
in and out of the market and you don ’ t have any other positions currently 
open — unless you say something like  “ I did 50 round - turns and I ’ m holding 
10 bonds long overnight. ”  The point is, that anyone who hears how many 

bnotes.indd   169

bnotes.indd   169

8/11/08   9:39:53 AM

8/11/08   9:39:53 AM

background image

170 

n o t e s

round - turns you have done today can simply multiply that number by your 
share of the commissions and know how much money you made today. You 
should hear what this sounds like at the bar. If all the round - turns I hear dis-
cussed actually happened, then apparently I drink dollar drafts with guys big-
ger than Neiman - Marcus. 

  Chapter 3: Technical Analysis    

   1.  

Romper Room  was a popular children ’ s television show from the early 1950s to 
the mid - 1990s with various hostesses and syndications, including the broad-
cast from Chicago during the 1960s. The show featured  “ Mr. Do Bee ”  and 
 “ Mr. Don ’ t Bee ”  character, a bumblebee who attempted to teach children the 
difference between good and bad behaviors in the classroom. Most people 
that I know from the markets lean more toward being  “ Mr. Don ’ t Bees. ”    

   2.  

Philosopher ’ s stone  was a term used by people who practiced alchemy. During 
the time in history when alchemy was accepted as a legitimate science, those 
who practiced it had a problem: No one had ever actually transmuted some 
element into something else. No matter what they did no one was ever able 
to turn lead into gold no matter what they tried. The assumption then devel-
oped that there was some necessary ingredient that was required to complete 
the process. I guess no one thought to suggest  “ maybe this isn ’ t possible. ”  
Anyway, at the time of this belief, religious fervor was at it ’ s height in medi-
eval Europe. The point of view of people practicing the science of alchemy 
sort of combined the inner spiritual workings of man with the science itself 
producing a hybrid belief structure somewhere along the lines of  “ Only a 
man pure in heart could ever learn the secrets of God Himself. ”  Apparently 
everyone involved in this science came to conclude that what was missing 
was something God himself had  “ hidden ”  in the earth somehow and it was 
the  “ philosopher ”  or the man concerned with God 

’ s own character, who 

would be the man to fi nd it. So the  “ Philosopher ’ s stone ”  became the object 
of almost every noble person ’ s search. With it he could fi nally complete the 
alchemical process and learn how to make gold just like God could. Nobody 
stopped to think that this whole concept was founded on the greed instinct 
in the fi rst place. What I found amazing when I studied alchemy is how many 
people did things like imprisoned chemists who were working on it  “ until 
they solved the problem ”  (many died there), fought wars over land that was 
supposed to have the philosopher ’ s stone in it (guess which confl ict that one 
was), promised they could do it by prayer alone (and were imprisoned in 
churches), or were even beheaded for suggesting it was not possible to do 
(those people were  “ heretics ” ). Some people made fortunes by simply saying 
 “ If you give me some gold, I ’ ll tell you where to fi nd it. ”  People will believe 
almost anything if money is involved. If I ever fi gure out how to exploit that 
belief I will own every one of you.   

bnotes.indd   170

bnotes.indd   170

8/11/08   9:39:53 AM

8/11/08   9:39:53 AM

background image

 Notes 

171

   3.  U.S. Air Force Brigadier General Charles Yeager (retired) is considered by 

many to be the single most qualifi ed air - to - air combat pilot alive (that ’ s why 
he still  is  alive). A World War II ace and postwar test pilot and consultant, his 
life was featured in the movie  The Right Stuff,  which documented his (and 
the fi rst astronauts ’ ) contribution to the early U.S. manned space program. In 
1947, at the controls of the rocket - powered Bell X - 1 research aircraft, he suc-
cessfully broke the sound barrier for the fi rst time without losing control of 
the aircraft. At the time, that was considered the riskiest thing a pilot could do 
because everyone else who had tried it before went home in a body bag (or 
at least what they could fi nd of the unfortunate pilot). There are some things 
you can ’ t  “ pretend ”  to do.   

   4.  

Volume  is the number of contracts traded during the trading session, usually 
counted as the daily volume.  Open interest  is the number of futures contracts 
that have not been liquidated at the close of trading for that day and will be 
held in the market overnight. 

  Chapter 4: Adversity    

   1.  

Equity runs  is a market term for the computer 

- generated accounting, cre-

ated by the clearing fi rm, which shows you all your clients and their account 
numbers, the previous day ’ s trade activity, open trades your clients are holding, 
how much in fees they have paid to date for the month, what your required 
margin for the positions open is, and how much equity your clients have on 
the books to trade with today. Some equity runs will provide you certain 
information about your option positions such as  “ long in the money, ”  time to 
expiration if you have written any options, implied volatility, net long/short 
an equivalent amount of futures, and various other data. Most brokers can ’ t 
read them except to say:  “ I have XXX positions on that if I liquidate I will 
have XXX more completed round - turns to add to my monthly fees. ”  A bro-
ker is supposed to check his run for errors, which can include trades he didn ’ t 
do, trades that were not cleared properly, trades from the wrong side, trades 
missing, trades in the wrong account, and other kinds of accounting night-
mares. Most of the errors are caught at the clearing fi rm but sometimes the 
broker himself made the mistake. Often, the broker doesn ’ t notice an error; or 
doesn ’ t notice it in time. Now he  “ eats ”  the error or forces his client to  “ eat ”  
it. In any case, how would you know if you don ’ t even get one? No equity 
run can tell you if you have active orders in the market. Add to that the prob-
lem that some brokers forget their orders, forget to place them, forget their 
positions, or don ’ t come in at all that day. Some brokers don ’ t even read their 
equity run, they just check it every now and then to count the commissions 
for the month.   

   2.  

Spreads  is a trading strategy where the trader attempts to capture the change 
in the underlying basis between different trading months of the same or 

bnotes.indd   171

bnotes.indd   171

8/11/08   9:39:53 AM

8/11/08   9:39:53 AM

background image

172 

n o t e s

 similar commodities. For example, if there is a small amount of corn  

“ in 

the bins, ”  but the potential for the new crop is to come in larger, a trader 
might spread between new crop and old crop corn looking for the old crop 
to gain in price faster than the new crop. There won ’ t be enough corn to 
meet demand until later so the old crop should become more expensive rela-
tive to the potential new crop. The trader would buy the old crop contract 
and sell the new crop contract at the same time giving him two contracts in 
the account. In corn this trade might be done between the July (old crop) 
and December (new crop) contracts of the same year. You can also spread 
between different commodities if they have an economic relationship; such as 
the  “ crack spread. ”  This spread is done between products in the energy com-
plex as the relative price of crude oil changes against the fi nished  products 
made from crude oil such as gasoline and heating oil. Spreads are usually less 
risky than outright long or short positions because you are actually on both 
sides of the market and markets tend to go in the same direction over time, 
no matter which delivery contract you are using. Spreads usually attempt to 
take advantage of short 

- term inequalities between delivery months 

— not 

within the whole market. The idea is to make more money on one side of 
the spread than you lose on the other side of the spread. In the corn spread 
described above, you would want the near month to rise  faster  than the back 
month; you pocket the difference in that case. Of course, a spread doesn ’ t 
work very well if the market is orderly with no unforeseen delivery problems 
and there are times when both sides of a spread can go against you. Most 
retail brokers who do spread strategies are sometimes looking to charge twice 
the number of commissions because you have to do four  “ sides ”  of a spread 
to get in and to get out (two round turns per spread). Hedgers and commer-
cial traders who know how to use spread strategies often work on a large dis-
count basis to the customer and wouldn ’ t be considered brokers in the same 
sense that I refer to in this chapter. I ’ m being fair to the serious guys who do 
this part of the business. 

  Chapter  6: The Trading  Police  

  1.  The CFTC, or Commodity Futures Trading Commission, is the federal reg-

ulatory body chartered by Congress to oversee futures and options trading, 
monitor exchanges, and resolve disputes.

  Appendix B: Insight into the Person of Trader X    

   1. Ghostwriter X chose to remain anonymous when John Wiley  

&  Sons 

 purchased the rights to publish this book.   

   2. To keep the continuity of the original book and the contribution of 

Ghostwriter X, the name  Trader X  has been retained.   

bnotes.indd   172

bnotes.indd   172

8/11/08   9:39:53 AM

8/11/08   9:39:53 AM

background image

 Notes 

173

   3. Leo Melamed is the Chairman Emeritus of the Chicago Mercantile 

Exchange (CME) and is considered to be the  “ Father of Financial Futures. ”  It 
was largely through his efforts that the CME became the trading powerhouse 
it has become. He helped institute trading in Foreign Currencies and Stock 
Indexes which revolutionized the CME ’ s growth from a small agricultural 
exchange to one of the most infl uential fi nancial institutions in the world.   

   4. Milli 

- Vanilli was a Grammy Award winning musical duo from the 1980s —

 until it was discovered they were complete frauds. They lip - synced their 
music when performing  

“ live ”  and all of the recordings were done by 

 studio musicians who were never told what they were actually recording. 
They were disgraced, had their awards revoked, and eventually faded from 
popular memory.      

bnotes.indd   173

bnotes.indd   173

8/11/08   9:39:54 AM

8/11/08   9:39:54 AM

background image

bnotes.indd   174

bnotes.indd   174

8/11/08   9:39:54 AM

8/11/08   9:39:54 AM

background image

175

A
Actions, reality (basis), 71
Adversity, 51

creation, 52
defining, 52–53
lesson, 58–59
self-creation, 57–58

Alchemy, belief, 40–41
Alcohol abuse, 56
Arbitration, 86–87

occurrence, 88
process, 88–89

Associations, formation, 118
Audit, execution. See National Futures 

Association

B
Back office, problems, 56
Baghdad, bombing, 45–46
Balance, sense (control), 122
Baruch, Bernard, 130
Behavior, observation, 76
Black box, usage, 170–171

Blame, losses (relationship), 116
Body, training, 122
Book of equity. See Equity book
Boom-and-bust cycle, avoidance, 7
Brief History of  Time, A (Hawking), 134
Brokerage house

appearance/disappearance, 60–61
change, 4
clearing relationship, 

absence, 46–47

commission income, 19–20
creation, 54–55
market dominance, 60
nonsense/problems, 55

Brokers

capacity, 26
characteristics, 19–20
churning

problem, 15
proof, NFA requirement, 16

client

advice, avoidance, 19
contact, 15–16

Index

bindex.indd   175

bindex.indd   175

8/12/08   7:03:37 PM

8/12/08   7:03:37 PM

background image

176 

i n d e x

Brokers (Continued )

replacement, 17
respect, 100

compliance problem, 98
dog and pony show, 15
money, availability, 54
phone selling/trading, contrast, 26
problem, regulator creation, 90
protection, 97
role, 14
term, usage, 13–14
thinking/actions, childishness, 30
trades, client nonapproval, 57

Brucks, Connie, 156
Business world, entry, 67–68
Buy/sell programs, usage, 171

C
Capital, raising, 93
Capital risk, 38–39

placement, 41–42

Cash currency markets, trading, 141
Charts

belief, 137
usage, 30–31

Chicago Board of Trade (CBOT), 

problems, 104–105

Chicago Mercantile Exchange 

(CME), 160

Foreign Currency Futures & 

Options brochures, usage, 61

trader interaction, 20

Churchill, Winston,  150
Churning

absence, 99
assumptions, 16–17
encouragement, 17
illegality, 15
perspective, 16–17
possibility, 97

Clients

accounts, solicitation, 94
close out, 15

contact process, 90
gains, opportunity, 26–27
gains/losses, concern (absence), 20
loss, concern, 6
paperwork, processing, 53
point of view, understanding, 100
promises, absence, 99–100
protection, 97
raising/trading, 17–18
referrals, 27
replacement, 17
respect, 100
satisfaction, 90
servicing, 95–96

capability, 4–5

serving, 89
theft, 3–4

Closing price trades, impact, 127
Commission

creation, 15
generation, 26, 36
income, production, 19–20

Commitment, level, 25
Commodity brokers

career span, 9
initiation, 51–52
perspective, 21

Commodity company

initiation, 60–61
setup, 62
work, 62–63

Commodity Futures Trading 

Commission (CFTC)

charter guidelines, 93
regulatory body, 89

Commodity prices, exploitation, 123
Commodity trader

initiation, 51–52
success, discovery, 29–30

Commodity trading, size 

(increase), 20–21

Commodity trading advisor, 

definition, 157

bindex.indd   176

bindex.indd   176

8/12/08   7:03:38 PM

8/12/08   7:03:38 PM

background image

 Index 

 

177

Commodity Trading Advisors  (CTA)

existence, reason, 20–21
money, availability, 157
track record, 68

Common sense, teaching (absence), 88
Conflict

cessation, decision, 80
creation, 74, 80
development, 83
history, 81
occurrence, 70
potential, 74
recognition, 83
resolution, 71, 74, 105

Consolidation high, 119–120
Corn

in the bins, term (usage), 160
call options, 5

CQG network, 37
Crack spread, 160
Critical thinking process, 48–49
Crude oil

markets (movement), Persian 

Gulf  War (impact), 18

retracements, 45
trade, 45

D
Dancing with Lions, 167–168
Democracy, government form, 150
Desire, perception, 73
Discrimination, 82–83
Distinctions, issue, 80–81
Dysfunctional behavior, 142–143

E
Enlightened monarch, government 

form, 81

Entrepreneurs, interaction, 68
Equity, raising, 18
Equity book, 5

size, problem, 26–27

Equity runs, 5

definition, 159
information, 53
problems, 56

Exchange membership. See Seat
Execution, quality, 79
Expectations

impact, 76–77
perception, 84

Experts, impact, 35–36
External adversities, 60

F
Facts, importance, 169
Fair play, 84–85
Feelings/emotions, communication, 

10–11

Fees generation, ratio, 27
Fibonacci retracement, 168
Fiduciary responsibility, 7–8

impact, 97

Fills, complaints, 98–99
Financial apocalypse, question, 172
Financial intangible, telephone sale 

(difficulty), 14–15

Financial trauma, occurrence, 15
Foreign currencies, trading, 61
FOREX, 141–142

trading, 153

Free cash, investment, 27
Free money, perspective, 14
Free speech, right (cessation), 83–84
Front running. See Traders
Full analysis, 171
Fundamental analysis, concept, 45
Futures, trading, 123

G
Gain/loss, knowledge, 117
Gains

improvement, 117
time frame, 126

Gaps, cause, 125
Giftedness, impact (absence), 68–69

bindex.indd   177

bindex.indd   177

8/12/08   7:03:38 PM

8/12/08   7:03:38 PM

background image

178 

i n d e x

God in the Pits (Ritchie), 65
Good faith, showing, 96–97
Good till canceled stops, activity, 57
Greed factor, 18

H
Hammurabi, code, 83
Hawking, Stephen, 134
Health maintenance, 145–146
Hedge account, usage, 47
Hedge funds, impact, 124
Hedgers, examination, 120
How to Date Young Women for Men Over 

35 (Steele), 134

Human character, failure 

(perception), 144

I
Individual wills, 80
Inequality, minimization, 81–82
Information

access, 35
assimilation, 147

In the bins, term (usage). See Corn
In the money option, holding, 124
Inverse-ratio back spread, 124

J
Julius Caesar, 168–169

L
Learning

commitment, 136–137
selection, 133

Lefevre, Edwin, 127
Legislation, problem, 80
Letter of the law, determination, 101
Life

battle, 105–106
event, impact. See Trades
integrity, importance, 144
monotony, 143

Life lessons, 58

Liquidation

absence, 120
timing, 47

Livermore, Jesse, 124
Local, definition, 156
Losers, 137

attack, 104
avoidance, 106
discovery, 126–127
exit, 139

decision, 43

identification, 75

concern, 47–48

payment, 74
philosophizing, 32
thinking, 42

learning, 77

training manuals, selling, 36
viewpoint, 44

Losses

brokers, impact, 90–91
consistency, 118
creation, trading (impact), 86–87
reduction, 116, 117
relationship. See Blame
taking, 31
time frame, 126
women, interaction, 119

Love relationships, 142

M
Managed Account Reports, usage, 157
Margin call, occurrence, 92
Margin requirement, 125–126
Markets

adversity, 52
avoidance, 135–136
belief structure, 137–138
closing, 125
continuation, 116
direction, determination, 30
education, value, 38–39
force, 171

bindex.indd   178

bindex.indd   178

8/12/08   7:03:38 PM

8/12/08   7:03:38 PM

background image

 Index 

 

179

gaming, illustration, 84
inequality, 24
information, existence, 35
knowledge, requirement, 19
money

making, 77
withdrawal, 64

movement, 122–123
orders, filling, 123
participants, time frame operation, 

125–126

price level, 120
price movement, buy/sell intention, 31
prices, trading, 38
reality, 23

discovery, 26
expression, 75

screens, observation, 31
studying, 7–8

problem, 32

support/resistance, reason, 44–45
trading

ability, 14
mirror, 23–24
qualification, 150
requirements, 58

truth, discovery, 25–26

Marriages, problems, 143
Melamed, Leo, 160–161, 169
Men, equality (meaning), 82
Middle East politics, examination, 45
Mind, training, 122
Monarchy, overthrow (reason), 81
Money

making, right, 86
taking, timing, 34
theft, 41
trading, requirements, 63–64
U.S. borrowing, 83

Money under management, 5
Motivation, impact, 145
Moving averages, complexity 

(variation), 43

N
National Futures Association (NFA)

audit, execution, 90
CFTC charter guidelines, 93
good faith, show, 93
guidelines, violation, 94
guilt, knowledge, 89
investigation, 6–7
problems, 90–91
regulation, problems, 91–92
rule, adherence, 27
Series III registration, 

absence, 56

violation, 56

Negotiation, example, 110–113
News, reading, 121–122
Newsletters, offering, 36
New York Mercantile Exchange 

(NYMEX)

heating oil trades, 14
opening, 46

Nothing day, 121–122

O
Off-the-floor trader, initiation, 19
One-lots, 123

definition, 156
trader, 156
trading, 5

Online trading, 171
Open interest (O.I.), 129

definition, 159
observation, 138

Open trade profits, 45–46
Opportunity, destruction, 79
Options

hedging instruments, 123–124
speculation, 124
writing, 124

Order tickets, absence, 57
Out-of-the-money calls, 

purchase, 92

Out-trades, proportion, 85

bindex.indd   179

bindex.indd   179

8/12/08   7:03:38 PM

8/12/08   7:03:38 PM

background image

180 

i n d e x

P
Paper Trading,  39
Persian Gulf  War

crude oil, trading, 45
impact, 8, 18

Personal choices, impact. See Trading
Personal discipline, 148–149
Personal reality, truth, 26
Philosopher’s stone, term (usage), 158
Phone lines, eavesdropping, 97
Pit traders, integrity, 85–86
Plato, 82, 83
Point of view

change, 73
congruency, 82
existence/contrast, 69
understanding, 141. See also Clients
validation, 118

Ponzi scam, importance, 8
Pork bellies, trading, 34
Portfolios, readjustment, 104
Positions

average size, 27
justification, 118
reduction, 122
securing, 119

Predator’s Ball, The (Brucks), 156
Premium, risk exposure, 92
Price actions

complaints, 98–99
opinions, sale, 36
profit, 19, 140
research, 122

Prices

chart, representation, 42
justification, 120
meaning, 42–43
motion, 124–125
prediction, 46
reduction, 119
trades, liquidation, 127

Private space flight, infancy, 156
Probability theory, 84

Problems, solving, 66–67
Profit

approach, 69–70
cutting, 120
defining, 24
guilt, 105
point, determination, 31
purveyors, problems, 40
run, allowance, 117
trading, 131

Protective stop, 121
Pro-Traders Hotline, 36
Public, protection, 87
Pyramiding, 45–46

R
Ratios, examination, 117
Reality

coexistence, 71–72
conflict, 74
creation, 73–74, 76
defining/perception, 22

narrowness, 23

ignoring, 34
perception, 71
point of view, 87
preparation, 52–53
truth, relationship, 24–25

Reason, defiance, 76–77
Reasonable man, impact, 8
Recommendations, creation, 36–37
Regulators

contribution, 81
jobs, justification, 89–90
letter of the law, determination, 101
role, understanding, 98
rules, 87

Religious people, perspective, 144
Reminiscences of a Stock Operator 

(Lefevre), 127

Republic (Plato), 82
Resistance number, 129–130
Resting stops, filling, 123

bindex.indd   180

bindex.indd   180

8/12/08   7:03:39 PM

8/12/08   7:03:39 PM

background image

 Index 

 

181

Retail brokerage houses, problems, 4–5
Retail commodity brokerage houses, 

sales manager, 155–156

Retail commodity house, problems, 4
Revolution, 84
Risk minimization, 95
Ritchie, Mark, 65
Rookie traders, impact, 136
Round-turn, definition, 157–158
Rules of play, creation, 80

S
Sales leads, 3
Sales manager. See Retail commodity 

brokerage houses

Seat, exchange membership, 156
Self, re-integration, 25
Self-created adversity, 52–53
Self-directed trader, action, 20–21
Self-judgment, avoidance, 149
Sell order, impact, 47
Series III commodities broker, 

nonregistration, 141–142

Series III license

renewal, 95
revocation, 94

Series III registration, absence. See 

National Futures Association

Silver, purchase (suggestion), 3
Singapore Mercantile Exchange 

(SIMEX), brokerage house 
clearing relationship (absence), 
46–47

Software, usage, 173
Sons of God, naming, 80
Soybeans, call options, 5
Speculation, 115
Speculators, open interest, 46
Spiritual beliefs, development, 144
Spreads, definition, 159–160
Steele, R. Don, 134
Stochastics, usage, 129
Stop-loss order, impact, 89

Stops

complaints, 98–99
placement, 123

Subconscious, impact, 118
Success, production, 67–68

T
Tao Te Ching, 83
Taxes, raising, 83
Teaching. See Trading

experience, 137

Technical analysis, 29

business, 48
information, nonusage, 35
interpretation, purchase, 38–39
knowledge, 48–49
sale, test, 36
usage, 129, 165
validity, lesson, 37–38
value, 38–39

Technical indicator, design, 43
Technical value, offer, 138
Telemarketing, perspective, 3
Tenth Planet, The (Melamed), 169
Time compression, theory, 165
Time-stamped order tickets, usage, 95
Traders

accomplishment, 152
anonymity, reason, 152
characteristics, 18–19
clarification, 134
commitment, 153
energy, focus, 170
entry execution, 43
front running, 85–86
hobbies, 149
humor, 147–148
initiation. See Off-the-floor trader; 

Upstairs trader

learning, focus, 59–60
losses, percentage, 9, 117
observation, 138–140

ability, 151

bindex.indd   181

bindex.indd   181

8/12/08   7:03:39 PM

8/12/08   7:03:39 PM

background image

182 

i n d e x

Traders (Continued )

on-the-job training, 18
personal life, observation, 142
position, 148
price viewpoint, 42–43
problem, development, 21
readership, 150
relationship, observation, 142
role, 14
routine, observation, 135
system trust/belief, 172–173
term, usage, 13–14
walking the edge, 140

Trades

correctness, 41–42
execution, 52
hypothetical transactions, 39
life event, impact, 121
margin, absence, 57
pit execution, 85–86
plotting, 126
problems, 125–126
results, 141
tics, compilation, 38

Trade size

errors, 57
increase, 27
restriction, 117

Trading

account

balance, 33
usage, 32–33

art, 163–164
business, 140
career, commitment, 2
commonality, 22–23
creation, 24
environment, belief, 103–104
gaming, contrast, 84
groups, professional approach, 19
impact. See Losses
improvement process, 34–35
initiation, 130–131

knowledge, addition, 152–153
luck, impact, 21–22
oblivion, 30
personal choices, impact, 25
presence, development, 60
pressures, 2
price, relationship, 137
profits, self-study (impact), 25
psychology, 164
reality, concept, 22, 23
relationships, 73–74
results, creation, 24
risk, 106–107
routine, pattern (absence), 139
stop, usage, 117
study, 163–164
systems

discovery, 40
sale, 39

teaching, 116, 135

inability, 137

thinking, 52

validation, 138

tracking, 56
understanding, absence, 

137–138

Truth

discovery. See Markets
telling, 136

Turnover, impact, 119

U
Uniqueness, 66
Unlearning, ability, 68–69
Unreasonable man, impact, 8
Upstairs trader, initiation, 19

V
Volume

definition, 159
examination, 119

Volume and open interest 

(V/OI), 43, 45

bindex.indd   182

bindex.indd   182

8/12/08   7:03:39 PM

8/12/08   7:03:39 PM

background image

 Index 

 

183

W
Wealth, building (opportunities), 

169–170

Wheat, trading, 105
Winners

desire, 75
existence, 59
payment, 74
pontification, 32

Winnings, allotment, 122
World War III, ramifications, 45
Worldwide economic situation, 

opportunities, 169–170

Writing/rewriting, process, 133–135
Written documentation, 

providing, 95

Wrongdoing, suspicion, 96

Y
Yeager, Charles, 159
Yields, flattening, 104

Z
Zero-sum, meaning, 86
Zero-sum game, 87–88

performance, 103–104

bindex.indd   183

bindex.indd   183

8/12/08   7:03:39 PM

8/12/08   7:03:39 PM


Document Outline